Elements of Hebrew Grammar

r
THE LIBRARY
OF
THE UNIVERSITY
OF CALIFORNIA
LOS ANGELES
6(
Elements OF Hebrew
BY
AN INDUCTIVE METHOD
SEVENTH EDITION
WILLIAM
R.
HARPER,
Ph. D.
Professor of Semitic Languages in Yale College; Principal of the Schools

OF the Institute of Hebrew
CHICAGO
American Publication Society of Hebrew
1886
Copyright
18S6
by
American Publicatiox Society of Hebrew

Chicago.
/..^
TO THOSE
WHO HAVE
STUDIED OR
WHO SHALL STUDY
IX THE SCHOOLS OF
THE INSTITUTE OF HEBREW

THIS VOLU3IE
IS
KESPECTFULLY DEDICATED
972338
PREFACE TO THE SIXTH EDITION.

The first edition of
in October, 1882
1883
ed,
the
fifth, in
jSTovember, 1884.
were printed from one
additions,
The
the Elejients was issued in July, 1881
the third, in February, 1883
All these editions, the
set of plates,
the second,
the fourth, in ISTovember,
first
except-
with only such changes and
from time to time, as the use of the same plates would permit.
peculiar circumstances of publication explained, although they could
not excuse, the incomplete, and often imperfect, treatment accorded in

these editions to very
lays
many
of the subjects.
no claim to completeness, or
to
TVlnle the present edition
freedom from
error, it will certainly
be found more nearly complete and perfect than preceding editions.
The author can
only regret that regular and special duties of a most
exacting nature, have not permitted
him
to give that
amount
of time, or
that attention to the preparation of the book, which justice to the sub-
who may
ject, to those
The present
pages, and
editions,
edition,
use the book, and to himself, demanded.
which contains nearly one hundred additional
is entirely re-written, differs considerably
and
radically
from the former
from other grammars now in common
of the distinguishing features of the
grammar
use.
Some
deserve, perhaps, special
mention
1)
For the purpose, not of aiding the beginner
to pronounce,
but of
teaching the exact force and value of the several consonant- and vowel-
sounds, a minute system of transliteration has been employed, by which

directed from the very beginning to the
the attention of the student
is
details of the vowel-system.
Too
little,
by
far, is
made
in
Hebrew
of the vowel-system, without a correct knowledge of which
study,
all effort is
merely groping in darkness.

2)
A tolerably exhaustive treatment, more complete perhaps
that has yet appeared in English,
Each sound
is
in
which
than any
given of the various vowel-sounds.
treated separately, the laws which regulate
and the grammatical forms

3)
is
it
its
occurrence
appears being carefully noted.
Certain important distinctions, not heretofore generally recognized
by American teachers, are indicated throughout the grammar;
e. g., (a)
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW.
4
the tone-long 6
( ),
heightened from
a,
which
is
seen in Segholates, in
the naturally long e

elsewhere
n"*? Imperfects and Participles, and
(^,) contracted from o.v, which occurs in plural nouns before the pro;
nominal
a,
Instead of
4)
n,n-
suffixes
obscured from
verbs, the verb
^"<^1
ill
certain Imperfects before
HJ;
6=au\
adopting a new Paradigm- word for each
the 6
(c)
as distinguished from the
is
'7Dp
ODp'
class of
weak
retained, with such variation as the particular
Aveak verb under consideration demanded;

tural verb.
{b)
ôi' tîe
^'y verb, "^p
e. g.,
for the
^12^: ôr the ') gutThere can
yy verb.
Many grammarians have adopted
be no objection to this method.
it
in
Experience has shown that, in this
the treatment of noun-formation.
way, men learn the verb more rapidly and more thoroughly.
In the treatment of the strong verb, the student
5)
is
referred, in
every case, to the primary form or ground-form from which the form in
use has arisen in accordance with the phonetic laws of the language.
That treatment which
starts
with stems having the form which occurs in
is, at the same time, unscientific and

The bugbear of Hebrew grammar is the weak verb. Is'or
be otherwise so long as the effort is made to explain the forms of
the Perf. 3 m. sg., or Impf. 3 m. sg.,

imsatisfactory.
will
it
weak verbs from those
îit
is
derived.
for example, to
simple to derive
it
from a
Together with the form in
primary form from which the
This method will furnish a knowledge of the
language, which will be not only

6)
how
'!?Dp*-
use, the student should learn also the
usual form
How absurd,
of the strong verb.
Qip* from a form like 'Ôp*

like
form
'^pp'i the ground-form of
derive
more
scientific,
but also more lasting.
Particular attention is given to the subject of noun-formation, and
on this
is
based
tlie
treatment of noun-inflection.
The same method
which would teach the primaiy forms of verbal stems, will also teach
the primary forms of noun-stems.
7)
That
fiction of
Hebrew grammarians, the connecting- vowel, has

The Hebrew has no connecting-vowels. The
been practically discarded.
vowels incorrectly called connecting-vowels are the

or stem-endings.
in current giâmmars
to the position
relics of old case-
These case- or stem-endings, summarily disposed of

under the head of " paragogic" vowels, are restored
which their existence and occurrence demand.
What has a beginner to do with all this ? Why should

a grammar which proposes only to consider the " elements" of the lanBut
it is
asked.
guage, take up these subjects?
what
service is
poses
Our
it
to
reply
is
him who
this :
While
studies
this
may do
Hebrew
for specialists, of
only for exegetical pur-
PREFACE.
1) The experiment of teaching men something about Hebrew grammar, of giving them only a superficial knowledge, has been tried for half
a century and it has failed. Men instructed in this manner take no
;
interest in the study, learn little or nothing of the language,
almost before
it is
learned, the little that they
for no other reason, the adoption of a
may have
new system
and
forget,
acquired.
If
by the
is justified
lamentable failure of the old to furnish any practical results.

2)
Those who take up the study of Hebrew are men, not children.
Why
should they not learn, as they proceed, the explanation of this or that
Why
fact?
should the student be told that the Infinitive Construct
formed from the Absolute ('îDp) by rejecting the pi-etonic

d'Cp)
qameg ? Is it not better that he should learn at once that the o of the
Construct is from ii, while the 6 of the Absolute is from a, and thus be
is
enabled to grasp
all
the more firmly those two great phonetic laws of the
language, heightening and obscuration f

3)
The
best way, always, to learn a thing
first, it is
more
diflicult.
is
the right way, even
if,
at
between the o of the
If there is a difference
Imperfect, Imperative and Infinitive Construct on the one hand, and the
6 of the Infinitive Absolute and Participles on the other,
by passing over
4)
it
gained
is
In order to learn any subject, the student must be interested in

Is he not
that subject.
scientific
more
likely to
be interested in an accurate,
treatment, than in an arbitrary, supeiiicial treatment
The treatment adopted in the Eleîents

as it was possible to make it such. In the
there
what
in silence ?
is first
is
discussion of each subject
given sufficient data, either in the
the text, or of Paradigms, to form
an inductive one, so far
way
of
a basis for the work.
words taken from
The words cited
are from the early chapters of Genesis, with which the student
is
sup-
posed to be familiarizing himself, as the subjects are being taken up.
Where
these chapters furnished no suitable example, a word
from some other book, the chapter and verse being cited
It is intended that the student shall feel in all his
is
taken
in each case.
work that he
is deal-
ing with the actual facts of the language, and not with hypothetical
forms.
After the presentation of the "facts," the principles taught by
these facts are stated as concisely as possible.
While the book
is
an
elementary treatise, and for this reason, does not aim to take up the
exceptions and anomalies of the language,
treatment of
all
that
ance which can be

verbs, a
list is
is essential,
classified.
and
it
will be
found to contain a
to include everything of import-
In the treatment of the strong and weak
given under each class of the more important verbs be-
PREFACE.
6
longing to this class.
This
list
may
be used as an exercise, or merely for
handy reference.
no claim to originality so far as concerns the material
employed there is indeed little room for originality in this line. In the
matter, however, of arrangement, and of statement, he confidently be-
The author
lays
lieves that a
kind of help
is
here afforded the student which can not be
found elsewhere.
In the work of preparation, the best and latest authorities have been
freely used.
Special
acknowledgement
Gesenius (Kautzsch) and Davidson
due the grammars of
is
J3ickell,
but valuable aid has been received
from those of Green, Nordheimer, Kalisch, Land, Ewald, Olshausen,

Kiinig, Stade,
For
and Bottcher.
his assistance in the preparation of the
and for
eric J.
many
manuscript for the printer,
valuable suggestions, the author
He
Gurney, of Morgan Park.
is
indebted to Mr. Fred-
desires also to express his thanks to
Mr. C. E. Crandall, of Milton, Wis., for aid rendered by him in the verification of references
and
in the revision of the proof-sheets,
John W. Payne, of Morgan Park,
111.,
for the skill
the tiTôgraphical finish and accuracy of

tions, still further, to Professors C. R.
Bumham,
tlie
He
book.
Brown,
of
of Hamilton, E. L. Curtis, of Chicago,
and
to Rev.
and care exhibited in

under obliga-
is
Newton
Centre, S.
and F. B, Denio, of
Bangor, for useful suggestions and corrections.

It is generally conceded that in
revival in the
this
America we are on the eve of a great
department of Semitic study.
It is the author's
volume may contribute something toward
ening.
Trusting that the
new
edition
favor as those which have preceded
it,
may be
and that
hope that
needed awak-
this greatly
received with the

its
as far as possible overlooked, he places the book, although with
misgivings, in
tlie
same
shortcomings wall be
many
hands of those who favor the Inductive Method.
Morgan Park,
III., Sept.
1,
W. R. H.
1885.
NOTE TO THE SEVENTH EDITION.

In this edition the changes from the preceding edition are inconsiderable.
A few typographical errors have been corrected.
to publish with
of
tlie
For
who
it
an index.
The
It
was intended
short time allowed for the preparatioq
edition, however, has rendered this impossible.

tlie
kind reception which the book has received at the hands of

it, the author is deeply grateful.
all
liave used
New Havkn,
Conn., Aug.
1st, 1886.
W.
R.
II.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAKT FIKST ORTHOGEAPHY.
See.
1.
3.
3.
4.
I.
THE LETTERS.
Page
Alphabet
13
Remarks on the Pronunciation of Letters

Remarks on the Forms of Letters
The Classification of Letters
n. VOWELS.
The Vowel-Signs
The Vowel-Letters
6.
The Classification of the Vowel-Sounds
7.
The Names of the Vowels
8.
Simple and Compound S^wa
9.
10. Initial and Medial Sewa
IL The Syllable-Divider
14
14,
15
16
5.
ni.
12.
Daghes-Lene
13.
Daghes-Forte
Omission of Daghes-Forte
Kinds of Daghes-Forte
14.
15.
19.
Q^riand Kethibh
20.
25.
The Place of the Accent

Shifting of the Tone
The Table of Accents
Remarks on the Table of Accents
The Consecution of the more common Accents
A Table showing the Consecution of the Accents
26.
Kinds of Syllables
27.
Syllabication
Quantity of the
IV.
21.
22.
23.
24.
V.
28.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
19
19
19, 20
20
THE ACCENTS.
25
26
26, 27
27
28,
29
29,30
SYLLABLES.
31
31
Vowel in
Syllables
VI.
29.
18
21
21,23
22
22, 23
23
23
24
24; 25
18.
17.
17
OTHER POINTS.
Mappiq and Raphe

Maqqeph
Methegh
16.
15
Short Vowels
Naturally Long Vowels
Tone-Long Vowels
Tone-Short Vowels
The A-Class Vowels
The I-Class Vowels
31,
33
EUPHONY OF VOWELS.
32,33
33-36
37-39
39-41
41
41,
43
CONTENTS.
Page
Sec.
35.
36.
42
The r-Class Vowels

Changes of Vowels
'Mb. Tallies of
42-4.5
45, 4G
Vowel-Chaiiges
87.
New Vowels
38.
Pause
;iO.
Assiiniliition
40.
Kojoclion
Addition. Transposition, Commutation
The Peculiarities of Gutturals
The Weakness of X and n
The Weakness of 1 and '
46, 47
47
VII.
41.
42.
43.
44.
EUPHONY OF CONSONANTS.
48
48,49
49
49-51
51,
52
52-54
PART SECOND ETYMOLOGY.
47.
VIII. INSEPARABLE
Article
He Interrogative
The InseparaVile Prepositions
48.
The Preposition jp
4.').
46.
PARTICLES.
The
57
58,
58
59
59
49.
Waw Conjunctive
50.
The Personal Pronoun
60, 61
51.
Pronominal Suffixes
The Demonstrative Pronoun
01,
03
02,
63
61.
The Relative Pronoun

The Interrogative Pronoun
63, 64
5.5.
Eoots
.50.
Classes of Verbs
59
IX.
52.
.53.
X.
63
THE STRONG VERB.

65
65, 66
57.
Inflection
5S.
The Simple Verb-Stem
59,
Intensive Verb-Stems
Causative Verb-Stems
The Ordinary Passive-Stem
Gemeral View of the Verb-Stems
The Qal Perfect (Active)
The Qal Perfect (Stat ve)
The Remaining Perfects
The Qal Imperfect (Active)
The Qal Imperfect (Stative)
The Remaining Imperfects
The Imperatives
00.
01.
62.
63.
04.
6.5.
66.
67.
fi.
09.
70.
71.
72.
7.5.
74.
75.
70.
66,67
(Qal)
78.
79.
The
The
70
71
72,
73
75,
76
79
80, 81
'j,r
81,
82
82,
83
83-85
85-89
89
90
THE WEAK VERB.
Weak Verbs
Verbs ') Guttural
The Most Common '3 Guttural Verbs
Verbs'^' Guttural
76
7", 78
The Perfect and Imperfect with Waw Consecutive

The Verb with SulH.xes
General View of the Strong Verb
The Most Common Strong Verbs
The Most Common

Verbs '7 Guttural
73
74
Participles
Special Forms of the Imperfect and Imperative
81.
69
69, 70
Infinitives
80.
82.
67
08,
XI.
77.
PRONOUNS.
Guttural Verbs
-.
91
92 93
BIj,
94
94,
95
95, 96
9(3
g-j
CONTENTS.
9
Page
Sec.
S3.
SSb.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
The Most Common 'S Guttural Verbs

Verbs Containing- Two Gutturals
Verbs Pe Nun (| "3)
The Most Common r "3 Verbs
Verbs Ayin Doubled (;"';)
The Most Common y"i^ Verbs
Verbs Pe Aleph (J< "3)
The N "3 Verbs
Verbs Pe Waw n "3)
The Most Common "3 Verbs
Verbs Pe Yodh (' /'3)
The Pe Yodh("'3; Verbs
Verbs 'Ayin Waw (V'>')
103.
104.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
131.
132.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
139.
130.
131.
133.
133.
.100-103
103
104
104
104-106
106, 107
107,
108
108
108-113
113
113
113
114, 115
115
116-118
118,
'J7
Doubly Weak
Defective and Kindred Verbs
A Comparative View of the Strong and Weak Verbs
Vei-bs
Guttural
HO
119
119-121
121, 122
123-124
NOUNS.
The Inflection of Nouns

Nouns with Oue, Originally Shoi-t, Formative Vowel
Nouns with Two, Originally Short, Formative Vowels
Nouns with one Short and one Long Formative Vowel
Nouns with one Long and one Short Formative Vowel
Nouns with the Second Radical Reduplicated
Nouns with the Third Radical Reduplicated
Nouns with }<, n and Pi-efixed
Nouns with "D Prefixed
The Signification of Nouns with Prefixed
Nouns Formed by Prefixing n
Nouns iormed by means of Affixes
Nouns Having Four or Five Radicals
Compound Nouns
Nouns Formed from Other Nouns
The Formation of Noun-Stems
The Formation of Cases
Affixes lor Gender and Number
The Absolute and Construct States
The Pronominal Suffixes
Stem-Changes in the Inflection of Nouns
Classification of Noun-Stems
Nouns of the First Class
Nouns of the Second Class
Nouns of the Third Class
Nouns of the Fourth and Fifth Classes
Feminine Nouns
Irregular Nouns
Numerals
125
125-127
127, 128
138, 129
139
129, 130
131
131
"'
XIII.
99
100
'
XII.
105.
98,
'
M. TheMost Common Verbs 'Ayin Waw 0">)

96. Verbs 'Ayin Yodh r"^)
97. The 'Ayin Yodh C"y) Verbs
98.
Verbs Lamodh 'Aleph (}< "S)
99. The Most Common Verbs Lamedh 'Aleph (X"*?)
100. Verbs 1 "b or '"S, called n"b
101a. The ]Most Common Verbs Lamedh He (H "b)
101b. Verbs Lamedh He (rr'b) and, at the same time, '3 or
103.
98
98
133, 133
133
133, 134
134
134,135
135
135
136
136-138
138-140
140-143
143-144
144-147
1^", l-t^
148-150
151,153
IJ'^,
153
153, 154
154-156
150, 157
158,159
SEPARATE PARTICLES.
160
134.
Adverbs
135.
Prepositions
136.
Conjunctions
161, 163
137.
Interjections
163
161
CONTENTS.
PARADIGMS.
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
Paradigm
A.The Personal Pronoun and Pronominal Suffixes

B.The Strong Verb
C.-Strong Verb with Suffixes
D. Verb PeCtJ) Guttural
E. Verb 'Ayin Guttural
F. Verb Lamedh cS) Guttural
G. Verb Pe Nun (J'3>
H.-Verb Ayin Doubled (yy)
J.Verb Pe 'Aleph ("3)
I.Verbs Pe Yodh ('"3) and Pe Waw (1"3)
K.-Verb 'Ayin Waw (1 ';) and 'Ayin Yodh ('";,)
L. Verb Lamedh He (H"!)
Verb Lamedh 'Aleph (X"^)
<
'
Page
164,165
166, 167
168. 169
1
l^l
173
173
174. 175
176
176, 177
178, 179
180, 181
182
PART FIRST-ORTHOGRAPHY.
I.
The
7.
a;.,
^'--
Equivalent.
-NTn^^
âme.
Letters.
Alphabet.
Num.
yj^,^g_
Siffn
*'^"-
Equivalent.
vr
^>a...8.
Num.
value.
[U
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
14
Remarks on the Pronunciation of Letters.
2.
nj<
1.
== \-th (l:l);i
lia-
D^ll'^N
a-rc (1:1);
"lo-him (1:1);
= th'h6ra (1:2).
Sj; =''al (1:2);
-,nX
3.
=
rnXH
VJT T
I
inn
2.
2, 3.
'^'-b^^lli
a~)J^
'e-rebh
(1:5);
rpn =
(1:5);
j;*p"}
ho-Sekh
ra-qi(a)'
(1:6).
nfiH")!?
(1:2);
ni'ra-he-pheth (1:2).
-)
(1:5);
qa-ra'
ki
{^-ip
5.
3lO==t6bh(l:4); nnnp=niit-ta-hath
6.
n'::'X13
ho-sekh
7. j*i^
1.
(1:1);
t*^^X
fb|Pn=liaq-qa-ton
(1:7);
== bo-qer (1:5).
way-ya-'as (1:7);
(1:16).
r^m =
(1:2).
(1:11);
'e?
j-)XT=w'"eth
8.
b-rO'-sith
"IpD
(1:4);
4.
(1:1);
= to-ê' (1:12); ijD = yi?-gor (2:21).

inDJ = wa-bho-hu (1:2); nn") = w^ru(a)h (1:2).
NVln
{<{(') is a "soft breathing," like
7i
hour;
in
"rough
(b) is a
pf
breathing," like h in hoio.

2.
(
'
a sound peculiar to the Semitic, and
is
utterance that no attempt

3.
(h) is a
4.
(q) is
made
to
reproduce
so difficult of
is
it.^
deep guttural, pronounced like ch in the German Buclu
a 7.;-sound (not like our qn), but pronounced lower
the throat than

5.
is
pronounced with the
(t) is
down
in
(k).
while, in the pronunciation of
tongue touching the palate,
tip of the
(t),
the tip of the tongue touches the
tccth.3
6.
(5)
tJ'
is
pronounced
English
like the
sli;
\^
is
(s)
an ordinary
s-sound.
7.
given
for the sake of distinction
sound from
8.
")
a sharp s-sound, but the traditional ^s-sound
(9) is
it
(w) is
(?) is
may
well be
not to be distinguished ia
jj^ (s).
pronounced
3.
-) (1:4) )
2.
r]l^n(l:2))
like iv in water,
and not like our
v.
Remarks on the Forms of Letters.
D\i'?N*
(1:1)
D^0n(l:2))
^$ (1:2)
(1:4)
P5
^^^Q
(1:2)^'
rji^r (1:20)
J^VlH
(1:12)
fj;(i:ii)^
The chapter and verso In Genesis, in which a given word is found, are thus
1: 1 meaning chapter 1, verse 1; 2:3 meaning chapter 2, verse 3, etc.
5
hud originally two sounds: (1) that of a sharp guttural (related to N, as n to ri);
1
Indicated;
;,*
(2)
ft vibrating palatal sound (cf. the French r).

In ordinary practice, D and r\ are scarcely, if at all, to be distinguished.
that of
'
BY AN INDUCTIVE 3IETH0D.
?4.]
DO:)l3
T
3.
;;
n;n:i
-
(1:16);
^:Q (1:2);
(1:28),
(1:2)
rjr'n
\nn
(1:3)
1^5
1'}D' (2:21), D1^ (1:5);
vjv
(1:4),
;^nr (1:11)
did
N*Vln
(1:6),
j;^p")
HiTH
T
-l-l-T (3:24);
15
(1:2),
|T
DVJ
(1:4),
(1:2)
^C^'H
(1:12);
(1:4),
:}try_ (1:11).
Words
1.
are written from right to left, and maj^ not be divided
necessary to
it is
fill
out a
line, certain letters (^^{,
^,
t^,
when
j~l) are
extended.
Five letters
2.
O, ^,
J,
Q, V)
two forms
lia"ê
the second
(*1,
Di
|,
fli
T)
used at the end of words.
is
Certain letters, very similar in form, are to be carefully distinguished
3.
a,
D;
JI,
:;
V;
tr,
"T,
:i;
'-];
H, H, ri;
1,
r,
0;
f;
D,
D;
n,
D,
V,
p,
D
n
D,
tr'.
The Classification of Letters.
4.
1.
Labials
Dentals
D,
Q,
f}
V,
C^'
Weak
N, n, n, ;ria
Sibilants
D,
?,
Palatals
l- D,
;i,,
'?.
H
^
letters
may be
According
V,
tr'
D,
Radicals
Strong.
1,
r,
i,
n, 'D:;^,
5,
classified according to (1) their organic formation,
(2) their strength, (3) their function

1.
D,
r,
treated as a guttural.)
The
rr,
Medium
I),
Gutturals... }<, n, n,
("1 is
or
Linguals
1,
to their
organic formation:
(1)
Labials,
(2)
Dentals, or
Sibilants, (3) Linguals, (4) Palatals, (5) Gutturals.

2.
According
many
to their
strength:
(1)
The weak
letters sufi'er or occasion
changes in the formation or inflection of words
suffer or occasion a fcio changes
(3)
the strong
the tnedium
(2)
sufi'er or
occasion no
changes.
Note.
In ordinary usage, the medium are classified with the strong
^, however,
3.
is
more frequently
According
to their
classified
function
(1)
with the iceak.
The
Serviles are used as prefixes
and sufiixes in the formation and inflection of words

are found only in roots.
(2)
the Radicals

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
16
"Vo>vels.
II.
The Vowel-Signs.^
5.
1.3.
Nn.
2.
iTc*,
3.
n.
4.
in,
n.
D^n.
0.
1.
'3-
v,
n,
")1N,
(a sign
),
'^;
':'n'
p.
1*5-
DV,
0.3,
'H-
'?i-
n.
Din.
N,
t:*'
c'n,
");
n:^^
n,
c'.
[2 5.
id,
iv,
-"'?,
'n,
resembling t)
is
'?r,
n^'
^t!v
-'73,
N,
:i"i.'
"^p'
^>
t:**
^;^*
'^.^
p:,
DN*,
DC^',
n;
iV,
yl^
d'?,
pp,
p'?,
"ô,
nn, ip
an,
np,
P'-
'?tr;
0;
i-i,
D''
p.-
q,
3)/*
p,
m father ^ (a horizontal
pronounced as a
stroke), like a in hdt.2.
point below the line, followed
(a
machine ; ~^
3.
they
(i. e.,
^),
by
^)
pronounced as
is
in
as i in ^)m.3
(two points below, with or without
or
without a following
*) is
pronounced as ey in
(three points in a cluster), as e in met.
4. 1 (1
with a point in
its
bosom)
is
pronounced as oo
in tool
(three
points arranged in an oblique line), as n in ]mt?

5. i
or -^ (a point with
-y (that
short
is,
o),
"),
or above a letter)
when the word
as in below,
and run the h and

low, nor
(a
much more
c.
verticallj') is a
is
very quicklj^ uttered e-sound,
pronounced rapidly, so as to slur over the
almost (but not quite) together
thus
hloio, not he-
TT
combination of ^^ and
is
pronounced as a
is
pronounced as
in hat,
but
c in ??ê^
but
hurriedlj'.
(a
much more
(/.
in note ;
blowr
h.
pronounced as o
as o in not.^
(two points placed
6. o.
is
combination of
and
(6)
hurriedly.
(a
combination of
and -r]
is
pronounced as o
in 7Wt,
but much more hurriedlv.

All letters in Hebrew are consonants; the alphabet contains no vowels.
the lack of vowels the above system of vowel-signs was introduced.
1
To supply
s Properly the sound of

is precisely the same as that of -;-, except that it is
shorter. The difference between their sounds is one of quantity, not of quality. In
practice, however, it is well even to exaggerate the difference, in order that they may
clearly be distinguished.
-
In
o.
Sometimes __
such coses __
It Is
is written where '__ was intended, and __, where 1 was intended;
pronounced as '^ (i in inachitic), and __ as 1 (oo in tool).
certainly strange that the
They can
flyllable
is
same sign was used
easily be distinguisheil, however,
(S 38.).
to represent longn and short

by the application of the laws of the
.g
BY AN IXDUCTIVE METHOD.
6.]
The Vowel-Letters.
6.
Before the introduction^ of vowel-signs
N) ill V
were called
vrere
*,
1.
2.
sometimes used
HiTH =
qam;
S'li-si
The
1.
J^
and hence
4.
certain feeble consonants,
ha-j-tha (1:2); .TH = My-ya (1:20).

=
= ha-yu (1:15) niK =
inn = tho-hu (1:2) mn ru{a)h (1:2)
'or (1:3)
ÎD tobh (1:4) DV = yom (1:5).
DM'^N* = '^lo-him (1:1); n'u'N*"! = re'-sith (1:1); ^C*^'^^:^ =
(1:13)
^J3 = p'ne (1:2) û' = s'ne (1:16) pi = ben (1:4).
n^n* = yih-ye (1:29) nipO = miq-we (1:10) n'?nkS* = '^-h^lo (12:8).
Di^p-
3.
(? 5.),
to indicate tlie vowel-sounds,
vowel-letters
17
was
guttural, or a-sound,
when
when medial, by the
indicated,
by the guttural nMedial a (a or a) was indicated rarely
guttural
final,
1.
Kote
final a
was generally,
though not uniformly, indicated.^

Note 2.
here
The letter
{<{,
when the
final letter of a root,
does not belong
not a vowel-letter, but has merely lost its
since, in this case, it is
consonantal character.
2.
The
labial sounds,
Note.
Medial u
u and
6,
were indicated by the
and 6 were generally indicated
labial
final
").
u and
were
were
always indicated.
3.
The
palatal sounds,
Note.
Medial
and
e,
were indicated by the palatal
and e were generallj' indicated
final
*.
and
always indicated.
4.
The sounds
e (? 31. 2), e
and
6,
when
final,
by the breathing nNote 1. Only long vowels were thus

exceptions, besides
Note 2.
a,
indicated, and, with but
only the naturally long
Vowels indicated
were frequently indicated
few
30. 1-6) vowels.
thus are said to be written fully ; when
not thus indicated, they are said to be written defectivehj.

Note 3.
Briefly stated, the use of the vowel-letters may thus be put:
The vowels i and e, medial and final, are

The vowels u and 6, medial and final, are
Final vowels, except
Note 4.
more,
and
u,
in
'>.
represented hy
are represented
In the later books of the
common than
represented by
1.
by
H-
Old Testament the full writing
the earlier books, the tone-long vowels
is
31.) being
often thus represented.

1 These signs were introduced between the sixth and eighth centuries A. D.
3Cf. ^Sp(3:10); jn'73K(3:ll).
2Hos. 10:14.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
18
7,
Class.
The Classification of the Vowel-Sounds.
[?
"-^
.^g
8. 10.1
I^Y
8.
AN INDUCTIVE
19
The Names of the Vowels.
following table presents the arrangement of the vowel-sounds ac-
The
cording to their quantity [I
name
3IETHOD.
of each sound.
Class.
7. 2.),
and
at the
same time gives the technical

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
20
1.
'wa, standing under a letter
The simple
[ 11'
which belongs exclusiveljr
to the following syllable, is called initial.

2.
following syllables,
preceding and
latter, is called
opening the
3.
'wa, standing under a letter
The simple
which wavers between the
appearing to close the former, yet
medial.
The compound S'wa when preceded by a short vowel
is
also to
be
treated as a medial S'wa.
Remark. The medial 'wa

vowel
j^-jp.>T
= way-yiq-ra
mabh-dil
2.
(1:5)
= way-yabh-d5l
'^'IDÎ
to follow a short
"^^11(1:4); :]ra(l:6); T]'7nn
h.
flJ!{= att; JlflJ
Remark.-nP'^{^3
= na-thatt
The simple S'wa (t),
'^H^l-P
DID (1:4); DV
(2:10)..
aside from its use to indicate a half-vowel
[I 0.),
It occurs thus
all
(2:14).
fiyOp = qa-talt.
fOI
(1:4)
i,
e.,
times a word from that which follows
Under
D^t^'N"!
(1:1)
serves also as a syllable-divider,
nounced.
(1:7)
(1:G).
a.
1.
found always
The Syllable-Divider.
11.
1.
will be
(of. I 'iG. 4.).
(1:5);
to separate a syllable,
When
it.
thus used
and some-
it is
not pro-
consonants standing in the middle of a word without a
vowel or a half-vowel.
2.
Under
a. Is
h.
a final letter,
Kaph
when
that letter
or
consonant containing Daghes-forte, or preceded by another
Is a
consonant with S'wa.
Remark.
The
weak
letters J<,
n, \
when
quiescent, or used as
vowel-letters ( 6.), do not, of course, receive the syllable-divider S'wa.
Note
1.
syllable, is
Note 2.
syllable, is
S'wa under an
initial consonant,
whether of a word or of a
always a half-vowel, and vocal.
S'wa
under
a final consonant,
always a syllable-divider, and
whether of a word or of a
silent.
BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD.
12, 13.]
m.
other
Nn3(l:l); niTrT(l:2);
n^:r"N"13(l:l);
n)
(1:11);
f;;
roiiits.
Daghes-Lene.
12.
1.
21
H^
'J$-'7;^_ (1:2);
t]im(l:6);
'irin)(l:2);
13(1:29);
-ijpM2:21);
'7nD,p(l:6).
2.
= ^'o-bWliah
= bi-dh;ghath(l:28); mDr'?
nJl3
T ^T
:
3.
D'7>*3 lb'7V5 (1:27)

(1:28);
The
1.
D Ij/^H
f^
letters 3,
N^D nDp^l
(1:27)
DV^
'5
or unaspirated sound
(2:17)
n^-|D
n^
(3:3).
T, D, S, H, have two sounds.
j|,
(2:15).
g, d, k,
(6,
x>,
is
t)
Their original hard
indicated by a point_ called
Daghes-lene, which they receive whenever they do not immediately
fol-
low a vowel-sound.
>ôte.
till,
When
as th in this;
3 (= kh)
and 3 (= Jc).
and
2.
aspirated they are pronounced:
= pli, as
in fat;
H =^fJi, as
3=
as'y;n =
Z>/t,
th in tliin;
are not in ordinary practice distinguished
^ {'=^gh)
from
Jl
(=
^)
Since an aspirate without Daghes-lene must immediately follow a
vowel-sound, a preceding B'wa, in such case, must be vocal and a halfvowel.

3.
When by
a disjunctive accent
from whatever may precede
(i
23.
2. a.)
an aspirate
is
cut
off
as at the beginning of a chapter, verse
it,
or section of a verse, the aspirate does not immediately follow a vowel
and hence takes Daghes-lene.
Daghes-Forte.
3.
1.
qii^n = has-sa-ma-yim
2.
= hay-yab-ba-sa (1:9) n^lNOH ham-m'o-roth (1:16).

nDn3n==habn'in = haw-wa (3:20); jinn!: ==mit-ta-hath (1:7)
biie-ma (1:25) nj^nPT = had-da-'ath (2:17).
(1:1);
D^/tDn^ham-ma-yim
(1:7)
ntJ^3\'l
T -
- J-
1.
The doubling
Daghes-forte.
of a letter
Consonants
immediately follow a
2.
The point
in
indicated by a point in
its
bosom, called
doubled, however, only
when they
full vowel.
Waw
preceded by a vowel.
is
may be
and
in the aspirates is
always Daghes-forte,
if
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
22
Note
1. DagheS-forte
doubling the hard, not the

Note
2. A
syllable
serves
in an aspirate
soft,
whose
[R
Daghes-lene,
as
also
14, 15.
sound of the aspirate.

final
consonant
is
represented by Daghes-
forte is called sJiarjxued ( 26. 3).
Note
3. A doubled
this is generally a 2>nre
a short vowel
by
letter is regularly preceded
29. 1-3) vowel, seldom a deflected
(?
29. 4, 5)
vowel.
Omission of Daghes-Forte.
14.
^yV,
/or
1.
'?Dn
2.
\T"l(l:3)/or^nn;
IH^H
-
(2: 2)
3.
Daghes-forte
:24)/or
liTH
-
[I
(2:24).
^5<
Z'^''
nHp'?
t
(2
23) /or
;t:|-.
A) for
r\mr\
always omitted from a
is
DN*
r\m'n
-liNH (1:4) /or -)1^^^;
1.
(2:10) /or IV'!;
nHp'?t
I
T]'7nn(2:14)/or
vowelless consonant,
final
there being nothing in this case to support the doubling.^

2.
omitted from medial consonants which have only a
It is often
(But an aspirate may not thus lose
half-vowel (S'wa) to support them.

Daghes-forte.)
3.
from the gutturals, ^, H, \1, ^ and *1.

Daghes-forte is omitted from a guttural and no
It is always omitted
Note
1.
When
compensation made for the loss by the heightening

ing vowel, the Daghes
Note 2.
Daghes
36. 2) of the preced-
said to be implied or understood.
may be thus implied
in H,
and
j/,
but not
in
and n.
Note 3.
is
is
The
thus implied
is
which Daghes-forte
syllable preceding a consonant in
always a half-open
75.
syllable (? 26. 4).
Kinds of Daghes-Forte.
nni^*2 (i:7)/ornnn-fp; np* (l:0)/or'np4^ ^Dn:
1.
^ninj; i:pp(3:22) for *|J-p-p; n|PM2
IpHi^D
2.
trnp
3.
nD-nCT
4.
p'?n
5.
I'T'in (Judg. 5:7); I'^nn (Job 29:21);
G.
n'^'N* (2:4);
V J"
(2
3)
(2:1);
I'^jp^
(3 8)
:
(1:12); l'?-ntr);^^ (2:18);
(17:17);
ir^Vn
ndl
T JT
The only exceptions
(4:0);
(Kx.
2:3).;
mH
T J*
(0:2);
7)
nNT-nfip^
tTlpP
(Ex. 15
im^
29) /or
/or ^p'7^
21)
nNDH (^
11 JID
(4
21).
(2:23).
:
17).
(Isa.33:12).
[HtDH].
T J'
to thfs statement are riK thou
(f.),
and
r\r\^
thou
if.)
didst give
I? 16, 17.]
When
1.
23
the doubling represents the combination of two similar, or
the assimilation of two dissimilar consonants, the Daghes-forte
is
called
compensative.
2.
When
the doubling
Daghes-forte
3.
When
by
characteristic of a grammatical form, the
is
called characteristic.
is
its
use the initial letter of a word
vowel of a preceding word, the Daghes-forte

4.
When
is
joined to the final
called conjunctive.
inserted in a consonant with S'wa, which
it is
a short vowel,
is
make
to
is
preceded by
the S"wa audible, the Daghes-forte
is
called
separative.
5.
When
the doubling strengthens or emphasizes the final tone-syllable
of a section or verse, the Daghes-forte

6.
When
the preceding vowel, the Daghes-forte
riTd?
T*:
nQj;(3:6); n;;7.
(1:6);
*in3"inn
1.
''^-
n^lD
Hllj^^
(1:26);
(2:23);
jria'prTPI
(4:4);
(4:8).
a point placed in final H,
is
when
this
used as a consonant, and not as a vowel-letter.
Note.
2.
called Jirmative.
(3:15).
Mappiq (p*)D extender)
letter is
is
n"lD;r'7 (2: 15); nnDtr'? (2: 15); ntr'^N'? 0:6);

t:^:
t:t;
t*:
(1:2-4);
2.a'>bb
called emphatic.
Mapp/q and Raphe.
16.
1.
is
the doubling, in the case of liquids, gives greater firmness to
Mappiq
Raphe (nCH
written in
is
MSS.
also in ii},
''f*0 is a horizontal stroke
particular attention to the ahsence of
7 7.
*JiD-S^ (1:2); n^^<-^n; (1:3);
2.
niNn-n}<
T
*.
placed over a
letter, to call
Daghes or Mappiq.
D"}^-W
t:'):-'?3 (i:2i);
V-IV
and
Maqqeph.
1.
(1:4);
*\
(1:5);
'n-linr
'n3-'?troM3:i6)
I
(1:11).
nmn-DtT'i
> T |-
(2:13).
1.
Maqqeph (flpO
hinder)
is
a horizontal stroke placed between two
words, to indicate that they are to be pronounced together and accented

as if they
2.
formed but a single word.
If the former of
vowel in a closed
receive
1
two words, joined by Maqqej^h, should contain a long
sj^llable [I 20. 2),
Methegh (18.
such a vowel must be shortened, or
4).
A Mappiq in X is found in printed
texts inGen. 43:2C; Lev. 23:
17.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
24
"IIX-W
D'^nnXn
T
'^
;;pnn
(1:3);
n^îp
(1:7);
(1:9);
D^nDlSH
(1:16);
(18:29).
- IT
l^ntT'
niTn(l:2);
|T
|T
T
2.
18, 19
Methegh.
75.
1.
(1:21)
nn'?1n(2:4); DN"l3n3
|t
t
;
(2:4)
I^D^n
(3:1).
a np7N*n(i:25);
nt;^rp-(i:26); nitrif*^(2:3); nf7p^^(2:23); itrj;!
(3:7).
4.
-injn-Dn
5.
,TnMl:29);
?|nM2:25); Dnrn3(4:8);
T
V
:
I-
NV'!! (4
6.
(2:13)
Methegh
16)
f^n-f^.(3:2)
:
I-
V'^'i^')_ (24 9)
t>
(JIJIJS
hrkllc)
|Jn-^1n?
HW
v
I-
Dî!?
(3:3)
n^S
(17:18)
1.
On
The
2.
4.
5.
and
6.
(4:12).
n^m(20:7).
|v
:
(28 2).
:
a perpendicular lino placed on the left side of
is
following are
its
it
belongs has a
chief uses
the second syllable before the tone, but generally on the third,
the second
3.
I'
a vowel-point, to indicate that the syllable to which
secondary accent.^
nilD-nn
is
closed
26.
With a long vowel followed by a vocal S'wa pretonic.

With all vowels before compound S'wa.
With a long vowel in a closed syllable, before Maqqeph.
With the first syllable of all forms of n^H and n^H in which the
have Simple
(i. e.,
if
2.).
silent) S''wa.
With an unaccented "^
in a final syllable
and
to insure the distinct
enunciation of a vowel which otherwise might be neglected.
QeRI AND KeWIBH.
19.
1-
'?N***n::(4:18);
NVin(8:17); DtT^n
2.
'7N^np
NV^'l
Db'Tn
n^y
3.
'7N;*nt:
N*vin
Dtr^n
n-i^V
4.
N*\n for
1.
Nnn;
K'thibh (D*ri3
^j-TiV
T
-;
tcrittcn) is a
in the text, as contrasted
(24:33);
rrT:^(27:3); IJlD
for nin*;
T
(30:11).
xn
n^
"i^?
Dî'?^*
v:
term api)licd to a word as
j'>r
nin
v:
it is jcritten
with the marginal reading suggested by the
Massorites.
2.
Q'ri
(np
read)
is
term
api)licd to the
marginal reading substituted
by the Massorites for the textual reading (K'thibh).

I
Mvinuh
j) 1b
Bometimes substituted for Methegh.
20.]
3.
25
In such cases the vowel-points given with the K'thibh
(tlie
reading
in the text) are intended to be
pronounced with the consonants given in
the Q*ri (the marginal reading)
and
if
the K'thibh
is
pronounced, other
vowels, as determined by the nature of the grammatical form,
must be
used.
4.
Some words
are
always read otherwise than as they are written
these receive the pointing of the Q'ri, while the marginal reading
is
omitted.
IV. Tlie Accents.

The Place of the Accent.^
20.
1.
n^^r'Nn
-J-
2.
n^:^\\n
3.
n^jr'NI
p}^
1.
Olp-t: (1:9);
(1:1);
(1:1)
(1:10);
^rin
U'r2^
J- T
(1:1);
;i;pn (1:6)
4.
NnS
JT
(1:1);
(1:1)
in,Nt
(1:5)
n"}^
or tone
(1:5);
may
pNH
I
VJT T
^m
(1:1);
{^^fp^
mj
(1:6)
(1:5)
N^p^
'7Dt<p
(1:11);
Dt^;^. (1:11);
(2:9)
p^CT
(1:2).
-I
(1:9).
n'^HnD
(lÔVn
(1:20);
tr'D^ (1:20);
rest on the ultima, in
called Milra'; or on the penult, in
(2:2.3)
nHH
D^DiT' (1:1); D*!D (1:6);
^'1^2
ri^'n (1:2);
(1:2);
The accent
NID
(1:1);
(3:8).
(3:18).
pj^;. (2:8).
pN*
(2:12).
which case the word
which case the word
is
is
called Mil'el
but never on the antepenult.

2.
So far as the syllabication of a word
is
concerned, a closed syllable
with a long vowel, or an open syllable with a short vowel, muat be

accented
3.
(?
28.
1. 2).
Uninflected words, and words receiving in inflection no endings, are
accented on the ultima.

4.
Nouns
of the class called Segholates,
(106.), are accented on the penult,
which are really monosyllabic
and form the only exception
to the
principle just stated.
Note
ages,
1.
The place of the accent in wjlected words, involving append-
must be studied
nominal
in
connection with the subject of verbal and
inflection.
Note
2.
The term "accent"
which receives the
stress of voice
is
;
used of the sign marking the syllable

the term "tone"
is
used of the stress
of voice.
1 The place of the accent is indicated in this grammar by the use of the accent r.
Words which are not thus indicated are to be accented on the ultima.
21.
1.
n'?^'?
I
;rtT
OJX(3:10); nnN*(3:ll); OJN*
3.
-ItDXn
4.
n'?DN*"l (3:18);
The tone
1.
which
is
-I-lDn
is
nnX(4:ll).
(2:7);
(Ex. 3:20);
(3:19).
-I
(4:9);
"iV^n
(1:22);
Î^DHI
on*? '?DN*n
2.
(1:3);
21, 22.
Shifting of the Tone.
(1:5); nS nC^ (1:11);

Nnp
t|jt
HEBREW
ELE3IENTS OF
26
Op^
(4:8).
ÎkWlHI, ^n'^Vn')
(Ex. Q:6).
often shifted from the ultima to the penult of a word
followed closely by a monosyllable, or by a dissyllable accented
upon the penult.
The tone
2.
is
sometimes shifted
end of a clause or section,
Waw
3.
e.,
words standing at the
( 38.).
Consecutive with the Imperfect causes shifting of the tone
from the ultima
Waw
4.
i.
in the case of
pause
in
to the penult
when the
latter is
an open syllable
(? 73.).
Consecutive with the Perfect often causes shifting of the tone
from the penult
to the ultima
22.
73.).
The Table of Accents.
disjunctives.
i.
Class
I. Emperors.
1.
rpi'j'Dsmuq
3.
Nn'^jp
2.
mni<
^<
4.
rhif'llif Salseleth
'Athnah
Class
5.
lÔp ilpr Zaqeph qaton
C.
'?nj
ji
II.Kings.
:]p\ Zaqeph gadhol
S'gholta
7.
;;5n
ii'bhi(a)'
Class III. Dukes.
8.
KDP'l) Pasta
j<
11.
n^DnT'bhir
j<
9.
n'iT^Y'thibh
12.
SpirZarqa
NHtJOTiphha
{<
10.
Class
13.
C'-IJCJeres
IV. Counts
{<
16.
nrflPazer
{<
op
QP
14.
I:')-
D'izn^ G'rasayTm
I
il'2'^yb L'gharmehi
17.
ni?
{<
18.
n'-'M)
înp Q3rne Phara

Ntr'*'7n
T'liSa
Gh'dhola
1
Mude up of Munah ami
Psiq
(i).
X
^J
BY AN INDUCTIVE SIETHOD.
23.]
CONJUNCTIVES.
2.
Class
19.
NDIDMerka
20.
NÎGD
27
T. Servants.
^{
N3")t: Merka
K'phula
24.
HDn^
25.
hrci)
Mahpakh
T'lisa
N*t:'^'?n
^{
Q'tanna
^J
21.
miD
J^'i-nDarga
l!:V?3
v
HT
22.
{<
yomo
{<
23.
Jînp Qadhma
N'?"ND
M''ay-y^lai
Munah
The ''Accents " were designed
To
a.
To
to
have a threefold use
serve as musical notes in the cantillation of the
Prophets in the synagogue

b.
27.
Yerah ben
Remarks on the Table of Accents.
23.
1.
26.
Law and
the
indicate the tone-syllable
(i. e.,
the syllable which
is
to be ac-
cented) of every word

c.
To show the
relation sustained
by each word
to the other
words
in a clause or sentence.
Every accent
2.
is
used as a sign of interpunction
rate or join the several
words of a sentence
23.
1.
c), to sepa-
a.
Disjunctives (those numbered 1-18 in the Table) mark a separa-
h.
Conjunctives (those numbered 19-27 in the Table) mark a con-
tion.
nection.
3.
The Disjunctives vary
divided into four ranks

4.
5.
first letter of
6.
and are accordingly
i.
e.,
written
a word, wherever the tone-syllable of that
word
be.
Those accents numbered
only on the last letter
may
in strength or power,
Emperors, Kings, Dukes, Counts.
Those accents numbered 9 and 18 are prt-positive,
only on the
may
3, 8, 12,
25 are pos^positive,
i.
e.,
written
of a word, wherever the tone-syllable of that word
be.
The
post-positive accents
are repeated
cented on the Penult, or has Pathah-furtive
whenever their word

(
is
ac-
2.
d) under the last
IS.),
Pasta from Qadh-
42.
letter.
7.
Silluq
may be
distinguished from Methegh
(?
ma, and Y'thibh from Mahpakh by their position.
Used for Methegh with words which have
Silluq or 'Athnah.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
28
yii^n
T
V
2.
DW
rpi<rj
^^"-
1-2-
Gen.l:l.
dm
Gen.l:2.
;!î?T^
i^^Pin
n::oDi
ci'n'?^
3.: I?'-
iinxn-'?;^
Every verse (Pasuq)
sign
i-i-
Dn':'iS
:Drpn
1.
g^"-
|T
24.
The Consecution of the more common Accents.
24.
1.
called
J,
Gen.
1:7.
Gen.i:28.
separated from the verse following by the
is
Soph Pfisuq {end of
the verse)
while the last word of every
verse has on its tone-syllable the accent ~f, called Silluq, which, in form,
islikeMethegh(U8.).
Note. Since SiUuq always stands on the
last tone-syllable of a verse,
while Methegh never stands on a tone-syllable, they are easily distinguished.
primary sections, Silluq marks the end of
If the verse contain two
2.
end of the second
thejirst, while the
Note
with
Silluq,
Note
at the
e.,
i.
indicated by tt, 'Athnah.
is
must begin
the study of the accentuation of a verse one
1. In
2. These
end of the verse.
The pauses marked
accents have only relative power.
are logical pauses.

If the verse contain three
3.
the
first
indicated by
'
D^ri^s*
::
Dinn
a^d:^
y-iD!:
o'Dn
5. o.
nî'^n
T ;at -
rt
y')^r\
'^tynri
....
mxn
4.
Dn'N
called
D^'^'?^*
Gen.
i-.g.
Gen.
Gen.
1 :28
nXT
is
end of
large
this
enough
to
Zaqcph qaton.
i:i4.
^"-
1-^-
cien. i:i.
^^"-
n'io-^3 'TiN*n-''>*
"When a primary section
-'
6.
--n^TOi^
C'mn
T
Gen.
1-^-
3:14.
be divided, or to contain
secondary section, whether
the primary section ruled by Silluq or 'Athnah,
by
23.
i:2.
.,.
a secondary section, the
Gen.
D'n'?^* "^?n'1
D\n'?i\v
see
inx
D'pii'n
...
is
irihi
tyry^n
- t
*n'?N
^,
'inzn'?
-
nc^yn
h.
G.
of the repetition of
DrtDH
IT -
while the end of the third
called S'gholta.
Note. For an explanation

4.
primary sections, Silluq marks the end of
'Athnah, the end of the second
is
it
stand in
most frequently marked
BY AN INDUCTIVE
^25.]
HIETIIOD.
29
In secondary sections containing but a single word, where Zaqepli
5. a.
qaton would have been expected, Zaqeph gadh61, -^,
generally found
is
instead.
h.
A secondary section of less importance than that which is indicated
by Zaqeph qaton
6.
marked by
is
-^, called R'bhi{a)".
The pause required by the rhythm before
marked by
a disjunctive
t,
called Tij^hha
and 'Athnah
Silluq
is
that before S''gholta, by -^,
called Zarqa.
Note.
For
the consecution of the remaining disjunctives see the
Table of Consecution of Accents
7-
p.N*n nN*v {i-iy,
{I
dw
25.).
')^'b:;_-
rpm ppi-
-(1:2);
(i:4).
8.
D*ri^yNn3....(i:i);
D'inn^îD-'?;^----(i:2);
n'7^'7Nnp....(i:5).
'^JTT
v:
x
t)-it
9.
HNT n^^j;
1^
r^-
7.
^D-
-(3:14);
J--
:at
jjn-^lin^ "^^^r
-(3:3).
The Conjunctive accent which always accompanies
Silluq is
called Merka.
8.
The Conjunctive accent which always accompanies 'Athnah
called
9.
is ^r,
Munah.
The Conjunctive accent which always accompanies S'gholta
is like-
wise Munah.
25.
A Table showing the Consecution of the Accents.

Q
_P_
or
-I
-1
-I
-J
-i
-I
or
9P
_P
I
-I
-1
-1
_q_
V
/
-I
-I
-i
or
5P
V
V
r
_q_
_M___
J
"\
or
_P_
-J
or
QP
V
V.
_9_
-i
j^
or
or
9P
I,
/-
_5_
-I
-J
or
_P
-/
_p
JJ_
J
or
or
53P
_p
J
^
V
-I
-I
ELE3IENTS OF
30
HEBREW
25.
REMARKS ON THE TABLE.

1.
first
2.
of Silluq and 'Athnah, with the exception of the
The Consecution
conjunctive,
The
is
the same.
third disjunctive preceding Silluq and 'Athnah, the second pre-
ceding S'gholta and Zaqeph qaton, and the first preceding R'hhi(a)'
Geres, after which the consecution
3.
This Geres
may be
is
the same for
entirely omitted, in
is
all.
which case the servant of the
preceding disjunctive will be present and will assume the functions of

Geres.
4.
After Qadhmii the consecution
na (and
T'lisa
5.
its
Munahs)
Gh'dhola (and
or, if
there
is
may proceed
either with T'lisa Q'tan-
a slight emphasis, with the disjunctive
Munah's).
its
Words standing between
the Tiisa Q'tanna or the
and the beginning of the section, will receive Milniih

related,
but Pazer
if
there
is a
great emphasis.
T'^lisa
if thej'
Gh'dhola
are closely
Words standing between
Pazer and the beginning of the verse will receive Muuah.
Instead of
Note.
is
substituted
6.
if
there
Munah, L'gharmeh
is
a slight
(i.
e.,
Munah
Instead of Pazer, preceded by Munah, there
Qarne Phara, which

words
will
Note
system.
is
with P'siq
(I
t])
emphasis on the word.
may be
substituted
always preceded by Yerah ben yomo.
Other
have Munah.
1.
This
There
table exhibits in general the features of the prose
are,
however,
many
exceptions.
The
poetic system is
entirely different.
Note
2. A few
accents, occurring but seldom, are omitted from the
Table.
Note 3.
This very brief
treatment of the accent aims only to intro-
duce the student to a subject, which demands

investigation for its masterj'.
much
careful study
and
26.-28.]
31
V. Syllables.
N"l-3
T T
1.
(1:1)
'^n-np
2.
in-h
J
(1:6)
(1:2)
^-^"1
]>2 (1:4)
ilD
(1:2)
(1:4)
J5
J-
-IT
\'7pjl:3);r^^n-n
4.
V^'?
IN'7-P
(1:18).
(1:16).
nt^^^^
(1:22);
1.
Syllables which end in a vowel-sound are called open.
Syllables which end in a consonant are called closed.
'
3.
A closed syllable whose final consonant is doubled is called sharpened.
4.
"What seems
Note.
to
be an unaccented open syllable, with a short vowel,

;
it
may
(?
1.
ntJ^-p-h-n
2.
yr\-\lf\ (1:20)
3.
T)m (9:21) yV (1:22) for
(1:21)
iT^-N^D
furtive
[I
form
2.
2. (?)
14.
3.
N.
1).
(1:1)
in")*
(4:4)
;;^pn
(1:20)
(1:1)
P^-l
D\T'?N*
!:");;. (1:5)
l^;st
(1:7).
(1:4).
for î;;.
syllables as it has vowels
and the S'was (half-vowels) are not
but Pathah-
sufficiently vocalic
syllables.
Syllables
must hegin with a consonant, the only exception being the
prefixed conjunction
always having under

3.
(?
Syllabication.
many
contains as
42.
always followed by a consonant with
fn-D'p-n-^-l
A word
is
10. 2), or with Daghes-forte implied
27.
1.
for convenience be called half-open.
The half-open syllable
a medial S'wa
to
(1:14);
(1:11)
(1:3).
2.
of frequent occm-rence
is
;^_^pn-3
(1:4);
^T
niN-QH
T -
It
(1:2)
^^.m^
Drt:-^'n(l:l); D^-;3n(l:6);
'n-pMl:9);
-
3.
Kinds of Syllables.
26.
Syllables
it
may end
The harshness
they
may
begin with two consonants, the
in two consonants,
but only when these are strong.
resulting from this combination
the insertion of a vowel
first
a vocal S'wa.^
[I
is
generally avoided
by
37. 2 and N.).
X
Quantity of the Vowel in Syllables.
28.
b]:'J2
n^t^^-NnS
1.
")1{<-n
2.
^C-m(l:2); -lp-5(l:5); '^H'lÔ
(1:6)
3.
D^5-C'n(l:l); ni:\y'7(2:22); 10{<
(2:24)
4.
\T-1(1:3); ^:^n-n(l:4);
;?;|p-|-"} (1:14)
There
is silent.
is
(1:4)
(1:7)
a single exception to this remark,
(1:1)
D^'D
(1:6)
m(l:l);
viz., ^P^'d
Wm
(1:1)-
':'^-D(l:7).
Dp;. (4:15).
IN"?"!: (1:22).
(Gen.
4:19) in
which the Swa
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
32
The vowel
1.
must be
of an open s.vllablc
long, unless
when it lias the tone, it may he short.

2. The vowel of a closed s\'llable must be
-when
3.
it
has the tone,
The vowel
it is pure,
4.
i.
(1:9)
(1:^)
h.
iTfl
(1:25)
c.
np'?(2:22);
m:r'(2:3);
|j-T
J- T
DHI (2:12)
^^1
(2:23);
fj
(2:8)
The pure
V^tlî^ (2:23)
short
a,
iaj<
(3:7)
4).
^HtD
(1:11).
r|J< (3:1).
(3:23)
nSD^;M2:9).
-.:
P^^?)?^
^^-^^^
'^W*^
(2:24)
n^DQn
':>'2^p (2:9).
H/tD^^ (3:6)
top];
(2:5);
np'7(3:23); DpM4:24)
from which come
IntT'N
lllpt);! (3:5).
[HpH].
a-class vowels, is
all
(2:24).
found
but also
a.
In unaccented closed, or sharpened syllables
h.
In the accented closed syllable of nouns in the construct state,
and a few monosyllabic nouns and
(?
l-J-
n'7;?_(2:6)
Nn-pMl:5); '?^-p'7(l:18);
1.
26.
(24:32).
iDj;^'^ (2:5);
l'?Dn(2:l); DrtDTI?
Hp*?
(2:5);
JN*
h.
(1:20)
(1:7)
-I-
mn
(1:29)
n'n
'^^/^
p^lT (2:24)
a.
3. a.
it
o.
Vowels.i
U'r2,' (1:10)
(2:9);
nn^3
(15:5);
ntrj;^f (1:26);
<^-
2.
ntrS^
b''\y
nr2'm
has the tone
e or
Short Vowels.
a.
d. nV.^.
e.,
i.
Eiiplioiij' of"
29.
1.
short, unless it has the tone
of the half-open syllable is always short
"VI.
he long.
and not deflected,
ii,
i,
29.
has the tone
it
of the sharpened syllable is short, unless
e., a,
The vowel
may
it
particles.
c.
In the accented closed syllable of
d.
In the accented open syllable
106.
2. a., (?)
accusative ending
e.
many
(1)
before the suffix
(2)
*Jl,
verbal forms.
of guttural
and
(3)
and *"^ Scgholates
sometimes before the
In a half -open syllable with M^thegh
18.3) before a compound
JS'wa.
2.
The pure
a.
short
i,
from which come
all /-class
vowels,
is
found
In unaccented closed-, and especially sharpened, syllables
but
1 This treatment is not intended to te exhaustive; it will be found practically

complete, however, so far as jfcncral principles are concerned.
Short
stands also in an accented open syllable, in a few apocopated forms,
e. g..
2 30.]
That
h.
( which comes by attenuation or thinning ( 36. 4) from an

)
must be distinguished from an

the same rules as the latter.
original a
ject to
3.
The pure short
a.
-AS*
h.
^C*n(l:2);
4.
c.
-iDnj.
(2:9)
6.
-'?3 (1:21)
Dtr^
^1^;]
(2:8)
['^toj/jf
although
HW'
(3:24)
^T 11:22)
;
sub-
it is
l'?]!!
p^T
(4:1).
(2:22).
ib''o};pi
n5nn(6:15); topn].
(3:21)';
n-l5;;(2:15);
J^'W
[DH'^Djiî
n'?pNMl:29) "nlin^
;
i,
-class vowels, is found
all
^\[2:m
::tr:i^.(l:ll);
;
original
unaccented sharpened syllables.
in
^-15^(1:22);
(1:4);
a. -':'D(1:21);
.5.
from which come
u,
Almost exclusively
a.
33
(2:15);
'"^Sn
(3:11)
"Dji^
(2:24).
4.
The short e-sound
the pure i-sound,
found
is
(e),
from and equally current with
deflected
a.
In unaccented closed syllables, as a shortening of -^
h.
In unaccented closed syllables, as a helping vowel in
a Segholate character
all
forms of
106.),
(?
In unaccented closed or half-open
c.
(e).
syllables, depressed
from
(i)
before gutturals.
Note
1.
The
by
transliteration
Note
2. The
which comes by heightening from
e, is
of
really a long vowel
DIlN and
blunting of an original w-sound

Note 3.
There
is
also to
appears in certain particles,
under
5.
31.
a.
open
t
and
The short o-sound
(e) to
~^
As
3.
is
).
be noticed the character of the ^r which
e. g.,
p,
"lti^^{, etc.,
which perhaps belong
(i)
to
and "^
(o),
deflected from and
-=- (o)
(e), is
more common than
the same relation that
is
(u)
sustained by
found
a blunting of the original
[vl]
in
unaccented closed and half-
syllables.
h.
As
a shortening of -^
30.
1.
Dfl and fn, and D^? and
fpi^?,
50.
represented in
2.
and sustaining
\l
a,
[I 31.).
(o) in
unaccented closed syllables.
Naturally Long Vowels.
= '7P = qSl].
a. ;;iJ=;;j (4:14) = na';n*tr = ntr' (4:25) = sath; ['^p
h.'2}^= gannabh } fflD = mattan Dil^^ k^thabh f ^"in = q'rabh.4
D^ri'?}^ (1:1) = '"lohim for ''lahim "IDN^ (1:3) = yo'mer /or ya'mer;
^-^^ (1:16) =gadh61/or gadhal '7'^^ (2:16) = 'akhol/or akhal.
;2
c.
Ex.
23:1, 6, 7.
Gen.
34:12; 3 Kg-s. 11.18.
Esth. 4:8.
Sam.
17:11.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
34
nn = nn(l:6);
2. a.
pp
=.
Dp,p
rO* = yai";^
i.
= opp (9:9) D^^H = D^tTn (6:16).

TDn = basidh;2 n^0 = masi(a)h.3
;
r/.
jTC'j^* (3:13) for
e.
T-jpn
(2:5);
= ]^'\ {2:211
]t^';>
1V':.= "IVV.(2:7);
[2 30..
nv]i
(n^bîj)
TJH
Dt:0'?M3:21);
/or
nn.v
(^nn_v)-
NÔT
(3:13);
^nî^
(sî^)
'n'lV
(3:11);
(1:18).
3.
D.ip!=Dip:=Dipv'
a.
Dr'n=ar'n=3it:^'ri
t.
Dip^Dipi^ inn =inn
c.
ipin=ipin;'' D?prT=np'in]; Dipn=Dpin.i
d.
n"n3n(4:23);
Dnr(3:l);
-)nN(3:14);
T
t
T
(3:i9);
inn=in?(i:2).
(1:2);
Naturally long vowels have arisen either

vowels, or a vowel and semivowel
(2)
as the characteris-
The lengthening which
of a nominal form, or (3) in compensation.
tic
jr'lDn(12:5).-
from contraction of two
(1)
y or w), or
e.,
(i.
DinS (3:24);
took place as characteristic of a nominal form or in compensation belongs

exclusively to the primitive Semitic
such lengthenings, found in the
e.,
i.
Hebrew, were made before the Assyrian, Arabic, Hebrew and other
Semitic languages became separate tongues.
1.
Naturally long a
o.
In
1"^ and
seldom
(-^-,
"^ forms
),
comparatively rare,
in which, 1 or
a-sounds have come together and have been contracted

In certain nominal forms, in which
h.
is
found
having been dropped, two
it
94.
1. c).
characteristic (? 108,
is
109.).
Naturally long
c.
a,
in the great majority of instances,
was obscured
to 6 ( 30. 6).
2.
Naturally long
In certain nominal forms
c.
In certain nominal forms in which
the contraction of iy
As
a thinning of
is
90.
in
which
H"/
in
found
and sometimes oi yi
2. b)
94.
1. Z>),
it is
characteristic
108.).
it is
compensative
(?
109.).
forms, before consonant-additions
In Hiph'il forms, in which e would naturally have been expected

entirely
anomalous
Naturally long u
Gen.
e,
(?
3. h).
c.
3.
is
),
h.
100.
this
sometimes
As
<l.
i (*
a.
13:9.
(1,
Ps. 30:5.
[l
00.
1. h. (1)
sometimes
3
Josh. 13:3; Isa. 23:3; Jer. 2:18.
Sam.
-r
2:10.
'Ex.
21:19.
is
).
found
Gen.
19:28.
8Gen.l3:17.
Hos.
9:6, cf. Isa. 34:13,
9Ezra3:ll.
loEx. 40:17,
4 30.]
As
As
a.
h.
nation
As
in
V'p forms (? 94. 1. a).

V'^ forms, and whenever the combi-
the contraction of uw, in
would be
711V
c.
the contraction of tou, in
final.
tm
the contraction of
V'^ and
86
^"^ Hoph'al
forms
in V'fi Iloph'al
00.
(2
3. c)
and
forms, which seem to follow the analogy of V'fl
ôrms.
d.
-which
4. a.
b.
c.
In certain nominal forms, including? the Qal passive
it is original
and characteristic
(?
participle, in
108.).
= ben from ^3 fl^^^ = beth from H^J DO^^^. (3:6).

a^P^n(4:7) = tetibh/romn^P*n; np^^:i\n (21:7) /rom Hj^^m
ntri^ (6:14) = "se from '>'^^-, HpO (1:10) = mtqwe /rom npp.
p5
(1 :4)
^TDn-Aom^n^Dn; wv^//-omrinv; nw,7;[cf. wv(3:ii)].
^.
= p'ne//-om:);
^^^
e.
J5(l:2)
/.
DD^pV//^DO'^;fi7NVror/^fn*^^: -i^>nvôo^>o.
(1:16); J;^ (3:7);
nrtr;^n;^ nr3an;=^ morion
5. a.
t. :r]^;n (3:14)
4.
^^tJ^'
ITJ^SN (3:19)
i^'^
ny'-^'inp nr<;iDn.i2
!r]\33 f4:6)
[(TDIDl
Xaturally long e (written *_, yet sometimes
the contraction of ay or
a?',
and
is
found
"^ Segholates
In the inflection of
6.
In the Hiph'il forms of verbs
orij-'inally
c.
In the Imperative
of verbs
m.
sg.)
the construct state of nouns ending?

<Z.
In
in
and
f?
lOG.
"^
'?
(e) (?
f?
92.
124.
In the penult of a few nominal formations
/.
Note.
The
e of
2).
^? 1^^^ 1-
f?
f?
/); and in
2).
100.
In the plural construct ending of masc. nouns. *__
e.
como.s from
2. ri).
perfects before consonant additions
'!'
n_)
a.
f2
(4:10).
.3.
(},
a).
124.
4).
114.).
d very frequently passes over
into
i,
especially in
native perfects.
5.
Besides
there
e,
arises out of ay.

1)6 transliterated
is
another naturally long e-sound, which likewise
and may, for the sake of distinction,
It is written
by an
italicized
It is found
e.
In n"*7 Imperfects and Imv's before the fern, plur. termination

100. 3. c) and. after the analogy of these forms, also as a separ-
a.
njT
(1
ating vowel in similar V'J^ and JT'J^ forms.

6. In the forms of plural nouns before the pronominal suffixes ?l
andn(U24.
1
Gen.
.3.c).
13:15.
-133.26:7.
il>t.
Ex.
1:U.
3:10.
>
I>t-3:fL
Both
1:9.
i*
I>t.4i35.
Gen.
37:7.
t|
Sam.
15:9.
ulSaiD.3:ll.
GD.:^
i3Zecb.:7,

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
36
30..
h.
= "akhol for akhiil {<y (2:10) = y6e, for yaê

b*^^(l:26) = r6mes for rames 35iD(2:13) = s6bhebh for sabhebh,
yiqqal = -qawal].
1!2N** (1:3) =y6'mer/or ya'mer ['?''lp^= yiqqol for
c.
D*n'?N*(l:l)="lolum;
W^J^
6. a.
(2:10)
>
d. f]5'i;? (1 :20)
7.
nn (6:9)
= y''ophoph
e.
nbpn(6:18); :]ra*C*,n
a.
DV
DVI;^
ICT'Dn*
(28:15)
(3:22)
(2:25)
TOD
Dl'?:^' (26:31).
= yithbosasu.
;^
Hl^pp-^
h.
= y6m/o;- DVj ÎH (1:C) = th6kh/rom Tjin*

w^ph (4:2) = toseph = tawseph H^'pin (5:4) [I'p'lJ = n'pi^].
c.
nn'?in
(2:4)
/or nn'?")n
nj;iQ
(1:14)/oj- -f;;."iD.
lr-P'7(l:ll)/oOnrp'7; 13(1:11); 1;?nr(l:ll); riSpTN*
f?.
6.
(l:5)
Naturally long
6,
for tbe
most part written defectively,
cases only the obscuring of a naturally long a
case
is
many
in
This
1).
is
the
a.
In the forms of the Infinitive Absolute
Qal Active Participle

h.
(?
71.
70.
and
1. I),
in the
1. a).
In the Qal Imperfect of verbs }<"5
of verbs r';;(94. I.e.
(I
88.
1),
and
in the Niph'al
(2)).
c.
In a large number of nominal formations
d.
In so-called Polel
e.
In the separating vowel used before consonant terminations in
the Perfects of verbs

7.
30.
(12:8).
There
is,
(or Po'el),
p'y
and )'y [U 86.
4,
94.
however, a second naturally long
the contraction of au or
aiv.
This
is
108, 109.).
(?
and Hithpolel
(or Hithpo'el) forms.
4).
which
6,
is
the result of
found :
b.
In a large number of V'J/ Segholatcs ( 106. 2. d),

In the Hiph'il of verbs originally V'D (^ '^0. 3. h); also in Niph.
c.
In
d.
In the contraction of ahu
a.
Note
many
1.
V'fi
nominal formations {H llo, 116.).
= 6 (seldom
written H)-
Naturally long vowels are usuallj' written fully
and are thus distinguished from tone-long vowels.
(?
6.4.
There are many
N. 2
)^
cases,
however, in which the distinction can be determined only from a knowl-
edge of the grammatical form in which the vowel stands.

Note 2.
Naturally
to this rule are so

>1 Sam. 22:23.
long vowels are iinchangeable.
few as scarcely to deserve notice.
2Nahuml:14.
The
exceptions-
31.]
Tone-Long Vowels.
57.
DIN*
T
a.
1.
(1:26)
nHN
TV
-IT
(1:5)
^^r\ whence r]1n
h.
TH
T
DHt
T T
(2:11)
N-)p
-itIt
(1:1);
ph>'2^
T
|T T
(3:11)
nOn^
(1:9);
Nnp
jt)
(1:10);
HDV*
^T
(1:26);
n;r? (1:28)
HpCT
(1:5);
(2:6);
Jjt:
(2:5).
"
nuy
(1:6);
NnS
JT T
n-ni;
[cf.
37
(2:10).
-IT
c.
TO^.
T?'^T (l:6)/o?- ^_
(l:l)/or J^-l!l; n\X-n (l:4)/or-)lNn;

Nn-!1
JT T
-IT
'^-
-IT
Dp-!:
T
(l:l)/or D*!:-t:';
D^^-Cr'
-IT
-J-
l-l
Dl^'n
f?.
mi
(2:23);
-I-
(l:16)/o;-'?lJ
(3:i2)
nnnj
J- T
-1-
n:^r]T)i^r\ (3:7)
T
(3:i4)
nîr;^
"^T
T
It
(l:14)/or
fDp(l:16)
D.p'?
(1:2);
(1:6);
(3:19).
n'?::N* (3:ii)
T
N^;^^
(3:7);
J-
'^yj
D*JC^;"llN*-p(l:16)/o,--11N*!:;
fbp; n^nj^Sn
Dp!:;
D^-tr'
T
(l:0)/or
J"T
n'?*':' (i:5)
T :at
njbi;
t
t
^^r\'n
(3:ii)
-I
r^'n^
T V T
-I
(i3:i4)
na*
tjt
(i3:i4);
-I-
nr2'M
t
t
-.a-
(15:5).
2. .
&.
^;l^'7^Nn(3:l7)/o?^-J-':5;)^^rl; 'i:it3it:^'n(3:i5)/or^Tj-f|itr'r).
nn;^
N*::n(l:ll);
(1:5);
nWMl:26);
(1:16); nLr';^(l:ll);
"^
-IV
(cf.
4:11)
-I.-
r^y^rspT)
rir}tr>{(3:17);
c.
n;;:^
I
T^T
(9: 13, 14,
'^:|-
(4:11)
(^^, -^,
nr(5:l) = ze;
called,
called heightening
i-class
1.
n'^TOD
(2:5)
mtT
HB
JVT
;
-IV
'^'^)^)l^-
(3:i7);
,1,^(4:10).
T V
~), when
it
from their
36. 2).
would stand
The
e,
T V
in close proximity to
becoming
origin, ône-long
a-class has
becoming
o.
and the change
is
e,
ii
two tone-long vowels
the
and M-class have each one.
Tone-long
a.
h.
(1:2)
(19:25,29); -inN*(l:5); Vnk^(9:22).
the tone, becomes long, a becoming a or
These vowels are
|-.-
-1
A short vowel
Dn;^rr
^T
16);
,TnMl:29);
JV
;-jNvp ;' n:N*b'n ^^fNîP ;'
^TD
|V
ntDHIO
r"ir(l:ll);
Kuth
a,
instead of an original
In a closed
a, is
found
ô/ic-syllable,
(1) in
the absolute state of nouns
(2) in
pause
[i
38.
1, 2).
In an open ^je-syllable,
few Vj; Segholates
lOG.
(1) in
(2) in
the more recent feminine ending
(3) in
^"^
1 :3.
and
Kuth
,1"'? verbal
1 :20.
Ruth
[l
2.
d)
forms [U OS.
1 :9.
(from ath)( 122.

1,
100.
1. a).
2. h)
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
38
c.
In an open
_?)?rô?ic-syllable
d.
In an open
jjos/ô/ic-sj'llable,
the feminine plural termination HJ, and the old accusative

"
Tone-long
instead of an original
e,
a.
In a closed foif-syllable
h.
In an open fone-syllable,
(2) in
many
(3) in
^"^
c.
(I
106.
in
the pronouns ni;
52.
100.
(?
(which was
HD
and
a)
1.
1. h)
3. c).
originally
(H^)
54.
).
2. d).
(or antejyretone-) syllable, before a guttural,
which Daghes-forte
is
implied,
(1) in
the case of the Article and
(2) in
nominal forms.
Note.
and Segholate formations
1)
Impf's and Imv's before the ending nJ(? 98.
In an open pretone-
T,
H"'? verbal and nominal forms
in pausal forms arising out of
(5) in
found
is
a,
in the demonstrative syllable J__.i
Segholates
(1) in rt-class
with
{directive) (2 121. 3. h).
,1-
ending,
(4)
tlie
n and H.
suffixes
2.
32. 2.
the case of the pronominal ending Jl, and frequently
(1) in
(2) in
ahcnys, except as indicated in
31.
He
Interrogative (H5 4, 46.3);
A careful distinction must be made between the heightened e
coming from
a,
and the deflected
coming from
e,
the former
long,
is
the latter, short.

3.
[p;
a.
\:;2'7;
l^y];
nPi
(4:12);
(1:17);
TO^
rph
(1:26);
(4:42)
;2
r]yr\nD
(3:8); fpr(19:4);
y^
D^:^' (15:16);
f5^>
(3:15)
î^y
{2:16)- DC^' (2:11)
(3:24);
^D
JIN
DDD
2^
(4:16);
J<\f
tr"lp| (2:3); '7;i5 (1:4);
(20:15);
(2:14);
(2:11);
(4:16);
NgflH^
?n
DtT'
(3:8);
(15:1); '^^j; (17:14)
(1:1);
(1:7)
|5
(4:25);
Y\:{-i:s).
h.
aty^
(1:11);
c.
':5];D
(1:7);
nr;;;.
fljl^P (2:10);
H^H^
(4:14);
_jT
n|)p
(2:18);
'
(1:24);
ni^nri
H^pJ
-IT /
(5:1);
")VM6:5); p;^.
(1:9);
(1:27);
HD^nn
JT
28:28); :itr' (1:8); ^J^f (4:16);
:3t!t^>1
N?fl(<
(4:16)
(2:8).
(3:10);
(2:21);
rj^H"!.
'^2^
_jt
/or ^t^^^ ;;i
(Dt.
(4:17)
/or ]:y.
4. a.
"^TO
(1:18)
^nJtOp
1
Cf. the - in
iW
(32:11);
nan.
(3:24)
J^hp
^fl'^b^ (30:8);
2
Kgs.
Lev.
(4:26)
DIN*
13:3.
h^tr*
(2:2)
ijp
(2:21);
(25:30); T^^):-? '?b (1:30).
h.
inn
c.
It^îjl^
ihD
(1:2);
= go-r'su
Tone-long
a.
rpVl
(1:2);
^^, instead of short -^ or "v, is
Worthy
(1) in
of notice
found
h.
106.
c.
stative verbs
71.
{I
64.
2),
and
in the
84. 2. R. 3),
Niph'al, Pi'el, Hiph'il and Hithpa'el forms in which the

e comes,
was originally a
many monosyllabic and

#o?ze-sj'llable
dissj'llabic
1. h,
60.
1. h)
i,
nominal formations.
most part
for the
[11 59.
in t-class Segholates
1. h).
In an open pretone (or ante-pretone) syllable, always instead of
when
a Daghes-forte
rejected from a guttural(? 42.
is
(2) in
nominal formations
(3) in
the preformative of the Qal Impf. of
Tone-long -^
a.
[I
a);
1.
the Qal Imperfect and Imperative of fflJ,

[l 90. 2. a)
In an open
(1)
4.
in
occurrence,
many
the Qal Perfect of
whence
(4)
(2:12).
TjiDV^
and of verbs originally V'^

(3) in
On^'
(1:5);
always, except in a few monosyllabic
is its
Qal Active Participle

(2) in
39
"|p3
(1:2);
= u^^bto-rakh
T|i^*p2
In a closed ôe-syllable
particles.
I 32.]
3.
(o),
In a closed
instead of
fo?ie-syllable.
1.
a)
i,
as
found
Xj
Worthy
is
V'5 verbs
90.
2. a).
of notice is its occurrence,
(1) in the Qal Infinitive Construct, Imperative,
and Imperfect
(66. R. 2);
(2) in
the Qal Perfect of a few stative verbs
(3) in
a few nominal forms
b.
In an open ône-syllable,
c.
In an open
Note
1.
[I
107.
in i^-class Segholates
p?'eône-syllable,
Tone-long vowels
always instead of
from the rejection of Daghes-
from ^1'} h'-\iiD
(1:16)
for
from nlJ^'X: 'IT^from

;
n^c'-;;^ /or Dn^tr-;;;
any
c.
i;i-i-n (4:25) /or 'iy-^Tf

-IT-:
ri*n'?i<-JVo/ri'^'^'N-Ji.
-
-I-
Ex.
12:39.
Num.
22:6.
in the
unchangeable.
is
h.
Tone-Short Vowels.
32.
D^'T'TJI (1:16)
frequent.
is
The tone-long vowel, arising
forte from a following guttural,
1. a.
64. 3)
are correctly written defectively
later language the incorrect/i/7Z writing
Note 2.
(?
1. c).
Sam.
}^'
-I-
7:29.
D^yy-
Ruth
1:8.
Ruth 2:16.
Ruth
3:13,
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
40
nn'n
2. a.
n'?n
J
for
HiTH
jt - t
(1:2) for
It
nilJ
T
from ^^^p^
h.
);>p-\ {1:20)
c.
D^pl^y
r?.
!r]'75NM2:17);
-i
^^5 (1:2); JC^'
/wi p;?V;
(4:10)
n^lT)
'
32.
(3:16)
H^HJ.
JT - T
(3:12) /o;-
|T
(1:20) for 1V-|tr;
inC'*
[I
(1:16) t?';! (4:10).
*;;l; (3:5) //-om
JîV
^Tj^lh^ (3:14)
DD'?5NM3:5); :|'7p(3:10);
^;j;n_r
(3:15).
Remark. *J
3.
nni-IN
-:
T
orig.
v:
nnp'?;
t|:
^ri'?'?)7 (27:13);
fZ.
ann
is
in an
^j;y
"r:|T
n-i^rorj.^
t'^t t;
DlDD^;^ O'^^lD;'' DH'îD-'
'ÎpV
when
short vowel, or a tone-long vowel, becomes a half-vowel
vowel
open syllable at a distance from the tone.
compound
either simjile or
S'wa.
It is called,
tone-short; and the change is called volatilization
short vowels are found
2.
1 orig.
(2:6);
H.tSlN*
-:
'7n:inb'\ (1:18); nptr'l (27:26);
(2:12);
would stand
1.
inv'^xn-,^
-:|-
^'?3jr;2
-:
'-.
^-
*?
*7 *^"S-
(1:7);
D^H'T'N* (1:1); "Iti'l^
-:
(3:17);
(2:23) /or
nnp'?
t|t:|\
&.
originallj'
from
36.
it
This halfits origin,
The tone-
3).
In what would be the mitepretone-syWahle,

a.
In the inflection of nouns
b.
Before the grave termination in the inflection of verbs
c.
In
many
(?
36.
3. h).
verbal forms to which a pronominal suffix
(?
63. R. 4).
attached.
is
In what would be the preôjie-syllable,

a.
In the inflection of verbs, before
and
36.
'>
3. o).
b.
In the formation of the construct state of nouns
c.
In the nominal inflection of participial forms.
d.
Before the suffixes
!ri,
DD
a<l
Oi when
(sg.
and
pi.).
attached to nouns and to
certain verbal forms.
Remark.
found
3.
one for each
many
The simple b'wa
of any class.
'Pb.
In
particles
which originally had
but this before the tone often becomes ^r

(? 9. 1)
may
and
is
found
9. 2
But sometimes
Chiefly under gutturals
Under a
or should be, doubled.
Ruth
68:7.
1:2.
2Zoch.
P9. 55:22.
4:12.
is,
is
4).
has three distinct forms^
b.
which
5,
there
49.
a.
letter
^-,
represent the tone-short vowel-sound
But the compound S'wa

class,
47.
Judg.
42.
16: 16.
3).
JSKgs.
2:1.
also,
5Deut. 33:2.
Ex. 37: 9,
BY AN IXDUCTIVE 3IETH0D.
33, 34.]
c.
Under
a letter
d.
Under
a letter preceded bj' the prefix
which
41
followed by the same
is
letter.
1.
The
terms
Note 2.
The
tone-short vowel under a guttural must be
Note
S'wa, half -vowel,
tone-short vowel
are
sj-n-
onj'mous.
S'wa
since a simple S'wa standing
under
compound
a guttural is alicays a syllable-
divider.
The A -Class Vowels.
33.
In accordance with the foregoing statements

the A-class or guttural class of vowels includes
1.
The pure
short
^^
(a),
-^
(i),
[II
29.-32.)
seen that
it is
from which are derived
all
other vowels and
half-vowels of this class.

2.
The attenuated
and especially
arising in unaccented closed,
sharpened, syllables.
3.
The
naturally long t'
which has come from the contraction of
(a),
from compensative lengthening,
a-\-a, or, in i^rimitive Semitic,
or
from a
lengthening characteristic of nominal forms.

4.
The naturally long
naturall}' long
5.
(6),
which has come by obscuration from a
^r
(a),
which has
a.
The tone-long
arisen
from
an
original
through the influence of the tone.

6.
The tone-long
^r
which, likewise, comes from -^ through
(e),
the influence of the tone.

7.
The tone-short
('),
which
is
a volatilization of
^ or
through
the influence of the tone.

8.
The tone-short
^r
the usage mentioned in
which occurs instead of
(*),
32.
The
34.
that the I-class or palatal class of vowels includes

1.
The pure
short
(i),
2.
The
deflected
now found
syllables,
vowels and half-vowels of this
(e),
3.
The
naturally long
(i),
4.
The
naturally long
(e),
it
(?
29.-32.)
it is
seen
chieflj' in
unaccented closed,
and from which are derived
all
other
class.
occurring chiefly as a shortening of -^
and found in unaccented closed
coming, as
according to
-Class Vowels.
and especially sharpened,
a.-d.
3.
(e),
syllables.
from iy or yi; see
which
is
a, I
33.
3.
diphthongal in
always does, from the contraction of ai or ay.
its
character,

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
42
5.
The
6.
The tone-long
naturally long ^^{e), see
30.
[U
5.
which has come from an
(e),
35. 36.
original -^, or
T^, through the influence of the tone.

7.
The
tone-short
8.
The
tone-short
33.
('), cf. ?
7.
chiefly
occurring instead of
{*),
under gut-
turals.
U -Class Vowels.
The
35.

the U-class or Lahial class of vowels includes
1.
The pure short
-\
from which are derived

2.
The
all
deflected
now found
(ii),
The
4.
The naturally long
ing, as it
naturally long
5.
a,
see
33.
found chiefly in unaccented closed
(6),
from
i (6),
which
is
(o),
sylla-
o.
wu and uw; and
^ (u),
see
diphthongal in
33.
a, ?
its
3.
character, com-
[On the 6 ob-
4].
The tone-long
seen that
chiefly in sharpened syllables,
always does, from the contraction of au or aw.
scured from
from
it is
other vowels and half-vowels of this class.
bles, and most frequently as the shortening of

3.
29.-32.),
which has arisen from an original Xi or
(o),
through the influence of the tone.
6.
The tone-short
7.
The
"vr (),
tone-short
['),
see
33.
7.
occurring instead of
chiefly
under gut-
turals.
Note. Those cases of
~ which have come
from u
(see I 29. 4. N. 2.)
are worthy of note.
Changes of Vowels.
36.
1.
n'iN*rT-a>Mi:4); t:'5r'7D(i:2i);
/'.
in-;3N'?p(2:2)/romnD-kS'7,p; in-:r'j<(2:24)/romnt^\x.
c.
)n'n\:l\) hut
i;r-|r (1:11);
-IS-D
tr\s*-:irifM2:24)
(5:1) [hut
Dtrn(4:i6).
n-GDl; dl"^
hut
'I!:-'7V(1:27).
2.
a.
h.
c.
1(^1^T\ (1:1);
arS'Z (1:1);
TT
d.
inn
TNn{l:15)^r-)nN*n;
T
Tli^n
Nnp
T|:
QrpS(l:6); DÔIT'
(4:25)
A^np
(1:7);
(17:10);
jt|t
(1:17)
/o/'i-Jinn;
'?N(4:10).
_ ^
_
..
;^;pnrr
(1:4);
(1:5);
T ":
n!:VM2:5);
HNinni
^jlNnin
(1:9)
(6:7).
jt t
nHN (3:11).
^").5 (1:22).
36.]
3. a.
43
p^' hut 1\f-|^' (1:21); ^"2^ (2:16) hut t>'2^T\ (3:1); \r\0\ (1:20);
n'pn
hut
I'pn
(3:16);
llNDT
[D5'?io5'7];
;;^p"i^'<j;^pn(i:20);
h. D^;|)Z''*^;55(i:2);
hut Q'"?-!"! (1:16);
-3'in!^"inn'lM4:8); OnnM4:14).
illND
Z'"^
(1:16);
"ib'^
/-'"^
nt:^3
T
'?i^^
(2:23).
In the formation of stems and the inflection of words, the following
vowel-changes occur
Sliortening takes place,
1.
When
a.
an accented closed syllable, containing a tone-long vowel,
loses its tone.
When
h.
an unaccented open syllable, containing a tone-long vowel,
becomes closed.
When
c.
the accented open syllable of a Segholate becomes unac-
cented closed.
Note.
i
and u
sharpened syllables
28.
(?
and o become e and 6 in closed, but

2. 3).
ITetghtening^ takes place,
2.
a.
h.
(?
Here a and e become a
in
42.
When
When
an unaccented closed syllable hecomes
1. a).
c.
When
and hecomes
d.
a following
weak consonant
a short vowel comes to stand in pause
Here a becomes a or e
Volatilization^ takes place

a.
loses its consonantal character
quiescent.
When
Note.
3.
ojyen.'^
a following Daghes-forte has been rejected from a guttural
Of an ultimate ~^
verbs, these vowels
(a),
and
e,
ii
and
(?
38.
1, 2).
o, o.
"^
(e),
-^
when,
(o),
no longer stand with the tone
in the inflection of
as
when personal
ter-
minations consisting of a vowel, or pronominal suffixes connected by a

vowel, are added.
h.
Of
a penultimate t" (a) and ^^
(e),
when,
in inflection of nouns,
these vowels no longer stand immediately before the tone, as in the forHeightening
is
a mechanical strengthening of a vowel-sound
of a foreign element,
man, men.
and
One may
Cf.
Cf. heaven,
and
also
an a-sound
it is
seen in the
compare the Latin
by the introduction
German Manii, Macnner, English
facio, feci; the
Greek and Latin Trapd
and the Greek erpanuv, but Tpimo.

the Latin ablative ending a for at.
per, {ipaxvi
but Anglo-Saxon
is
viz.,
brevis;
pronounced
efen,
hev'n,
but Anglo-Saxon
Old Saxon ehhan.
pronounced hurriedly.
Also the
/leo/oii; even,
initial
pronounced
ev'n,
a in America, when the word
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
44
36.
niation of the construct state, wlien teniiinations of gender and
number
are appended, and wlien pronominal suffixes are added.

consists the great difference
1. Herein
>'ote
penultim'ate vowel
Note 2.
In
changed.
is
some verbal forms, the vowel of whose ultima
changeable, the penultimate vowel
Note 3.
In
Note 4.
4.
un-
is
is volatilized.
some nominal forms, the vowel cf whose penultima
unchangeable, the ultimate vowel
may be
between verbal and
inflection, that in verbal, the ultimate vowel, in nominal, the
nominal
is
is volatilized.
Onb' short or tone-long vowels
standing in an open sjllable
volatilized.
a. riîy^,
topi
originally '^>;
(2:2)
originally 'pj];
'7n'2n
hut
Hnan (1:18).
h.
[Spp, hut ytSp*]; tr'ip
c.
!nnn'?^3;
5.
a.
i5;)n;4 n'7DiNt(i:29)/orn'7:?N;
6.
a.
riN
7. a.
h.
nn.
i>* (4:1);
c.
f5
T T
J'5
8.
a.
h.
4.
tepn//-'7ppn].
IPin
ina
T
for qa-ta-la
7l3P* for
yaq-tiil
Dp^ = Dp^^= Dp.*
= nadh for na-adh for nawiidh.
(1:2)
= 'T'Dp
for yaq-tii-lu
= -i-ni = -u-ni.
for iriil =- thohiiw.
(i)
'>
cf.
''!^'jlD'p
*^7pp^ for
cf.
0)0 for susii
Attemiatloifi of ~^ (a) to -^
and
for
qf.-ta-la-ni
yaq-t'le-ni
ntÎ^;.;
kVlMl:4)/ornNn\
-^
has taken place,

:
as in the Qal
as in the Pi'el Perfect, and various
inal formations.
1
Ex.
2:1.
Ruth
2:8.
Im-
Iliph'il Perfects.
In sharpened syllables
t>Ci.aang, einu;
-e-ni
{nom.), or susii {ace), or susi [gen.).
In closed syllables containing preformatives
perfect, the Niph'al
(4:15).
etc., etc.
\*lMl:3)/or,Tn^ trj;Ml:7)/(-
h.
nni (24:30) /o.nni.
qa-tal
a.
TO.2
= bay(i)n; Dt (l:5)/or DV =yawm M'? (1:11)
'?pp for
here,
r\2' hut
for in^D'?; 13 {l-n)for

-IT
(2:3);
"l^ (4:12)
nn = wYy-hty
for
/or
(1:4)
nriN* (6:18)
M r\TD^
(1:24)
(1:6)
t:np^
D3Di(9:5)/orDD!:i;
('^'^^').
r\Tt:h
T
hut
3Ps.2:7.
iPs. 1:2.
tango, attinfjo; daKTv/.og
and
digitus ; facilis,
difflcilis.
nom-
BY AN INDUCTIVE >tETnOD.
366.]
In closed and half-open syllables
c.
pecially in the construct plural of nouns

Deflect lon^ of "^
5.
When
When
a.
Ii.
syllable.
and of
to e,
have
wliicli
lost the tone, es-
and before grave
(ii)
suffixes.
to o often takes place,
they would stand in an unaccented closed syllable.
they would stand before a guttural in a closed or half-open
Sliarpening of
6.
(i)
45
(e)
and of
to their original -^
(o)
(i)
and
(ii)
takes place,
Lengthening
When
a.
come
in a sharpened syllable.
(or contraction) takes place,
two similar vowels, generally by the dropping of a consonant,
together.
When
Jj.
u-\-w
when they would stand
Especially
a.
7.
a vowel and a semi-vowel
come together
When
c.
=ê, a-\-u or
then
then
i-\-y
i,
a or a
iv
followed by
is
or y, or
by
ii
or
a-\'i or
o.
Loss of a vowel takes place, in the case of
8.
a.
The
I).
Certain final vowels in apocopated forms
Note.
Perf. 3
short,
they
original final short vowel in all nominal
In
f. sg.,
the original Semitic
ended
still
exist under the incorrect
The following
changes
all
these final vowels,
name
suffix, in
of connecting vowel.
tables will present to the eye the various possible vowel-
TABLE
:
c^:^
z'+i or i-{-y or y-\-i
=
=
ay... .a-\-y
"e
a-\-!.
(i)
___
'6
â
âw
,0
U
Cf.
or
a+y
==
a-\-y
ê
TJ
when
which case
Tables of Vowel-Changes.
'
5).
forms, except the Imv. and the
all
but in Hebrew
in a vowel;
and verbal forms.
100.
have fallen away, except when protected by a
86b.
= u.
u.
ay
e
(i)
a-\-a
=
=
.fi-\-iv
=:
aw
a-\-a
a+M
or a-\-io
Ai-\-u or u-\-io or ic-\-u
mihi and meus; bulbus and
/?o/l/3of ;
nummus and
v6/iog.
HEBREW
ELE3IENTS OF
46
TABLE
[?
II.
original i deflected to
original i retained as
original
e
i
heightened to
ie
'
original i volatilized to
^
'
original i volatilized to
'a
attenuated
then
is
original
'
volatilized to
a attenuated
original
to
which
treated like an original
a retained
original
a heightened
original
to
original
deflected
original
u retained as
original
u heightened
original
volatilized to
orieinal
volatilized to
volatilized to
to
I.
risnnp
c.
tri^n, (1:7)
3.
^:|-
*:|-
r\^p:2'o
ÎMl
"
IlinT^
anj^.(l:5); N^""! (1:11); ;rnr(l:ll)-, "Ip3(l:5);

;
'
Vowels.
a.
/or fiiDrnp
to
2.
/or tri^n;
rp-l--l(l:14); nnkVp-'7{l:15); nJT3(l-26);
(1:2)
volatilized to
1.
.:|v
original
New
as
original a heightened to
37.
37.
)/'
(i:i6)
(1=26).
t:|t
Dj/S
(2:23).
ri'p^'P?-
37'' pM2:22) /or ^^V
im"inM4:8)/o;-!in;i"i,T; [n'?L:;^j/o'-n'?D;^j].
Under
certain circumstances a
new vowel may be
said to arise.
This
takes place,
1.
At
the
beginning of a word when, in inflection or composition, two
S'was would come together.

either S'wa
>'ote
apparent,
compound
The new vowel
generally
~:" (i),
but
if
new vowel must correspond to it.

1. As a matter of fact, the insertion of a new vowel is only
since in these cases we have merely the retention of an original
is
one. the
vowel, perhaps attenuated or deflected.

Ex.
is
11:8.
38.]
Note
(
26.
2. The
syllable, thus
formed,
is
47
usually a half-open syllable
4).
2. At the end of a word,^ when two S'was would come together.

The
new vowel in this case is generally
(e), but before or under a guttural
it is -^.
The most common instances of this are,
a. The large class of nouns called Segholates ( 106.).
b.
A class of feminine formations resembling Segholates.
c.
Certain apocopated verbal forms
Note.
of a
word
The
is
D) or ^^
(p)
3. 1)1 the
100.
(?
5).
concurrence of two vowelless consonants
when the second
admissible, but only
end
at the
a strong consonant
is
aspirate.2
middle of a
loord,
The former
a simple S'wa.
when
is,
compound S'wa comes
changed to
in every case,
its
to stand before
corresponding
short vowel.
Pause.
38.
1.
*i::fi''3nM2:25); in|lt];i{7:ll); ^n'lDj;3(3:17); :rintr'N (3:17).
2.
DrtDH
(1:2);
;;nr (1:29) for

3.
rrni< (3:ii)/o.
nn^;
The
-IT
JITtDn (2:17); hut

I
(= ;rnr)
^-î
T AT
4.
U'W
H'?^'? (1:5);
iDause at the
'^^n
(4:2)
for '^nn
A half -vowel
n!2n
TJT-
'pnn).
|T
J-
(11:28);
and nb^l
T-
(5:5, 8, 11, 14, 17, etc.).
end of a verse or
is
(-
^5is* (3:io)/o;- ^îs*.
clause, indicated
ful accents [I 23. 3), causes certain changes

1.
n'7DN(3:ll); n!:;M2:5);
(1:8);
restored to
by the more power-
its original
vowel, and this,
if short, is
heightened and accented.

Note.
2.
which
is
The half-vowel
becomes
"^,
standing before the suffix H, which
short vowel
is
heightened to
in Segholates has already
3.
The tone
4.
The tone which,
is
its
corresponding tone-long.
from
been heightened
to
e,
in
in
pause becomes ^r.
apocopated forms, has been drawn to the penult
Cf Peter = Petr from Petrus; bible (German, Bibel)
Cf
fact, tacu
The -^
frequently shifted from the ultima to the penult.
restored to the ultima.
is
e ( 31. 2).
= bibl from biblia,
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
48
Eiiplioii;>- of"
"\ni.
nnnp
m nnn-;!?
(1:T)
(1:17) /o?-
fn*
fnr n?^
;
nS^*
(2:7)/o/-
nn^n (35:2);
ID^pi/oz-nînp;
3.
npM2:15)/ornp'7*; niPM^8:4)
In the case of the weak

of verbs [")
first radical
J, of
84.
2.
In the case of jl of r\T\
3.
In the case of
verbs
in
':'
o-ij^p
(2:8).
r^l' (2:8)/or ;?d^\
n^^{(2:21)/or;;l-]^N.
p^;
(28:18) /or pS*|\
consonant of the following syllable takes place

1.
-'75-fp
consonant of a closed syllable to the
final
4rO.
Consonants.
-'?3.p i--^)
2.
Assimilation of the
39}
Assimilation.
89.
1.
[U
initial
the preposition
?p
48.
and of the
1),
2).
( *>9 5. h)
'HP'?
to
take
and rarely of
[I
84.
R.
2.
"],
2)
and
in a
few
"3
90. 4).
Remark.
The
letter ^ is not assimilated
accented syllable, or
(2)
when
stands
it
before a guttural (except H); or
an
(1) in
after the
(3)
preposition 7.
Xote.
Assimilation
is
consonant, which, however,
indicated by a Daghes-forte in the following

rejected from final consonants
is
40.
1. a.
nna)
(4:12)
nHp]'?)
(4:11)
r\y_y)
"Cfp)
^ÎJ^) (20:7)
(19:9)
nj<^(J)
n'Dbp)
c.
i:nM42:ll)/or1Jr7>N5; b'2^^ prohahly for'-)'^^r2^
(2:9)
prhi')
(4:2).
TlX'?(l:5)/.rniN*n'?; '?inMl:7)/o;-'7lDn^ l'7DM2:l).
3.
innn
(42:20) t<
nnnn (3:3)
)
jected
1.
and
J,
[nni;^
The consonants most

the liquids
1).
(4:7).
2.
14.
Rejection.
I.
(11:31)
(i:2)
n\i
T T
(2:io)/or
- T
and
pf,
These are often
re-
liable to rejection are the breathings
and the vowel-letters
and
")
*>.
^'^.
From
sustain
a.
the beginning of a word
them
when
there
no vowel beneath to
is
In the case of J of verbs T't)
(?
84. 1) and of
in
Hp'?
in the
Qal Imv. and Infinitive Construct.

1
Num.
BE.V. 3:2.
7:89.
In Baer and Delitzsch's Genesis,
pi"..
'
Ex. 25:8.
<
Num.
14:3.
M 41)
BY AX INDUCTIVE METHOD.
42.]
In the case of
c.
In a few isolated cases.
From
From
2.
3.
and
or
the middle of a word
in the
same forms,
when preceded
onlj^ bj' a S'wa.
the end of a word, by ordinary attrition, as in the case of
and
Q^
of the plural endings
\'Q
of verbs
h.
49
and of a
final
in verbs Jl"'?
'>
(UOO.).
Note
1.
Kote
2.
On the rejection of X and Hj see also 43.

On the rejection of and see also 44.
")
41.
Transposition, Commutation.
Addition,
h.
DNI^n
z>.
"iVM2:8)/oovj; D.^pvo'-D.ip;
(2:4)
The addition
1.
word
*,
-Tj'pnrin
(6:9).
nir;;"/oî*it:^;j.
of a letter sometimes takes place at the beginning of a
to avoid harshness in pronunciation, as in the case of

a.
^, called prosthetic, when used in the formation of nouns.
h.
H) called prosthetic, when used as a prefix in the formation of
Niph'al and Hithpa'el stems.
The
2.
transposition of letters, of frequent occurrence in the province
of the lexicon, occurs in the grammar only in the case of JH of the Hith-
when
pa'el of verbs
it
would stand before a
The commutation
3.
sibilant.
of letters, of frequent occurrence in the province
of the lexicon, occurs in the grammar in the case of

a. jl
h. 1
and
and
J3 in
42.
1-
2. a.
h.
n)n"iq(i:2); {înn
(1:25);
(2:i2);
HDV!
n)M2:7); ;;t3M2:8);
2Jer. 33:21.
6:6.
22:5.
Gen. 44:16.
Lev.
9
f]i;^n (1:22);
n;nn(i:2i);
NT1(1:4); n'7IfM2:6); IDJ^^
Ex.
Gen.
44.
1.
e).
The Peculiarities of Gutturals.
;^'pin (1:7); n;)lNn

h.
the Hithpa'el stem.
in ^"5, V'J^ and H"'? forms (see
(2:5);
(2:9);
2:3.
Josh. 9:13.
nj^nni
(1:9).
ipma-A)\
HtÎ^J
(1:26);
['?;;3].
-^rj^M2:24).
;^T(4:25); [n'O-pl
Gen.
14:13.
lo
Ruth
4:7.
Deut.
2:3:19.
u Ex.
3:16.
eMic.
6:16.

ELEMENTS OF IIE15REW
50
c.
-f!:nj
^^npi'}
(41:56);
a.
n'?Nu*-/'-o> Su'ala
h.
1D1*(2:5); nitTi*
(1:29); j;p-) (1:15).
D\'1'?J< (l:l)Aoi 'ilah
itDN
(2:4);
(1:22);
''^fl^
from
Remarks. -n^P'*
in:n.T
yD};n' and ni^^yn'^
(4:8);
"Tpn^
hut
(2:9)
[':'PJ^^^].
m^H^
for
t\i*2V\^v
gutturals, in the order of their strength beginning with the weakest^
The
arc X1.
'DtJ^J, (2:24)
Z>
holi.
n1\':7 (2:18); cf. nN"!.) (12:2).
nt:'rj(i:26); n'?i?;_(2:6); nt^jL^N* (2:18); rp};^;*

(2:2)
42r
^Z^H (47:21).
^Tp^J^-^y, j/pr^ d^lD; jîr
cL 111-1(1:2);
3.
pm*
(2:9);
[2
")
^:
They have the following
H-
ill
The}- refuse to be doubled
a distinction
a.
(i. e.,
and
which
"H,
to receive Daghes-forte).
entirelj^ reject
n, and n, of which
J/,
But here
must be made between
heightening of the preceding vowel

h.
peculiarities
36.
[l
the doubling, and require the

2. h)
sometimes,
and
H and H nearly
always, re-
ceive a so-called DagheS-forte implied, and allow a preceding vowel to
remain short
in a half-open syllable
On
or tt
tural, with
Note
(a)
2.
They
a.
when
h.
when
26.
4).
which Daghes-forte
in
(),
take, particularly before
The vowel ^^
was the
The vowel -^
The vowel
The vowel ^^
d.
chosen instead of -^
(a) is
arising
(e),
(a),
hence
(i)
or
(e),
especiallj'-
(e)
or -^
(o),
especially
between a heterogeneous long vowel and a
steals in
is
mere transition-sound and does not make a

the guttural ceases to be
Note
1.
The letter
shows a preference for

Note 2.
Mappiq
final
( 16.
They have
"I (1)
-^,
{<{
called V&i\iSi\-furtive;
syllable.
It disappears
final.
does not receive Daghes-forte, and
and
is
(i),
for the sake of dissimilarity.
it is
3.
31. 2.c
by depression from an attenuated ~^
guttural as an aid in pronunciation. This ~^
is
them, the guttural or a-vowels
final
tain
implied, see
a gut-
original vowel.
often chosen instead of -^
when
is
chosen instead of ~^
is
(a)
when standing before
a was a collateral form.
c.
is
[I
the heightening to e of a
1.
is
(2)
often
consequently classed with the gutturals.
not a consonant, nor
is final
H) unless
it
con-
1).
a decided preference for
compound S'wa.
Hence there
found under gutturals

iDt.
23:23.
'Num. 3:6;
8:13.
Ex.
3:22.
Dt. 28:61.
<
Ruth
2:12.
&
Num.
5:18, 30.
eps. 31:9,
BY AN IXDUCTIVli METHOD.
? 43.]
a.
compound
original vowel
and
S'wa, rather than a simple S'wa, in the place of an
h.
An
inserted
(1)
an
compound S'wa
which
for facilitating the pronunciation
takes
except in the case of
n in the verbs H^H and ,1*11, which
a medial guttural takes that S'wa
(2)
of the class to
used.
is
initial guttural
and
compound S'wa
in this case the
the original vowel belonged,
here
51
prefer
}<,
and
and of
which corresponds
,1
to the pre-
ceding vowel.
Remark 1. Thus where
in strong
syllable, in guttural forms, there is often
found a closed
is
syllable.
Remark 2. Under the strong gutturals, especially fl, the use of

compound S'wa for the facilitation of pronunciation is not so usual.
Remark 3. "When a compound S'wa comes to stand before a simple
the
S'wa, the former
Remark
moved
is
always changed to a vowel
The
4.
to a distance
a.
J^n^
h. iTjr'kS"!
(15:10)
(1:1)
The Weakness of
Remarks.-}<T1
2. a.
Npfl
'l'-\:2n\
letters
}>}
and
,1,
Ji{
a.
Always, when
I).
^"/
it
(2)
iDeut.
and n.
N*y,p (2:20); ^^V1il (1:24).
D*CW (2:10)/or D^t^W
bî<
(3:12)
for '?DJ<K
^TJl [l^ for 'Tprypb

HNIp (l:9)/or ^^^1^^
(1:11)
nN")n'7
jl^^T
DT^5
(1:18).
power and
is
said to quiesce or to he silent:

;
here belong
character.
when it stands in the middle of a word as,

when a preceding vowelless consonant steals its vowel
when a preceding short vowel absorbs its compound S'wa.
13:9.
2Deut.
/or
/or 1,13; 1]!?^ (2:3)/or inDN*.

T
jT
stands at the end of a word
Often,
(1)
(1:5);
loses its consonantal
forms of a
re-
being exceedingly weak, not only occasion change,
but likewise suffer change

1.
;i
lrD'7(l:n)/orinrO'?;
13
T
The
when
-^rp-,
[i:i)for i!dn*\
(1:4);
/or
3).
itDK'? (l:22)/oriDN|7; D^H'^NS (3:5)/or
-llJ<'?(l:5)/or-)1XnS;
6. '?'7.;i! (1:7)
c.
iT^N");
for
npN*
K")p
(1:5);
/or njSt"lp'7
n'rii^;^
37.
from the tone.
Jîp
(1:1);
[l
combination ttt^ often becomes
43.
1.
forms there
found a half-open
11:12.
all
HEBREW
ELEIVEENTS OF
62
Remark
Remark
44^
A final preceded by a simple S'wa termed otiant.

A quiescent }< frequently elided from the middle of
1.
2.
is
^f,
is
a word.
n almost never
2.
loses its
power at the end of a word.
distinguished from the vowel-letter

{1
16.
But on account
1).
of its
It is always
by the presence of a Mappiq
weakness
often entirely lost
it is
an inseparable preposition (H"
a.
In the case of the
h.
In Niph'al, Hiph'il, Hoph'al and Hithpa'el verbal forms after a
article after
4),
preformative of gender or person.

c.
From between two vowels, which then

The jl of H"'? verbs and nouns
contract.
Note.
letter
and has no connection with the
The Weakness of
44.
1.
nS^
a.
(4:23)
/or
H here
n':?1 (cf. "l':?! 11:30)

V-IV
T T
'.J-.-
[in '2W'' (4:16)]

DCJ^*
"
D.^pi
c.
ntr;;^
d.
fg^>M2:21)/orf^V; nV;M2:7)/or nVV.
Nân
c.
n'p^T- ^
;
for N^^JH for
(4:4)
a vowel-
'.J'
for '^tlfV
T
(45:1).
p3-)\4
rs'pîfor n'î^îfor T})P)l
n;;jl(3:22)/or;;i1;
2.
r*11iin
cf.
is aZw;a?/s
and \
h.
100.)
considered.
Jî;:.'!
"l^NH
(1:17)
for ysi^'n,
K^ (8:16)/or NV] NV! (4:16) /or N^VV.

I
11^^ (41:32) = nakhon = nakhan = nakhan /or nakh-wan = pD^^

DlpO 1 = maq 6m = maqam = maqam /or maqwam = Q^p^,
nC^ (4:25) = sath /or sa-yath "1^ (4:14) = nadh /or nawadh.
= y'khiillu/or y'khulPwu 11[p (1:9) /or Tn[p\
I'^D* (2:1)
(2:6) = ya'le /or ya lawu.
n*n (2:10) = haya /or hayawa
'n'D'^7} (2:6) = hisqa /or hasqawa iVTV (1 :29) = yihye for yahyawii.
^-
c.
:9)
<^.
T T
Ii'T'X^*
V -:|;
The semi-vowels,
number
of changes
or vowel-consonants,
Commutation of)
1.
a.
and ^ occasion
a very large
Almost always
into
takes place,
at the beginning of a word, the exceptions being
very few.
h.
after
1
Frequently in the Pi'el of
ilH
Ruth
1"^
verbs,
and generally
of the Ilithpa'el.
4:7.
Num.
1:18
Ex.
3:16.
0001.8:13.
in V'fi verbs
44.]
c.
when
Whenever it is retained as the

and when medial (^ 100. 3).
63
third radical in verbs H"'?) both
final
d.
When
it would follow i in a closed syllable, as in the Qal ImperV'^ which have a *"5 treatment [l 90. 2. h).
When it would be followed by i in a closed syllable as in Hiph'il
fect of verbs
e.
forms of verbs V';^ (94.

Note.
a.
Of an
1 is
of rare occurrence.
following
Of
h.
and Imv's
and
[I
this, 6
c.
Of
94.
and
2. a)
a medial 1
always
and Participles
3.
a.
r]ln
(1:6)
in verbs called
^?W^
^^1^
nt^JL^ (6:14)
c.
-ipi.T/orlpin;
Dip
(13:17)
the original vowel fol-
in this case the vowel preced-
n5
for J^vjil
e in
Imperfects
J|) (1:2)
f;r'M2:21) /or
(12:15)
/or fl^^.
M^H (4:7)/or n^D^n.
/or hay-yay-ka
= '*se/or '>\^^
b.
in comiênsation
100. 1-3).
(1:11)
(3:14)
^!v'^
becomes
H"/,
/or îri; f5(l:4)/orf5;
''
r\'Qi^ (3:19).
- p'ne /or ^^Q,
f^l^^f^'V; nV^M2:7) /or îf^^
/o^-pp!
Dipf = Dip! = D.lp!D^pD (9:9) = D^.p = D"lp,p.
d. !l')JJ^'n(3:19)/ortas-wiibh;
D^trn
4.
5.
(6:16)
/or tas-yim
nDp^l
a.
pni
h.
irin (i:2)/or^;7n;*
c.
vn;fpir/orin'n-; r|)NM2:7) /or in|3N*;
(1:4); IJ^'^QI (1:22);
a. l'?^ (4:26)
h. îti^J/
c.
It
1:44.
may be
sDeut.
;;T
^ -T
-^
ÎJ
n'7lM4:18)
iDeut.
i
;^
(4:1)
Hipp'?'! (1:10);
^nm'm.'i)for^r^m'
"1^^ (4:18)
-T
Ezra
(3:20)
3:11.
Ex.
3:16.
4. c,
(1:27).
(n),rrw>).
v^|)(4:5).
Hp^
It
(1:9).
above,
'>r\t>0^^
Ex.
21:19.
said that in this case a helping -
1:17.
'Ti'' (2:8)
|TT
see also the cases under
nin
Impf.
d.
a vowel.
(see for details,
;r-I1J (41:21);
1.
and nominal forms.
heightened to a in Perfects, to
is
a,
in the Qal
44.
whenever they stand between two vowels, or
*,
lowing them having been previously lost

ing, nearly
when
according to
and ''"^ Niph'al
V'^
between a half -vowel and

d. Of a final 1 and
S'wa, as in certain V')
also
in this case the a
and
*,
and
whenever, following a consonant, they precede
^,
1. c. (2)
as in the
90.
does not go over to
i,
a medial
the vowel a
when supported only by
initial 1
Inf's Construct
a,
into
Elision takes place,
2.
the
1. b).
Commutation of
^Deut.
4:7.
is
inserted
Job
3:26.
30. 3. h).
KLEMENTS OF HEBREW
54
3.
[2
44.
Contraction takes j^lace,

a.
Of
or
")
preceding
witli a
a,
when
a consonant follows, as
^'y Segholates ( 106. 2.

y'X" and
in the V'3 Niph'al and Hiph'il (^ 90.
J);
(1) in
(2)
(?02.
(3)
2);
before ,1^ in H"'? Imperfects and Imv's, and before
nouns
in plural of
h.
Of
here ay gives __
the Imperative of verbs H"'?

the Construct plural ending
(2) in
Of
30. 5)
(?
or
T|
and
|1
(e).
with a preceding a, when a consonant does not follow, as
or
(1) in
c.
V'ij Hiph'il
and the
3. i),
(?
100. 1./);
*_ (=
ay)
with a preceding u or i respectively,
124.
when
4).
a consonant
follows, as
the T'fi Hoph'al
(1) in
(?
90.
3. c),
and by analogy the V')^ and
^'y Hoph als;

the Qal Imperfect of verbs ^"^
(2) in
V'3 whose
and
Of
becomes
90.
92.
1),
or
yy (
^
96.
and of those verbs
2. h);
the Qal Inf. const, and Imv. of verbs
(3) in
d.
\y
(g
94.
1. a.
(1))
1).
with a following u or
i respectively,
when
a consonant
follows, as
(1) in
the Qal Imperfect of verbs V';;
(2) in
the Qal Imperfect of verbs
of verbs
4.
yy
Vocalization of
a.
h.
*\
94.
(?
^'y
94.
1. a. (1));
96. 1) and in the Hiph'il
(?
1. h).
takes place,
to ^
At the beginning of a word in the

At the end of a word, whenever
case of the conjunction

*1
^ (
49.
2).
would be preceded by a con-
sonant, as
c.
(1) in
the case of H"'? (or V'^) Segholates
(2) in
certain apocopated verbal forms.
The
reverse takes place,
case of the suffix Ipf,

(1) to
when
is
The consonantal force of
h.
c.
When
When
When
to
1,
especially in the
and
viz., *__,
of which,
lost (being only orthographically retained),
and the a heightened to a
a.
the plural ending used before suffixes,
however, the
2. e);
attached
it is
verbal forms ending in a vowel,
(2) to
5.
change of
viz.,
106.
(?
But
or
(
^
127.).
is
retained,
as radicals they stand at the beginning of sj'Uables.
a heterogeneous vowel, except a, precedes.
they would receive Daghes-forte
exceptional cases.
(?
90.
3. a),
and
in a
few
PART SECOND-ETYMOLOGY.
Xnsepai'able Pai'ticles.
"Vnr.
The Article.
45.
(i:i)
D\t:tr'n
-
1.
d^dh
'IT
J-
2.
rpm
3-
p.N*n
(1:1)
4.
jnp
prnp
;^
(1:4)
niN*n
;^
(1:4)
n:r':n\*i (i:9)
H^m (1:21)
(1:2)
D^'^Hp
;;p-in
onnn - ponp -
-.-IT
Remark S.-^N'?
The
(1:5)
/or
(i:i4).
rii'îri
T :AT
f]1;^n (1:22)
Tj^np
J^j;n
(2:14).
(1:29).
pijp ? p^n.^
Drn^V'o/D^^H.
TT
'^T
^mb (l:5)/or r|tr'nn+'7.
but the
'^jl,
(2:12);
TT
IINH+'p
Article was originally
JînH
'^'Hrt for ^'HT^

~~
.-!.
(i:i4)
HiNNT/o^ni?^\n.
tj:tj:-
2.-pXn(l:l)/orpNn;
T
T
I
(2:9);
(1:7)
Remark l.-Hl'^^^^n^/^r
ni'^rtDH
:-;;-;Remark
nvn-
is
always assimilated
(?
39.)
hence,
The usual form
1.
of the Article
is
H with a Daghes-forte in the
following letter
*T}
by implication
3.
{?
42.
4.
and
(1
which may be doubled
it is
1. &),
Before the weak gutturals
which cannot be doubled
to
Before the strong gutturals
2.
[l
42.
J{
and 1, and generally before ^,
1. a),
heightened to
is
Before H, and before an unaccented H, V, the

(e) (
31.
Remark
2. c),
1.
PT
T
heightened
is
for the sake of dissimilarity
The Dagheis-forte of the Article
ted from vowelless consonants
Remark 2. The words
14.
may
of course be omit-
2).
for earth, mountain, people irregularly change
their vowel after the Article.
Remark
3,
(?
43.
UKgs.
6
Ex.
13:22.
3.
The H of the Article
2. a),
8:65.
i
Ex.
and the vowel

2
Num.
1:19.
is
13:18.
s
Ex.
1:23.
is
elided after the prepositions 3,
given to the preposition.

Gen.
s
-118301.4:14.
7:19.
Ex.
3:12.
Gen.
14:16.
b1 Sam.
25:24.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
58
He
46.
n'?;)N*-
2. (?)
^p'\v-nN
3.
^nnp D>!pn
;n::xn
T
V
-TV nn\-in
;=^
(?)
(?)
ooiis);
nc>* rp
nxt:
i'?v
nut^
T
T T
T
n'^n
V
I
^n.^'^pi ^^stp.^
(it:17).
is
used called
written
H
H
In direct, and likewise indirect, interrogation, a particle
He
Interrogative
with Hateph Pathah
1.
It is usually written
2.
Before vowelless consonants, and gutturals,
3.
Before gutturals with
it is
written
(2
it is
31.
2. c)
Jl
while rarely, especially with letters which have simple S'wa,

written with Daghes-forte separative
Note. The
syllable,
4.7.
(4:9).
^hn* '^r2'^*n
(?)
|T
46,
Interrogative.
]y.r\-]*2r\ oiid;
1. (?)
[U
and the following S'wa
15. 4)
-Tl
when the pointing is,
syllable formed,
is
it is
always vocal
26.
is
the half-open
4).
The Inseparable Prepositions.
47.
1.
DTN^?
(1:1);
(1:6);
niri5
M'?
'7n^n'7
(1:11);
(i:i4);
h"?
(1:14).
2-
^;pi?
3.
nitr;;'?
(1:14)
(2:3)
4. -|'1N"7 (1:5)
5.
D*5'?
(1:6)
nnlN*p'7
ID;^'?
r^m^y
D^b
(1:15)
(2:5)
(1:5)
(1:29)
'^tr'p'? (1:18)
inks'? /or "IDN'?
d :7)
^^^pîy
n;^!':? (3:22)
Remark I.-'ÎN*"?
(18:30, 32)
Remark 2. nlH''?
(4:3)
D^H'^ND
/or î'îO
Three prepositions, 3, 3,
IIÎD"!?
(1:22)
n^'D^"?
nnp"?
(3:5)
(1:10)
(1:26).
nHp.'
;
Dl^5
(1:18).
(4:11).
D^H'^K'?
(17:7, 8).
l^ropcr writing ^^^\^b'
always prefixed to the words which
7, are
Their vowel was, originally, ^^; but now, they are found
they govern.
written
1.
Ordinarily, with simple 'wa
2.
Before consonants having simple S'wa, with -^
3.
Before gutturals having compound S'wa, with the correspond-
ing short vowel
(?
37. 1)
^^,
4.
Before the Article, with the vowel of the Article,
5.
Before a tone-syllable, sometimes with tone-long
Ex.
2:7.
Job 34:31.
-^
37. 1)
Joel
1:2.
<
Ex.
11:8.
~,
-ôr
~
~
T
(o)
(a)
{a)
? 48, 49.]
Remark 1. The
{< of
Ol^{ Lord and D^H'^N God
nantal force after the prepositions
Remark
2.
The
59
43.
word niil*, which
with the vowels of ^JlXi rather than
is
^l^^\''
written
36.
3.
a)
to,
or heightened
(?
36.
2. a)
nlH* Jehovah,
usuallj^ volatilized
is
to -r (a); it is retained before
gutturals with ^r, but assimilated to ^r before tt, and to -r
Note 2.
For prepositions with pronominal
2.
p.^JOI'r'
mm
^2:6);
pnp (6:14);
for nnr)-]*2 a-.n,
^7:10 (!:')/''
The preposition |p from,
'^^rp
DlJ^p
prefixed and appears
really the construct state of the
noun 7pi
elsewhere
it is
1.
Usually with
Before H, rarely with Daghes-forte imi)lied
J assimilated
its
but before other gutturals,
On
-^r.
^''N*P (2:23) /or Uî^-p,
2.
Note.
before
{2:S)/or D"Ig-|!?.
written separatelj', chiefly before the Article
pa7-t, is
(o)
suffixes, see 51. 3, 4.
The Preposition [p.
48.
!
e.,
i.
as it should be written, ap-
(cf. ^J"TN'?).
pears with the preposition as nlH*'?
T
T
Sote 1. The original -^ of the prepositions
(
loses its conso-
1. b).
39.
1)
f2
with^ heightened
42. l.h)
36.
Q
p
2. h)
the reduplication of 7p before pronominal suffixes, see
51. 5.
49.
Waw
pN*m (1:2); r|C^'n'?1 (1:5);
1.
AV"!
2.
[01
3-
ntr;^1_(24:12); n^"?). (12:2) /or
4.
inniT
(1:1);
Conjunctive.
(1:4); IkV'ppi (1:22); tjl;;^'! (1:26);
rani
(1:2);
'.
-J
The conjunction and,
TT
originally
(1:14);
nijpp'?!
is
IJI
TT
DW1
(2:4).
nDp^l
(1:10);
,^0); DriTj;^:;
(1:24); );'l^ (2:9);
J-.T
DOCT'I
*1N|}.(6:17).
(4:12).
now found written
1.
Ordinarily with simple S'wa
2.
Before D, Di Q (? 44. 4. a), and vowelless consonants

Before gutturals having compound S'^wa, with the correspond-
3.
ing short vowel

4.
32.
2. E,.)
37. 1)
^^,
Before a tone-syllable, sometimes with tone-long

Note
1. with
)
Note 2.
On
Consecutive and
1
Cf.
-n
from
^T
gives \nn.
\2.
"),
used with the Imperfect, see

2
Deut.
31.
~,
1. c).
""
(6)
-^
(a)
(1:6).
0, the strengthened form of

is
(1:27).
4:6, 16, 23, 25.
which
?
73.
is
called
Waw
IX. Pr-onoiins.
The Personal Pronoun.
50.
are
The following
1.
He
She
Nin
They
(m.)
^>n
They
(f.)
J-
Ye[t)
|T
*JN*
oj)^<,
A T
nnji
T -
The following remarks on the forms
3.
noted
[H,
n|n
mm
-'--
'-
i^m^.
At
-:
Pronouns are
of the
to
be
a.
has
n^H
forms:
and
r\r\^
T AT
-AT
DH,
;as*,
-:
are pausal
The following
forms of the Personal Pronoun :
'riK
T'Aoitif.)
2.
tlie
^{\1 she
h.
nni^
c.
riN
^ri^J,
is
written XIJl
fhoa (m.)
is
ffioi'' (f-) ^^'^s
ii^
the Pentateuch, except eleven times.
written five times defectively
originally ^^l^{ or p^l^J
which would be pronounced
d.
JK -^(c.) is more common than
c-
T\'^T\ t^^cy (f-) is
UN*
K'thibh
seven times
atti.
the longer form ^^îi,
more common than
7,*!,
the latter occurring only
with prefixes.
/
form
DriJSt ye (m-) is for
r/-
IHN
h.
ijnJJ^
^J^{
Note
for
(f-),
^t-'c
is
an original U\T<^ (see
?'^f^^J-
occurs but once,i
2).
but four times.2
but once.*
1. The
Note 2.
which appears
in several of the
The following comparative
its force.
table of the Personal

will
be of interest:
sGon. 31:6; Ezek. 13:11, 20; 34:17.

lEzek. 34:31.
Gen. 43:11; Ex. 16:7, 8; Num. 32:32; 3 Sam. 17:12; Lam.
Jer. 42:6(Kthibh).
forms was prob-
more important Semitic languages
29. 4. N.
the usual form, ^Jfl^ occurring but six times ,^ and a
ably originally demonstrative, but has lost
in the
il^riji},
3:42.
Pronouns
^51.]
Arabic.
61
ELEMENTS OF HEBKEW
62
In the second person, sing, and
a.
62
the palatal or 7c-sound,
plur.,
is
substituted for the lingual or ^sound.
The
b.
'inJ
alwaj^s receive the accent
|n
with verbs.
^J)
and TH are used with plural nouns
on
and
others are light.
all
used with nouns
is
c.
d.
DH
DD; D;
suffixes
are termed grave;
and
are used with
verbs and singular nouns.
On the union
Note.
of verbs with suffixes, see
of nouns with suffixes, see
When
2.
for
any reason
suffix directlj' to a
74.
on the union
124, 125.
impossible, or undesirable, to attach the
it is
governing verb,
it
may be
written in connection with
jnj<, the sign of the definite accusative, which, however, except before
DO, assumes the form jlN or illt^ ('6th).

Note.
The original 'oth (= 'uth) was confused with 'oth which, shortened to 'lith, gave rise to 'eth, as DIDN became DHN, etc. {? 29. 4. N. 2).
The prepositions
3.
and
(aha=)
an
(1
(ah)
The
some
(6)
with pf and forms
but elsewhere,
While
either
syllable
insei'ted
and ^,
=)
D3
T
Between the preposition
5.
Appears either before or under the
Note.
4.
T\)
original -^
this vowel (a)
Contracts with 1,1 and forms (ahu
a.
h.
and heighten their
restore
and
before the suffixes (except
is
or
and the
This
1^.
HOT
OtT?
V T
is
found.
found
poetry
in
found
after
also
ichat.
reduplicated before most of the suffixes
is
|p
used, only
suffixes, there is generally
syllable,
form of the pronoun
preposition
tone.
may be
DPfO
V T
in
cases,
a.
The
final ^ is assimilated
I^QD
l^^t: for
t| :-!.
t|jV
1l!D-!2
h.
(from vs)for
The consonant
sented in i
Note
Ijpp
1. Tiie
Note 2.
for
*3JDD
-iv
^JJOD
jv
^JJ.tDD.
of the suffix
[frcmi
is
assimilated backwards and repre-
Mm) for IHJDp nyO'Ofor n.3DP

;
in Î^QQ,
etc., is deflected
Several variant forms,
from -^
(29. 4).
besides those given, are found, es-
pecially in poetry.
52.
1.
3.
r^m)tMs{m.)
T\flT} yonder (m.)
The Demonstrative Pronoun.
r\Ûhis[l)
If'^H yonder
rijî'j^)
(f.)
these
{m.ovt)
on or r\i^'r\ those (m.)
fii or r\yr\ those (f.)
^"^H yonder
(c.)
U 53,
nr
a.
1.
54.]
63
= ze, heightened from za (ace).
h. ^t is
and used more frequently
poetic,
like a relative
it is
really
a sort of nominative to n?'

c.
ilXr
= zoth, for zath (^
30.
6),
i.
e.,
^^t
then always in the Pentateuch and with the
The personal pronouns
2.
with feminine ending
jl,
^^ occurs only eight times, and
has Daghes-forte ./irmaîre;
d. n'75*?
article.
of the third person are used as remote de-
monstratives.
The forms
.3.
translated yonder are stronger than the usual remote
demonstratives, but very rare, the
first
occurring twice,i
the second,
once,2 the third, seven times.^
Note. '7Ji{
closely related to '^H the article,
is
which was
originally
a demonstrative.
The Relative Pronoun.
53.
1.
^tyifi wîo, which, that.
2.
^, sometimes
1.
^*,
The more frequent
meaning
jilace
a. It
1).
2.
noun
in the construct state
does not vary for gender or number.
It is frequently merely a sign of relation.
-Z*, or
pronoun.
a.
relative is properly a
'0
It is
is
in
no way connected with lllf^, but
is
a distinct
found
Exclusively in the Song of Solomon, and frequently in Eccle-
siastes.
h.
and the
Occasionally in other books, as Judges, 2 Kings, 1 Chronicles, Job,

later Psalms.
The Interrogative Pronoun.
54.
1.
Q who?
2. a.
ôhat?
n*D
T
ir\\)'-m
(2:19)
rsii'^-^
(3:13)
TtDJ^-nD (Ex.
h.
nxon-n,^
c.
n'^kNj-n!:;^ Dn^^^"l
d.
n*b^;^-n!:(4:io); ^nxon-n.t: (20:9); 'în-rr!:.^

JT T
T -/
,T
V
V
Nnn-n:);-^ ^*^T^^.^
(31:30);
nt:/ aUo^^ri
hd
(21:29).
Gen. 24:6.5; 37:19.

zEzek.
Dan. 8:16; Zech. 2:8.
Judg. 9:48.
8Ps.39:5.
1
23:1";
I
3:13).
36:35.
*
Num.
3judg.
16:11.
6:20; 1
&
Sam.
Num.
14:1; 17:36;
13:18.
2Kg9.
6
4:25;
Zech. 1:9,

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
64
1.
*0
[?
54.
refers to persons; HtD, to things.
character of the conson!D is variously pointed, according to the

nant which follows
it is
Tl*2
a. Before consonants which can be doubled,
2.
b.
Before strong gutturals
c.
Before weak gutturals (X,
d.
Before gutturals with ^,
Note
arising
1. The
(,1
^),
31.
it is (?
2. The forms n!2 and
llO
it is
HO
it is
H!?
2. c)
H^
Daghes-forte following
from the assimilation of
Note
and H),
"1,
is
compensative (15.1),
H which was a consonant.

HDT are sometimes found before
other
letters than gutturals.
Note
3. In
the majority of cases
Note
or
4. By means
rM^t another
Note
HD
is
connected with the follow-
ing word by Maqqeph, and with
ilt often forms a single word,
UtO.
of *J< {where ?) prefixed to the demonstrative
Ht
interrogative is formed.^
5. Keference
should also be made to the expression ^^"73
^^b'?^! equivalent to a certain one, which

iCf. Jer. 5:7; Eccles. 11:6; 1 Kgs. 13:13.
is
used as an indefinite pronoun.2
zCf. Ruthi:l; 2Kgs.
6:8.
X. Tlie Strong- Verl>.

Roots.
55.
1.
Nna
(1:1)
mC^'
2.
N"13
TT
(2:3)
n*lO
"I^PPPT
/ie
/rom
(2:5)
loaZêcZ;
(3:4) to die,
from '7ID
(1:6)
(1:1) /c creamer/;
tj'^n (3:8)
3.
'?nD^
^^H^^
^'lOD
(3:8)
H^np^ri
from ^^7^^
(3:7) //-om.
Hpfi.
HDD'
- T
(2:3) Ae resier?; Hr)'? (2:22) he took.
^!2\^
(3:17) Ae /imrf?;
flD Ae
|-
HpS
(3:7)
he opened.
died; D^b^ (2:8) <opM^, Dj^^ he jmt.

T
All words are derived from so-called roots
noted
1.
concerning these
it
may be
While there
are a very few roots oifour letters, the
body of Hebrew
roots consist of only three letters, called radicals.

2.
The
root
generally pronounced with the vowels of the third person
is
singular masculine of the Perfect tense
simplest of
3.
Those
57.
N.
3.
1),
this being the
verbal forms.
all
roots, however,
with the vowel of the
whose second radical
Infinitive,
because the
or
is 1
T or
^ are pronounced
does not appear in the
third person singular masculine of the Perfect tense.
Note 1.
The root
of the philologist,
Note
biliterals
2.
;
is
iil'2
not in itself a word

a root,
is
Many of the roots

For many words
2.
a.
(2:3)
T)T\
- T
Dr;;(2:24);
I-T
-IV' (2:7)
(2:24)
n*!
IJJ
-T
(4:8)
(3:11)
N^'' (2:10)
(1:18)
'?13
-T
to be triliteral, are really
(1:4)
L^'lD
(2:3).
-)t
r|n-l(l:2); ;^nr(l:ll); n'7CM3:22).
^^H
-T
(3:22)
DID
(3:4)
DDD
-T
N^S
mind
}<13.
there has as yet been found no root.
'^TO
- T
h. ]r\: (1:17)
c.
now appearing
exists solely in the

is
Classes of Verbs.
56.
m:r'
- T
it
their triliteral forms being artificial.
Note 3.
1.
but the word
(2:11)
(1:1)
'?Sn
-T
(4:26).
m]; (1:11).

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
66
The vowels employed
in the inflection of
[ 57,-
words, vary somewhat with
the character of the consonants composing the root, strong consonants

occasioning no change,
A root is
( 4. 2).
Strong,
1.
when
weak consonants occasioning considerable change
therefore classified as
it
way
contains no consonant which will in any
aflFect
the vowels usually employed in a given inflection.
Weak
2.
[I 77. 1-3),
when
it
Gutturals which
a.
vowels,
(3)
when
may be
of simple S'wa
assimilated, as J
weak
Letters which are so
42. 1-3).
may be
or
contracted, as
[ID from N^D

NHS
TT
h.
tT'ip
c.
npa;
as to be liable to rejection, as }<,
iX")p (l:5)//-oi
t) T
/rom JTlp H^'?
(2:3)
(3:5) //-oî
Hi
li ^
Inflection.
57.
a.
as
the same letter occurs twice in succession.
c.
1.
reject Diighes-forte, (2) prefer the a-class
(1)
compound instead
take
Letters which
h.
contains one or more consonants which
employed
will afi'ect the vowels usually
KID
'1'^'2
;
- T
(3:23) /rom
np3; nÛpn
npl
(2:5)/;-oi
"I'p^
{VA)from 'ÎD'
(4:26)/rom-|':)\
yOJ2;
'?mn
(4:26)
from ^^r\'
2.
ri3t^' {2:2) he will rest;
swarmed; Jl?^}^
T
|T T
^n>*0^'
(3:10)
(3:18) thou hast eaten
I heard ; ^'TW
n^llDSr)
T
|j-T
(1:21) thcif
(3:7) they loill
he
opened.
3. 1)1Jl"in^ (-1:8)
:
The
1.
- |-
he xcUl kill him; n.^'^DiVD (3:17) thou shalt eat

TJV-:
inflection of a verb includes three things
The formation
it.
of verb-stems, of which there are,
a.
The simple verb-stem, generally
h.
Verb-stems formed by doubling one of the radicals, generally the
identical with the root.
middle one.
c.
2.
Verb-stems formed by the use of
The addition
tion of tense or
3.
x>refixes.
to the verb-stem of afiixes
and prefixes for the indica-
mood, pers6n, number, gender.
The various changes
of the verbal forms, which take place
when
pronominal sufiixes are attached as objects.

Note
1.
The
Hebrew verb has
for each
which indicates finished or completed

dicates unfinished action,
two
Infinitives,
and
(5)
(3)
stem
(1)
a Perfect tense,
action, (2) an Imperfect,
which
in-
an Imperative (except in Passive stems), (4>
a Participle.
58.]
2. The
Note
67
may be
Perfect and Imperfect, which
called tenses,
are inflected to distinguish number, person, and gender.
Note
3.
The Imperative
and feminine, singular and
r\'2'^
1.
a.
.2.
(2:3)
qy;
(2:24)
h. ILfy]-"
c.
"iy^
used only in the second person, masculine
is
plural.
58.
The Simple Verb-Stem (Qal).
pD"!
(2:24)
;?nr (1:11)
NTp (1:5)
fHJ
(1:17)
(32:26)
[JOjT (32:11)
J^':)^
Hp"'?
^^'f^
(3:22).
(1:18).
N"1^5 (19.30).
;*
-T
'^bti^^ (43:14)
(1:1)
Vb^ (3:22)
pM18:12);
nn3M12:10);
T
l|-T
.X^-^
my
[for JT'I^)
nlN*io
[for ilN*) (44:3).

T
The simple verb-stem has three consonants,

pronounced with two vowels
The penultimate vowel
1.
those
of the root.
It is
-^
is
heightened before the tone, from an
(a),
original ~^.
The ultimate vowel
2.
varies
In the great majority of verbs,
a.
short even under the tone
In about
h.
29.
the a-class
it is
which remains
1. c).
the z-class
fifty verbs, it is
(e)
heightened under the
(0),
tone from ~^.

c.
In about ten verbs,
the
it is
-j^-class
-^
tone from
Note
1.
The simple verb-stem
Note 2. Qal stems with
most part
called Qal ('ip, light).
is
-^, technically called
Qal stems with ^^ or
active;
Middle A, are for the
called Middle
or Middle 0,
are generally stative.
Note
:-
3.
Stative verbs are those " which express
ical state, as to he great., deep, old; (2)
the senses (except
y
^
sight), as to
transitive or actions in
subject
is
very prominent, as
Note 4.
mourn,
which the
(1) a
bodily or phys-
an affection of the mind or act of

rejoice, hate,
hear;
actions in-
(3)
reflex influence of the action
to die, ai^proach, loear,
hew
upon the
wood.'''
The
model or paradigm-verb generally used
The
original Qal stems
is
'^lOH qatal
Ae hilled.
Note 5.
final
vowel
is
always
lost,
were qatala,
qatila, qatiila,
except before pronominal
sufiixes,
retained, but incorrectly denominated a connecting vowel

I
6 to
.<J
to be
dry (Josh.
he afraid.
udg. 3 :25).
9:5).
e to
w to
he able.
shine.
to he old.
'
to
be small.
to
[l
but the
where
36.
it is
8. N.).
^ to he full iJosih.3:l!i).
be heavy.
s to be bereaved.
9 to be ashamed

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
68
a.
topi;
'ÎJii
ip^r
C^'ip;'
n^'?-*
h.
top];
'^nj;'
D53;
"15^;^
n^l-'
w*1-T-l /o?7oi(",
2. a.
ipH
7n-,
1,^'7
top];
3.
dust;
^/"-oiy
and he
(2:2) [Pi'el]
IfpS
[Qal] he took;
Hp*?
b^\^
'^J^ti^' as/c,
C'lp
ê(ifc/<;
np'7(3:23);
SO^T
From
pwrsHe;
r|'T["|
"13;; (/s^ "Ifij;
h.
4.
59^
Intensive Verb-Stems.
59.
1.
[g
ie
t^>Tp sanctify,
/(o7)/,
l^')\l^ root,
-l'7M4:26)
finished;
hccj;
t^^'lt^
uproot
D^^;^
^'^'2''\ (2:1) [Pii'al]
D53-'*'
and
(3:23) [Pii'al] he icas taken.
the original simple verb-stem
they were
[finished.^
58.) '^Dp, there are formed,
by
the doubling of the second radical, two intensive stems, an active and a
passive
The Intensive
1.
a.
The ultimate vowel
h.
to -^
(e) (
Remark.
directly
primarily
is,
-r- (
syllable, in the Perfect, to
ened
2.
active stem
The penultimate vowel, however,
from
36.
2),
36. 4)
top
is
few cases of an ultimate ^7
are a
a.
To express
h.
To form denominatives, some
is
3.
The word
of
name
a causative idea
which contain aprtya/tye
This stem, called Pu'al
h.
As
As
Note.
and
idea.
to do,
has come to be the
of that stem.
The Intensive passive stem
a.
from being the funn of the intensive active
Pi'el,
/Dp
is
the vowel of the penult being the dull, heavy sound

4.
heightened
used
(1) intensity, (2) repetition, (3)
stem of the old Jewish paradigm-word 7j7D

technical
(e)
^-.
This stem, called the Pi'el Cl^Q),
Note.
'^Dp
very frequently heightened through
is
and the form then
There
'?^p'
attenuated, in a sharp-
is
(li).
('7_^*5)' i^ ^'^^^^
the passive of the
Pf el
and sometimes
the passive of the Qal.
The
name
'^î^
is
derived, like '^^3,
from the old Jewish
paradigm-word /VQ,
^~
T
Josh. 4:14.
Gen.
49:11.
Usa.
"Ex.
14:32.
9:25.
Gen.
Num. 6:11.
13:4.
Ex.
Eccles. 13:9.
22:6.
10
Lev.
sisa. 49:21.
15:17.
BY AN IKDUCTIVE METHOD.
? 60.]
5. a.
['^ppnn]
"H'^nrin
(6:9)
N^HiT
69
(3:8)
DiTn*
(6:6).
for Drjanrr.
ones
ope?i
nx"inn
t''-
for one's
There
5.
same
prefixed sj'llable
before D,
L^
42.
3.
42. 2)
Is primarily reflexive
h.
Has sometimes
(cf.
he caused
to
n'2Pn;"
Sam.
caused
was caused
25:15.
Greek
(1:18); '7^-)trn(3:6).
he caused to divide; J^^"l*!3 (1:11) causing to seed.
D'7:^n;''
Cf.
2).
rain; '^^'l^H (1:18) to cause to divide.
["ippni,
Cf. Mic. 6:16.
would stand
hut ':>-]y (1:4); ptT'l (3:24).
^"^^^f
39.
6^'?nan
DDC'n;^
Cf. Lev. 14:7.
[I
it
Causative Verb-Stems.
toprt];
he
when
and transposed before
the force of a passive.
n^mn (3:18); Vmb\ (3:21);

and
\2
Notes under 2 and 4 above)
h.
(2:5)
often heightened
but
['?^tppn];-|^PPrT(2:5); TJ3rT(3:ll);
*1^ppn
is
a reciprocal force, (2) the force of the
(1)
(3)
or
a.
"r|7,tpn^^
10
changed to
it is
assimilated before f,
4. D3Si^(*7" ^*e ?(;as
a.
7'15-^1 (1:4)
3.
the ultimate vowel -^
Pi'el,
60,
2.
'7^'nr)tl
but the penultimate "^ always remains.
Indirect Middle, and
1.
stem
of the prefix is always transposed,
it is
nnsnrT
as that of the Intensive active, with the addition of the
^ or \^
a)
ope?i,
Hy^lf forget, HDi^llfil he forgotten.
This stem, called Hithpa'el
6.
sanctify
jin
^ to "^;
The
h.
self:
Here, as in the
through
Clpnri
Hns
po'i one another,-
^'^^^^
also an Intensive reflexive
is
-n-hicli is tlie
a.
sanctify,
self.
iiN"!
&
iy^*2r\il escape; tT'lp
D'v'P deliver,
6. .
to lie
down
I.Jl.T
^^p.^?^-'''
Cf. 1
Sam.
23:19.
vEzek. 32:32.
12
"i5t?*n-''
= Ae teas prostrated.
to he Icing; IJir^^; it icas
eCf.Ps. 18:26.
n Dan. 9:1.
= iJi^ri-
Lev.
5:23.
Cf.
made
Icnoion.
Gen. 44:16.
f Dan. 8:11.
la
Cf. Jer. 8:21.
iCf. Job5:4.
9
Ruth
3:11.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
70
By
the prefixing of a syllable
or
(H
61.
H) two causative verb-stems
are
formed
The penultimate -^
a.
in the Perfect, where
vowel
(i),
is
retained everywhere, as in the Pi'el, except
(2) in
some forms
36. 4)
'^PPH
but this
other forms
is
regularly heightened to e
i (
30.
2. e) '^''[27)7}
36. 2).
./Dpn
This stem, called Hiph'il ^''^^t^TVl fi"om the form assumed by
verb-stem
-\ is in
when
chiefli'^
passive stem
it
would stand
in a
the past tense of the verb '^^î

60.
in
/^pH
is
most cases deflected
to
(o) (?
36.
5. a),
being retained
sharpened syllable.
This stem, called Hoph'al ^^t^TX) from the form assumed by
4.
it
in signification, causative of the simple
is,
( 58.).
The Causative
but the
(?
(?
anomalously lengthened to
is
the Perfect of the verb '^^3
3.
attenuated to
as in the Pi'el, is also attenuated to
being under the tone,
(1) in
2.
it is
The ultimate
h.
/^pH
active stem is
The Causative
1.
is
it in
for the most part passive of the Hiph'il
2).
61.
1.
["^^pj];
2.
a.
The Ordinary Passive-Stem.
"15p;i
^tyif^
to
watch ones
15;)^''
self;
IJlD^
to
^^\>)-?
hide ones self;
one's self; t03t^*J to go to laio ivith one anotlier;
^'OZ*!.'
/H^^
TÎJ (=
to
ash for
TJ/'I.S),
to
consult together,
^2t!l to he rememhered ;
b.
ti^lpj
to he halloived;
formed by the prefixing of the syllable

but here, as in the Pi'el Perfect
60.
1. a),
Note.
stem
2.
is
the penultimate "^
is
(^
J,
59.
/^pJ
giving
1. ),
attenuated
is
and the Hiph'il Perfect

36. 4) to-^, giving
7Dp^-
Outside of the Perfect and Participle a different form of this
used, sec
68.
1. a.
This stem, called NiphTd from the form assumed by
of the verb /J^S?
to he huricd.
Another reflexive-stem, though more commonly used as a passive,
1.
{I
*)3pJ
it
in the Perfect
is in signification,
a.
Primarily nflcxivc, like the Hithpa'cl, and sometimes reciprocal;
h.
More frequently
Cf.
Num.
10:9.
ajiassivc of the simple verb-stem (Qal).
2Sam.G:20.
sisa. 5:16.
-i
Sam.
20:10.
i 62.]
62.
71
General View of the Verb-Stems.
TABLE.
1.
Original
Form appearing
Form.
in the Perfect.
yjp
Name.
Qal
Niplial
3.
'l^^_
4.
'?Dp
Pfel
'?op
Pii'al
('^'tppn)
Hipii'ii
'^'Ppn
Hoph'al
7.
'^Dpnn
I
'^Dpnn
'?opnn
Hithiâ'el
Force.
Simple Root
meaning
Characteristics.
ELE:yiENTS OF IIEBREAV
63.
[63.
The Qal Perfect (Active).
tabular view.
1.
He
2.
Slie killed
killed
the simple verb-stem
'?*0n
= ^DT)
Vhl^T)
with
,1
(? 58.).
H),
(originally
the
usual leminine sign.

3.
Tliou (m.) killedst
fl'^Dp
j-|t
T
= 'T'Dp
with
- |t
fragment of the pro-
fl, a
t
noun ^^^^ thou

T ~
4.
5.
Thoii, (f.) killedst
/fci7?ec^
til\0\^
^^'^Pp
= ^\2T>
""
"^^R
with
6.
r/if ?/ killed
?)'7pn
= 'T'DH
fragment of the pro-
;i, a
noun
flfi{
^^^^^
*^
of D JN
with
(m.).
thou
(f.).
^ fi'agment
(^^ ^^^'
/.
the usual
(earlier p),
plural sign with verbs.

7.
Ye
(m.)
/c7Ze(^
Dfl'ppp
= '^Pp
^^th Djl, a fragment of the
pronoun 0/1?^
8.
J^'e (f.) Z;7?ecZ
]^!l*0'p
= '^^Qp
^^^^
P'
pronoun
9.
Fe
killed
Ij'^DD
:-i-)t
= '^l:^
-)t
with
1J,
2/^ i^-)-
^ fragment of the
JHISJ
2/e (f.).
fragment of the
pronoun I^H^N
w(^-
REMARKS.
1.
(3:18);^n-;;D:r'(3:10); l-Vnjr'
[n-'?Dp];n-'?:3i^
:j- T
T
'î _i- t
:|t
T
:j"|t
2.
[n'7pp, ri'7pp, fr)'?Pp];<'ii7n
3.
n-in:
T~T
4.
[DJi'pDp, fri'pDp];
(31
1.
= nrn^
T~T = ninj
t:|t
(i:2);
;ipnv
(1:21);
ninj
t
:
(3:12).
|t
dsiis); |;i;;t (31:6).
=^ ivid* (1:21).
= i^f-ntr'
~t
Dn;^,^*^' = oni^Dc^' (42:22); fn;î; = fnjfT
(3:i2);
i-vntr
~t
:|t
:G).
The pronominal fragments used
in the inflection of the Perfect are-
always a/-fixed to the stem.

2.
The
inflection of the verb exhibits distinctions for
and gender. Special forms for the feminine occur

sing.,
and in the 2d person
plur.
in the
number, person
2d and 3d person
BY AN INDUCTIVE SIETHOD.
64.]
3.
The Yowel-terminations
{she) and
of the vowel to S'wa necessarily follows

4.
QH
The grave terminations
(=
(?
no longer near the tone,
draw the precedthe cKange
3).
ye (m.)) and
;
1^)
(=3/e
draw the
(f-))
the tone-long t" under the
changed
is
they)
of the stem
(a)
36.
tone from the ultimate syllable of the stem

first radical,
(=
away from the ultimate vowel
ing consonant
73
to
S'wa
36.
(?
3.
N.
2).
The Qal Perfect (Stative).
64.
[For the full inflection, see Paradigm B.]
TABULAR VIEW.
m.
sg-.
sg.
f.
c. pi.
m.
pi.
1 c. pi.
3iiddieA
ygp
rh\2\)
I'^Djp^
nrh^'p
i^'pop
':>'gp
n'?pp^
iôp^
^r\bi2j>
i^'^Lop
'7bp
n'7pp^
I'^'op^
Dn'70p
iJ'?bp
Middle
Middle
1.
pD^{2:24); ly^fr"
2.
fpr (18:12)
li^nj ?
3.
"iy
1.
2.
2.
^nip_ni8:13)
DHN (37:3),
[32:26) ;'l':5D
Z.^
DpiS
''P^y
;3
(^:22);
^n^p^^'
(27:9)
(30:8)
2) are inflected in the
(3:10).
HIDD (18:20);
153(12:10);
Verbs with -^ under the second
and Note
tion
DWP*^'
(1:21);
n-iaD;^
IDHN* (44:2ol
^^JOp
(32:11)
fl'^btT' (43:14).
stem
radical of the Qal
manner described
[l
58.
2.
in the preceding sec-
63.).
(I
Verbs with -^ (heightened from

and Note
2),
do not
under the second radical [l 58.

from those with -^ in the inflection of the
differ
-r-)^
Perfect, except that the "^ appears
3.
2. c,
a.
In the Perfect 3 masc.
1).
When
sing.,
restored in pause
[l
and
38.
1),
or before the tone.
Verbs with ^- (heightened from )^ under the second radical

and Note
2) retain the o
whenever the tone would
rest
upon
(?
it,
58.
and
in pause.
Joel
Ex.
Judg. 20 :34.
The following are Middle E verbs; those with
pretonic:-3nX+,
VPr"*"'
K-v,
nÔ'^'
n33+,
5i'lp+.
DiJX,
"'?'?''
'\m,
"7'Dp+,3"ip+,
1 :12.
Di;y+,
V?'?'
mh'^,
3;?.'^+,
""Ô
8 :14.
p2f|,
(Umh),
13J+,
yir\,
Kôt,
Saj,
d;?j,
nDI^+.
pm,
;Oi2H',
e only in pause, or when

p3^t, jiyi,
înt,
|pj,
have
St1+,
-\r\0,
dj;\
^732/.
XOCp,
f]'j;,
E^?; (he di^\
Dyi;t,
;:3bt,
nSyt,
r|;^\
n-dv,
KJB^;
also
Hd\, Vp\,
|bp
not^,
nip /or r\iD.

6
The foUowing are the Middle
[3^], b'3*^.
verbs: [IIX,
^13,
3lt3L ir,
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
iy4
65.
The Remaining Perfects.
[For the full inflection see Paradigm B.]
TABULAR VIEW OF IMPORTANT FORMS.
[2
65.
66.]
75
The Qal Imperfect (Active).
66.
tabular view.
1.
He
2.
She
u-Ul
Ml
Ôp
'?l3P*
{for
^'itli
originally a pro-
''_),
nominal root of the 3d person.

toill hill
'?bpri
'"'itli
'?lDP
ri ifor Jl), the usual sign
of the feminine, here prefixed.

Tlioic [m.) wilt kill
3.
'^tOp îth
TCT^l
[for ri), a pronom. root
of 2d pers.,
Thou
4.
it) ivilt
Jcill
^"^p with
^'7'opr)
^{*^
cf.
5.
I shall
kill
'^tOpN
tlDi^ thou
of.
n (see above), and
^ni<i thou
(/or
J^
,(cf.
used as a sign of fern.,
sê)
= '?bp with
(m.).
*>
fragment,
(f.).
{<),
cP.
a pronominal
/.
'^JiK
It
They
6.
^'?pp'
[m.) icill kill
= '?Dp with
and
(see above),
^,
the
usual plur. ending of verbs.
= '?Dp with pi (see above) and HJ, per-
r/ê?/(f.)^f*7?A-*7?n:'7tppn
7.
haps a
Ye
8.
[m.) will kill
frag, of
^JOp with fl
i7*0pr)
they
H-in
T-J"
and
(see above),
(f.).
1,
the
usual plur. ending of verbs.

9.
Ye
[i) jciii kill
We
shall kill
= "^tOp with n (see above) and H^, per-
rr^'^bpn
haps a
frag, of n.3nj<{
ye
(f.).
T-l" -
10.
= '^bp with
'^bpj
^ (/or
root, cf.
}),
)}n^
a pronominal
?^"f-
REMARKS.
1.
The pronominal
roots and fragments
employed in the
the Imperfect are not so clearly recognized as in the Perfect

a. Pre-fixes:
in all of
f),
which ^- is attenuated
h.Af&xes:
2.
The
original
-,
fl,
to -^,
-,
TIX
is
found
N;
which under
'>_,
stem of the Imperfect
comes 7JOP through the influence

1
il,
is
-;
7Dp
they are
f),
{< is deflected
1,
(qtiil,
of the tone.
in K<thibh seven times for r(X thou
f),
inflection of
(f.)
HI
T
not
1,
q'tiil),
fl,
to~(e).
HXT
whence
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
76
3.
The vowel-terminations
(seldom
y_) and
[?
67.
(seldom p) draw
tlie
preceding consonant away from the ultimate vowel, which then necessarily passes into
4.
S'wa
(?
36.
3. a).
The termination HJ (seldom
does not receive the tone.
7)
The Qal Imperfect (Stative).
67.
[For full Inflection, see Paradigm B.]

m.
2 f . sg.
sg.
m.
3 f pi.
pi.
impf. witho
Hop
*':'Ppn
i^Dp^
^t^'^'pT)
impf.witha
Hpp*
'''i^\^n
i'?L)p^
n^'pt^pn
Impf. withe
Spp^
''b^'pn
i'?L)p*
n:'?ppn
1.
r^2^\
(2:2);
ijlp.^ (2:21);
2.
D-)^>
(30:15)
/rom D?^';
n!:V
'?DC\S* (27:45);
^V^t\
3.
fn
1.
rTS}^'. (1:20);
(2:5);
(21:8)
'7'!^.^
^^D^
m"l* (T:7); nSJl* (7:18).

ôm '7'!^; n^J* (7:18);
(2:8);
n'?tJ'> (3:22);
(3:8).
(1:17); \rST\ (3:6); rj"?]! (3:14)
/or tj'în
NV.*. (4:16)
Verbs Middle A, with some exceptions, have
form /Dp*
2. 'S'erbs
the inflection of which
{orig. yaq-tiil),
Middle
Remark.
The
is
in the
/or J<V)^
Imperfect the
given in
66.
and verbs Middle 0, with some verbs Middle A, have
in the Imperfect a stem with a instead of o
in verbs,
(3:3);
l^^jlfl
this a is treated like the 0.
Imperfect stem '7pp. instead of ^*dT^,
whether active or
stative,
is
used also
which have a guttural for the second
or third radical.
3.
Some verbs whose
first
for the Imperfect stem the
radical
is
form 7pp)
1,
i- e.,
and the verb THJ

e instead of
or
to give,
a.
No
have
strong
verb has this stem.
There
were three Perfect stems, '7t3p, '7lDp; and '^JOD

and so there are three Imperfect stems, 7Dp*^ ^Dp*, and 7Pp*. the a in
Jfote 1.
each case being original, while the e and
have come from
and
ii
respect-
ively.
Note 2.
It will be seen later
varies with that of the Imperfect.
that the stem-vowel of the Imperative

I 68.]
77
The Remaining Imperfects.
68.
[For full inflection, see Paradigm B.]

3
m.
It
Hithpa'ei
2 f . sg.
Bg.
A-)t
l|T
1 c. sg.
It
f. pi.
-i-|t
'?ppiT
**7C3prin
'?Dpn{<
rMib'opnn
pii'ai
'7Dp*^
^îppri
'?Dpjs5
n^'?5='pn
Hoph'ai
':5ppj
^yppn
'^ppN*
n:'7ppn
^rppn
'^^DpN
n^'pppn
Hiph'ii
1.
'?^-opM':itppi)
1-)|) (2:10);
Nip*
Dmn
vjy-
nn^'D
t-
(6:6);
2. Ji'-ip* (2:3);
(2:23);
n'?'6']for
N5nnM3:8); T^'j/iT
4.
nDp>
5.
nrpVn
1.
a.
(3:18);
The
(6:6);
;'
"ISPI
s?e??i
(2)
the
;6
first
Ijn
;^
IH^^tf^'n
radical has a vowel,
;io
(24:28); rj'pcr'n (21:15).
two particulars
{orig., naqtal) in
from
and consequently
strengthened to ^H, of which
is
the J
is
assimilated
in the first radical.
vowel of the ultima, generally
the interchange of these vowels in the

b.
(31:24).
vop'pn';' n^^snc'ri.^
n is elided after a preformative, while
The
"T'
'^^1^
^^-l^);
of the Niph'al Imperfect [orig., hinqatal) differs
and represented by Daghes-forte

Note.
x':>3> (8:2).
;'
the characteristic prefix na
the
;i
^'p'pnnn
f-)ir>(3:24); N^r'-jri (1:11);
that of the Niph'al Perfect

(1)
^51'
n3D^(8:2);
:|T"
nppn ^D'p^'n-'
tr'^"?! (3:21); HU! (26:32); fin Wf)
IDp'pri
':)'15M1:4);
HW] (8'");
"inDiNt (4:14); "I'^V (4:18);
(3:7);
(6:11); N'?,tDn (6:11);

..^.
3.
;4
H^npSn
(^'o)
Pi'el,
-^^
is
frequently -^;
cf.
and Hithpa'el.
In the inflection of the Niph'al Imperfect, there

(1)
the pausal form with -^ instead of ~^;
(2)
the use of either -^ or ^^ before
(3)
the occurrence of ^" sometimes instead of
HJT
is to
be noted,
~ under the pref.
}i{.
2. a. The stem of the Pi'el Imperfect is identical with that of the corresponding Perfect, except that the original penultimate -^ is now restored.
iJer. 49:4.
T
Lev.
6:13.
3 Lam. 4:1.
2judg. 11:3.
sEzek. 16:5.
sDeut. 4:16.
lo
Isa. 2V:9.
Ex.
12:15.
sisa. 2T:12.
Ps. 88:12.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
78
h.
3. a.
In the inflection of
tlie Pi'el
68.
['i
Imperfect, there
is
to be noted,
(1)
the use of S'wa under the preformatives, (compound S'wa
(2)
under the guttural fi{)

the use of either -^ or
The stem
of the Hithpa
(prevailingly the former)
el
Imperfect
before HJ,
the same as that of the
is
corresponding Perfect, the ,1 being elided after a preformative.

h.
In the inflection of the Hithpa'el Imperfect, there
be noted the use of either

4.
The stem and
is
likewise to
or (prevailingly the former) before jlj,

T
inflection of the Pii'al
and Hoph'al present no peculi-
arities.
5.
a.
The stem
of the Hiph'il Imperfect is identical with that of the
corresponding Perfect, except that the original penultimate -^
now
is
restored.
1).
In the inflection of the Hiph'il Imperfect, there

(1)
is
to
be noted,
the second form '?pp*i used as a Jussive [I 72. 2), and with
Waw Consecutive ( 73. 3. a. (2) ), the -^ of which is regularly
heightened from "^j

(2)
the retention and accentuation of the stem-vowel
vowel-additions
(3)
Note
^
,
before HJ,
T
The following table will be found serviceable
1.
Name
2.
Preformative with vowel,
3.
First radical with vowel,
\^
V^
T^
T)
\^
The
tives appear
3 m.
Qal, Niph., Pi., Pii., Hiph., Hoph., Hithpa.
of stem,
Note 2.
before
the occurrence of ^^, rather than
1.
jl^
various elements used as preformatives and afforma-
from the following
table, the asterisks representing radicals
They will
They
will
Ye will
Ye
loiii
We
shall
r***
r\y**n
\***n
riT^n
'*^^J
69.]
7^
The Imperatives.
69.
tabular view.
Imv.
Impf.
m.
Imv.
sg.
Imv.
3 f sg.
.
Imv.
3 ra. pi.
3 f. pi.
Niph'ai
spp^
'^tppn
'7ppn
I'^ppn
n:'?pp.i
Pi'ei
Sop^
'^.pp
^yjp
iSop
nj'?pp
'^ppn
''7'PpD
*i':"Ppn
rrj'pppn
'?ppnn
^'?Ppi'irT
I'^Ppnn
nj'^ppnrr
Hiph'ii
'7^pp!
Hithpa'ei
1.
bDp_n'
a.
-ibr
h.
^'"^t^'V
c.
npt^'H
2: .
Z'.
ah:3^^ ah?;'
1^<'7,P (1:22);
;io
npti'n
^^'?cf'!,5 ri'ptr'n
(PDC^'DD
of the Ini23ei'ative is the
it will
The Qal has two forms, one
h.
The
The
a.
in every case as that of the
(active)
with
o,
and one
(stative)
with
a.
H which
was
i.
alwaj-s elided after a preformative in the
Hiph
and Hithpa'el.
il,
The pure passives Pii'al and Hoph'al have no Imperative.

it will
be seen that
Before vowel-additions, the vowel of the stem becomes
and the short
in the Hiph'il);
and m.
Dt^'pn,!^ HDî^'pn-^-^
same
In the inflection of the Imperatives,
2.
(4:23).
than to the usual Imperfect, which has
initial
apiêars in the Niph'al,
Note.
fnnnri,^^ [nnnn.i^
Hiph'il has a form corresponding to the Jussive Imperfect in
e (^ ,72. 2), rather
Impf.,
ayz^n.^
be noted, however, that
a.
c.
;i3
;^
mj/pCT'
(1:28); fJ^tD'^T"/'^/-
^'^DS'l," O^^'?*^'.*! (37:22), ^D^HC^'H
Imperfect
^3^^'' (30:i5), n^t:^'.*
D^3:f*"r),^ dd:?^'! (20:8),
^^f!,' ^'ptf'H;^
(24:6),
The stem
1.
nbpi
(8:1),
pi.,
under the
first
~ (except
radical of the Qal
stands in a half-open syllable, the transliteration being
f. sg.,
qi-t'li,
qi-t^lu.
h.
but
The Hiph'il Imv. has
in the/, sg.
Xote
1.
and
e as its
stem-vowel in the m.
sg.,
and/,
p?.,
7n. pi.
The Imperative has
no preformatives, and
its
alformatives
are those of the Imperfect.
Note 2.
-7
iDeut.
Ex. 7:9.
13
Jer. 7 :29.
On the Imperative with pf^ (cohortative) see
9:7.
Ex.
u J ob
24:4.
sjudg:. 9:33.
33 :31.
Ex.
17:14.
9Ex.8:16.
Ps. 5
:3.
lo
Judg.
Sam.
13:13.
13:5.
72. 3.
sisa. 2:20.
uDeut.
7:3.
Ex.
1 Sam.
7:10.
18:23,

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
80
70.
The Infinitives.
10.
tabular view.
Qal.
Niph'al.
Pi'el.
Pii'al.
Hithpa'el.
Hipli'il.
Hoph'al.
"-^br^
^\2r>r^
bw_
tepi
"iwm yppn
'?ppn
1. '?DN*(2:16);
mp;
[cf.
n3"l
iDC^'
(1:18);
Each stem has two
1.
'7i?n;-T^.T(/'-"iJ^n);
The
'^H^H
n^ptprrii^
DD^
hut
n"I.Dn
(34:7);
J^^
"l55i>V
(1:18);
Absolute and Construct
but no
Construct, or of a Hithpa'el Infin-
Pii'al Infinitive
Infinitive Ahsolute
In
i:5f (9:16);
Infinitives, called
found of a
is
Absolute
a.
(3:24);
(17:22); t^'pD;!^
example
itive
D?^n;^
nil; (40:15);
'^kVjr'J;^ -iD!;5
(31:30);
fm*!;' tlb:?J
-I5T1].
"^m
2.
-)Tt:;rV "il)!;-
has
vowel of the stem; the "^, which appeared in
the prnnlt the
the Pi'el and Hiph'il Perfects being here restored to
-=-,
as in the Imper-
fect and Imperative.

h.
In
ultima everj^where a long vowel,
the
(=a)
(1)
in the Qal, Niph'al, Pi'el,
ened from an original a
(?
30.
viz.,
and
the a being length-
Pii'al,
6. a).
the Hiph'il and Hoph'al.
(2) e in
Remark 1. The
Niph'al Infinitive Absolute has two forms, one
('^bp^) based on the form of the stem appearing in the Perfect the
other I'r'bpn), based on the form of the stem appearing in the Imperfect
;
It
and Imperative.
Remark
2.
The
the ultima instead of
Remark
3.
Pi'el Infinitive
Absolute
is
often found with e in
6.
The 6 in the Inf. Abs., arising alwaj\s
from
a, is
seldom
written fully.
2.
The
form of the stem
Infinitive Construct has, in every case, the
to
which the preformatives and afformatives of the Imperfect are added.

iDeut.
7
13
5:13.
Sam. 17:16.
1 Sam. 10:3.
iDeut.
Tsii.
T:18.
.')tj:.3.
nNah.
3:15.
3jer. 33:4.
Ruth 2:11.
lo
Sam.
Ezek.
30:6.
16:4.
Ps. 118:18.
u Ex.
4:14.
12
cPs.
Num.
40:2.
15:31.
71.]
Remai'k.
Stative
verbs,
which have a
in the
81
Imperfect and Imper-
ative, have, nevertheless, o in the Infinitive Construct.
The
cases of an
Infinitive Construct with a are very few.
Note
1.
The ultimate vowel
of the various Infinitives Construct is
changeable, while that of the Infinitives Absolute
Note
2.
Onl}' to the Infinitives Construct
fixed, or suffixes added.
is
may
unchangeable.
prepositions be pre-
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
82
The Niph
2.
Participle is
al
same
tlie
72.
as the Niph'al Perfect, with the
vowel of the ultima heightened.
The remaining
3.
This
a.
it
which
is
used in
f2
li'^s!
it
in the Pi'el
The ultimate vowel,
h.
takes the place of the initial

if
prefixing f2 to that form of
the Imperfect
under
their respective stems
stems
made by
Participles are
and Pu'al, while
in the other
of the stem.
not long in the stem,
heightened under
is
the tone, the participle being a nominal form.
The
Note.
Special Forms of the Imperfect and Imperative,
72.
1.
(18:21)
ni"l}<
npHi^
down;
will go
Iioillmake great; H'lD'lK^

T
(12:2)
(27:41)
IwiU{=
Let us make brick; HiJlb^J
(11:3)
must) sjieak; HJ^'?^ (11:3)

T
Let us
hum;
[cf.
n.\n^ (1:29)] Let there be;
D^j
multiphj; ir;^n-'?{< (22:12) [from Plb^J/n]
to
3.
nb'l^K
loiU kill;
r\r\1^!l (31:44) Let us
covenant).
(a
2. \-T (1:3)
[cf.
make
HD ivîat.
fragment of the pronominal root
is a
J^*t^"ir)]
Let her cause
(1:22)
Do
[from H?")^] Let
not do; Nti^'in (1:11)
spring forth; iV^*\T\ (1:24) Let her cause-
to
go forth.
Think; r\V'y^T^
't:|t-
n''\:^r'
t:t
Swear
thou; n^^'^H^
t:-
Oh
Bring near; r]yp'pT!^ Attend; n.3*jNn^ Give
(27:25)
Remark.-XJ
T
N*:i-nN*^v\v
T
(21:23)
^'^n
nH^
-A-
(20:28);
NJ-'^N*
-
(18:30);
save; HtT'^Jin
tj--
ear.
i^nb
T
V
(19:8).
Some special forms of the Imperfect and Imperative deserve

1. The Cohortatlve Imperfect
:
a.
This Imperfect
is
characterized by the ending pf
in the first person singular
and
notice
a preceding vowel, unless unchangeable, becomes S'wa.
b.
(27:9);
before which
It is
found only
plural.
Its special signification is that of desire, determination, and, in
the plural, exhortation.

2.
The Jussive Imperfect

a.
This Imperfect
ened form of the verb.

12 Sam.
14:15.
2Noh.
is
characterized, wherever possible, by a short-
It is
5:19.
found
sps.
6:5.
in strong verbs only in the Hiph'il

<Ps.
5:3.
6Ps.5:3.
BY AX INDUCTIVE METHOD.
i 73.]
instead
with
(viz.,
88
of ^^); but in all stems of verbs n"'^
100.) and
(?
T';; ( 94.).
command; with
Its special signification is tliat of zcish,
b.
a negative,
disnuasion, x>yoliihition
The Cohortative Imperative
3.
is
Remark.
and
is
Hipb. Imv. changes ^^ to
ordinary form.
the Cohortative Imperfect,
this, like
characterized by the ending
often more emphatic than the
before
*
*
The
modal idea
enlivened by the particle
in each of these forms is intensified or
which
{<^,
frequently found in connection
is
with them.
Note.
It
is
may convey
\nn.
-
.-)!:^^*'")
'
*np.-
'nil-
'np_-
(s).
-1-
^^1)P'1
(8)
D'PD nipp'pv
p^m
..liTn
T
|T
:
Nî^ nt?'n'2l
or
the ideas there indicated.
Waw
The Perfect and Imperfect with
73.
1.
remembered that verbal forms, not shortened
to be
lengthened as above,
'n;v
-Nnpn
VjT T
n-.i)
'înn-
t^^jri. (7)
.^'^n.
.Nn:^
rvtvirs'z
T T
N*lp'l (s)
"^^yi-
(10).
(2).
Consecutive.
.
.
Nnn
noNn_
o).
.-l,p^?^^
(6)
.\nn.
(4)
.XTV---Nnp
h.
own rp")? n"iKp
vn]
>n; [D\i'?N
"),pN;;'i]
:D'?i;^'7
2.a.
np^n
\in
:-
h.
Vm
T
3. a.
'm
(1:5);
(1:14);
VJT
np'?1
|- T
(3:22);
(1:3);
J^npn
(1:5);
'ÎJNI
T
kV^TI (1:4);
"l!DNn
'^^_^^)__
'liy)
(1:22);
(1:17);
jn^l
J-
|r
n
1
(3:21);
(3:10);
|--
(3:22);
(1:7);
Remark.-ti^5'7-n_, iw^ Dtr?'?.^, (3:21);
Z'.i^nnDJÎ (3:13);
-
^m
- t
':?^Dn
ni;^>1
|t
n'?N*J1
n^)
m^,
(6:6);
These cases are cited from Exodus.
|t
nN*ylm
'7^K1
"It
(3:12).
i^
(6:6);
(1:12).
Dp^
(4:8).
m-J'^,
(2:2).
mmn
(2:15).
(2:7);
(1:21);
(1:12).
NVlm_
(1:7);
(3:20);
iltDDX") (3:16); ^fin'^tin
<
t
[3 0:22)
(3:22).
N^Dn
for
n'?:^'*
N*Vlni
(1:4);
N^nHNl
t
t
(1:3);
'7'i:;in
'l-inn- (1:22); "^y^

(2:2);
- :I
Snn
Nnp^
(1:3);
(1:3);
it
'?dki D'^nn fj^q dj np"?!
(i:i4)
jlOm
j-
(3:20);
^ph^^m
(6:6).
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
84
The use
Consecutive^
Only what
Perfect
the
of
one of
is
relates to the
73.
and Imperfect with
the most marked
so-called
tlie
Waw
peculiarities of the language.
forms of the conjunction, and to the verbal
forms to which the conjunction
The
joined, will here be noticed.
is
explanation of the construction belongs to the Syntax.

1.
The
a.
facts in the case, briefly stated, are as follows
In continued narrations of the past, the
verb
first
while those that follow, unless they are separated
from
is in
tlie
the Perfect,
conjunction hy
intervening 2conh, are in the Imperfect and connected with the preceding
Perfect by means of Waio Consecutive.

Note.
In
poetry, the verb
separated from
b.
may be
in the Imperfect even
when
conjunction by intervening words.
its
In the narration of actions which are to occur in the future, or
which are
which can only be conditionally
realized, or
their character or occurrence
concerned, the
is
indefinite so far as
verb
first
is in
the Imper-
fect (or Participle, or Imperative), while those that follow, tinless they are
separated
from
the conjunction
hy intervening words, are
Wdw
and connected with the preceding verb by means of
The form
2.
o.
With
regularly written
(1)
J{,
b.
With the
3.
With
a.
it (
14. 2),
'l,^
a consonant which has
and
-=-
becomes ~.
Perfect, the conjunction is the
with
its
various pointings
same as the ordinary
(? 49.).
reference to the verbal form employed,
In the case of the Imperfect^ there

(1) in
the
first
used,
{I
72. 1)3
a usage which
is
rare
and
late
the second and third persons, an apocopated form exactly
similar to that of the Jussive

(3) a form
The name
is
person, a lengthened form exactly similar to that of
the Cohortative
(2) in
both cases
in the first person, the Daghes-forte being omitted,
the preceding
Waw Conjunctive,
in
a strengthened form of
may be omitted from
the Daghes-forte
before
is
but
only S'wa under

(2)
same
of the conjunction, however, is not the
the Imperfect, the conjunction
in the Pei'fect
Consecutive.
Waw
(?
72. 2)
marked by the retrocession
of the accent, and the
Consecutive better expresses the syntactical force than
Waw
Conversive.
2
- and the D. f are the remains of TK then.

noSnai (41:11); nnnSÎ (43:11); njnX] (Num.8: 19);
Ewald suggests that the
3Cf. nnSiyXI (3^:G);

Ez. 7:27 'J: 0, in which there are seventeen cases.
also
BY
74.]
but the accent does not recede,
consequent vowel-shortening
unless the syllable on which
it
Remark.
stead of
85
an open one
will rest is
the ordinary verbal form unchanged.
(4)
IXDUCTIYK METHOD.
AN"
With Waw
but this
Consecutive the Hiph'il, therefore, has e inusually restored, though written defectively,
is
before suffixes.
Note
(?
and
1.
100.
With
5. h),
e instead of
Note 2.
Wiiw Consecutive, verbs
H"/
and verbs V'^ and ^"p have,
u and
The
94.
(i
K.
2.
lose the final ending
forms with o
in the Qal,
4).
cause of the retrocession of the accent, as well as of
the choice of a shorter form,
found
is
heavy prefix at
in the fact that the
the beginning of the word demands a lightening of the end of the word.
In the case of the Perfect, the usual verbal foi-m
h.
whenever
2)ossihIe, this
form
marked by
is
employed
is
but,
a change of accent, the tone
passing from the penult to the ultima.

Note.
As a matter of
fact, the cases in
which there
no change of
is
tone are as numerous as those in which there does occur change.

cases are grouped by Driver^ as follows
(3 sg.,
f. sg.,
the Perfect
is
c. pi.,
2 m.
all
(3)
when
conjugations, and in 3
of verbs i^"/ and
H'/
f.
which are already
(6)
the Perfect
pi.
[-WDp
ijnNVD;^
T
|T
(31:28);
^jn"lD?
"]
and
Remarks. -I^HN*
^^;3t^*n
(4) in
(5) in
the 1
pi.
the Qal
(37:20);
r\bm}]
- )t
:
onsDtr'i^
'jn:),t:D;-
jrn'?';^
A'
^:nn:)n;
':-:
(40:14).
l:i"in
T-:
(50:17)
(44:20);
fur
(4:25)
for Ij^n;
-T
^jl'^p-J;
^Jin^ri^';^"
Dipfi^
^^m\V
DN*"13
tt:
(33:13)
(30:13);
(5:2)
for
for
Dlp?^-
r]1?5N;ii
(50:6).
Vse of the Tenses in Hebrew,

aps. 69:3.
2lsa. 63:5.
lEzek. 16:19.
for
-|:
for I'^Dp];
[l'?Dp
t|;
-|t
DNHD; ^l'?DJ
m pause;
is
of the Hiph'il
frequently in those forms of J/"^ and V'J/
[-n'ôp for nôp]; inn'?DN*

:
when
31ilra'; (2)
The Verb with Suffixes.
74.
h.
pi.)
and 3
sg.
Qals and Niph'als which end in
1. a.
f.
These
those forms of the Perfect
immediately followed by a monosyllable, or dissyllable
accented on the penult;

of
pi.,
(1) in
sZech. 7:5.
8 110.
4
Num.
20:14.
9Num.20:.5.
sJer. 15:10.
lojer. 2:32.
cJudg. 11:35.
n Num.
22:17.
c.
D-iDSp'V
[^-i'?l)|7];
D-NnS
tt:
nn-'?Dp];
tt|:
?]3pNv-'
see above,
nn'Ôp];
VJT t):
I;
^pnn;^
'^Hi'ii'';'
Ti,?^;'
[11"l'?0P,
J- T
t:
CnmN*
t
(4:25)
VH^Î^
-
for T\T\'^\
JT T -:
When
is
a pronoun,
and the pronominal
jlJSJ
-i
it is
nnrnN^Vo'-nnrnN.
J- t -;
tj- t
t
-:
More
suffix.
often expressed
bj'
the
often, however, the pro-
This occasions
and of stem.
In the case of the Perfect witli

a.
^t
directly to the verbal form.
suffix is joined
certain changes of termination

1.
the object of a verb
union of
nominal
for ^^VTSV^^
-
(18:19)
(24:i6)/or rr;;T;
^rrh'^^'for T^Trt>'\
n;;i
-I T
t t
t
_f T
n'?:3NV'
- jt t -;
-:
--it
Remark. -i:iin
-;
(32:18).
:r]'7N*:|:^
a;
1.
^Tlll:
tt: D-lIJi^
tt:
/or
(31:7)
11-IJ
74.
î"?.?^ (soiit).
in-;::'-)*!;-
(5:2);
HEBREW
ELE3IENTS OF
86
be noted,
suffixes, it is to
In reference to termination-changes, that the older endings are in
manj' cases restored, as

the older jl
(2)
the older
^/l,
(3)
the older
ID (= DID),
Remark.
I).
for the later
(1)
(3 sg. fem.)
for the later fl (2 sg. fem.)

for the later
occurs for Jl (2 m.
fl
t
Qfl
(2 pi.
often before
sg.),
^
masc).
^J,
In reference to stem-changes, that, in the Qal,

(1)
the tone-long a of the
when
(2)
a suffix
is
first sj^llable,
being no longer pretonic
appended, becomes S'wa
the a of the second
sj'llable,
while
which has been
volatilized before
personal terminations beginning with a vowel,

in the
Remark 1.
Remark 2. The
before H,
[Di but
DDi
is restoi"ed,
open syllable, heightened.

The -^ of verbs Middle E appears before
ultimate
is
of
the
Pf el and
elsewhere rejected
and,
suffixes.
Hithpa'el becomes ^r
while the ultimate
of the
Hiph'il suffers no change.

c.
In reference to the union of termination and

(1) to
(2) to a
which
is
the 3
is
.g.
a,
but before
TT.
DDi and
20: 22.
Deut.
?p,
is
S'wa.
fem. termination ]!_, suffixes forming a
si Chron. 13:3.
Dcut.2.-):1.
that
attached directly;
attached by means of a so-called connecting-vowel
generally
are attached without a connecting-vowel
1 Sam.
is
verbal form ending, in ordinary usage, with a consonant,
the suffix
(3) to
suffix,
a verbal form ending in a vowel, the suffix
13: 18.
sjosh. 10:19.
sps. 48:7.
oHos.
2:14.
Deut.
sj^llable
other suffixes have

1.5:
16.
ioKuth4:li5.
oDeut. 15:12.
n Jer. 49:24.
I 74.]
helping-vowel,
and
viz.,
37.
(I
before
2),
the accent, peculiarly,
87
but a before
Tl,
every case on the
in
is
penult.
Note 1.
This
the original
a, is really
^^Ôn
- r
heightened from
a,
= qa-ta-la-ni
'
\:
Certain
final
v_;
irr_ to
<2)
l^'Ôp
T T
_j-
fifth,
h.
_ to
are quite frequent
-j~
in-;
_i~
m n_
v:h'or^']
^J-l~l*;ipl
[1
a.
3.
;*
^p;^3rN*
'Ht^^"?'
^nnyc^''
['^5'Pp!^
c.
'yoQz''
ni^^'pDn
;^^
qa-ta-la,
is
(1)
^H
to
nn^ to nn_.
(5)
J"
T J"
In
merely a vowel-letter.
r]^>y
(32:18);
'Tpyii
;6
ni^r.^
^jn^^rn.''
(40:23);
(37:20);
inD^^POT
;^'*
n_;
T
H is assimilated backward.
mp'^J^'J
D;?^'?'?! (3:21);
'
;'
to
T JT
the jl of the contracted form
pî^'op*]
/Dp
|:
In the thhxl and Jifth of these cases, the

the
~ volatilized from
= qa-ta-la-nu.
contractions
inn
(3)
as well as the
vowel of the verbal stem
Note 2.
a,
;^^
Dirp^NV^^
see examples under
b.
I'^Dp^]; n:i'?:)N*n (3:i7); ijiDic'n (3:i5); i^t^ni^^ 0:5); i:in3rn.i
[Tj'pOp]; Î'pDN* (2:17); D;?'?DN*
D^n^N*
(3:5);
;^^
ûf
^^33
(35:1).
n-in;^T
[nôp];
T
T
T
:
Remarks. -[rjSpp]
h.
(2:i5);
'TjC'pD'^
[^jôp]; ^j-i^r;^^
DntDJîiMJiaj^v^
t
t
"t
n")!:tr" (2:i5);
;-
DDn^ljî
H^T
^jnt:*Lr';25 D-itDC^;-'^
-r
;22
^Ji^'pa'p.ss
ijnr^.^^
[pfi'^pp]; ^jnf);;28 Dit:'ipn;29 in-i?;;.'^
[j'^Dp] j^!::i'
;
2.
(23:11); ^:i)};r2ty (23:8); :;;r!:c^n
In the case of the Imperfect

a.
always becomes
Z/.
toith suffixes, it is to
In reference to termination-changes, that
HJT
;î
inybz^n-''-
be noted,
(2
and 3
p?. /em.)
In reference to stem-changes, that before
suffixes,
c Ps. 42:7.
sps. 137:6.
1 Cant. 1:6.
2 Job 19:15.
sJer. 2:19.
Sam. 24:16.
loDeut. 5:28.
iiPs. 57:10.
aPs. 13:2.
isDeut. 9:14.
Sam. 1:19. s Job 39:14.
is Ex. 1:22.
lo Ps. 8:5.
h Ruth 2:15.
n Jer. 23:38.
13 1 Sam. 23:11.
Ps. 4:;:11.
22 Ex. 19:9.
23 1 Sam. 27:1.
24 Judg. 16:28.
isEx. 14:.5. 20 IK^. 18:10. 21 Ex. 12:31.
29 l Kgs. 20:18.
30 1 Sam. 7:3.
26Prov. 4:21. 2t Josh, 10:6. =s Josh. 10:4.
2-^Ps. 16:1.
7 1
!>*
31
Ps. 143:8.
32
Ex.
4:3.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
88
the
of Qiil forms ending in a consonant usually
but
before
(1)
heightened
74.
becomes
~r,
'
the a of Qal forms ending in a consonant
(2)
retained and
is
the e of Pi'el forms ending in a consonant becomes ~r, but e
(3)
before H,
c.
DD)
TT,
Q^,
while the
of Hiph'il forms remains.
In reference to the union of termination
directly
(2) to
and
verbal forms ending in a consonant, the suffix
before
attached
is
while
by means of a connecting-vowel, which
DDi \2
!n,
and
e,
rarely
and emphatic forms,
in pausal
"f3)
that
suffix,
verbal forms ending in a vowel the suffix
(1) to
is
before
a,
attached
is
generally
but ~r
e,
suffixes are often attached to a
verbal form ending in an, which under the tone becomes en, of
which the j
Note
called
1.
Nun
This
for
{tohich is
while
forte in J
treated as a union-syllable and
is
for
e,
the ending
pf,
really the accusative ending of
is
the ordinary connecting-vowel heightened from
the nominative ending.
u), is
2. In
Note
generally assimilated.
Epenthetic or Demonstrative,
the verbal form

i
is
syllable, ordinarily
)^_
^H and H
T
of
(3
m.
and
sg.)
nJ_
(3/. sg.), the Daghes-
which has been assimilated
respectively,
backward.
3.
In the case of /h/'s,

a.
and Imvs with
be noted that,
suffixes, it is to
-The Qal Infinitive (construct) takes
Ûp
(1)
before
(2)
before other suffixes the form '^Dp, the
QD, p,
in,
generally, the form
(6)
6,
but
in
both cases,
standing in a half-open syllable.

(3)
Remark 1. The
Remark 2. The
nominal
v]^
as connecting-vowels, those used in the inflection of nouns.
suffix
">__,
Pi'el Infiinitive shortens
Infinitive
may take
to before
DD, p.
T\,
either the verbal suffix,
'J,
the former being the object, the latter, the
or the
subject
of the Inf.
h.
The Qal Imperative, taking the connecting-vowel
of the Impf.,
(1) in
the 2 m. sg., follows the analogy of the Infinitive
(2) in
the 2 m. pi., sufi"ers no change
(3) in
the 2/. pL, has the form
Remark 1. The Imperative
iSpp
in a retains
instead of T^pl^T)'
and lengthens the
a,
as does
the Imperfect.
Remark 2. In
Note. The
the Tliph'il, the form
^''\:i'pT} is
used instead of Spppj.
Participles, before suffixes, are treated like nouns.
75.]
15.
Mood
or
General View of the Strong Verb.
89
ELEMENTS OF IIKBKEW
90
[I
The Most Common Strong Verbs.
76.
[In the following- list, Q.* designates a Qal with a in the Imperfect
Pi.* designates a Pi'cl with a in the Perfect 3 ni. sg.]
(Q-)l
"IJ3
(1)
Deal treacherously;
(PI Pu.) iaA-;
ê
Hithp.)
ill
with;
Cleave
(8)
njj
(14)
Ipr (Q.* Hi.)
Be
Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi. Hithp.)

(18)
(Ni. Hi.
D'?^
Be
Rememher;
Hi.)
[DO
old; (15)
heavy;
(9)
(13)
DD3
(17)
n)2
(19)
TF^vVe;
(22) J^D'?'^ (Q.* Pii. Hi.)
ip'?
(26)
(Q.*Pi.Tii.)
ID!:
(q'.
*7^'P
Sustain;
(35)nnD
ieara;
(Q. Ni. Hithp.) Sell;
(28) T]'?D (Q. Ni. Hi. Ho.)
Hi.) Rule; (31)
150
(33)
Be
n^p
Dip
(44)
[)^* (Q.
Be
(Pi. Hi.)
C^T)
conspire^ (46)
before; (43)
p")
(Q. Pi. Hi.)
Be
Pi.* Hi. Ho.)
riD^'
Break
2
3
4
Tread,
(Q. Ni. Pi.)
Cap-
Gather; /
(Q. Pi- Pii. Hithp.)
n)D
Hithp.) Escape;
(32)
^^DD
(Q- Ni. Pi.)
(Q. Ni. Pi. Pii.)
"iDp
(Q- Ni. Pi. Pii.)
(Q.*Ni. Pi.*
(45)
Number;
Hi.)
(36) LD'?B (Q. Pi.

(38)
DC'B
Be
right-
(Q.* Ni. Pi. Hi. Hithp.)
Pii.
Bury;
Hi. Hithp.)
Be
(42)
holy;
T^p (Q. Ni. Pi. Pii. Hithp.) Bind,
(47) ri-l (Q.*
Dp*!
sj^y; (49)
Hi. Hithp.) Tremble;
(Q-* Hi.) i?/V7^; (50) '^Db'
llJty (Q. Ni. Hithp.) Hire; (52) ")Dt^' (Q- Ni.
in pieces;
(53) jlDC^' (Q. Ni. Hi.)

-
Overflow; (55)
DDC^' (Hi.) Rise early;
low; (61)
Hithp. Nithp.3)
Cease, rest;
(54)
(Q. Ni. Pii.)
Destroy; (59)
pnV
tJHp
Be wroth;
(51)
Hothp.) Wash;
Ho. Hithp. Hothp.) Visit;
(Q.* Hi.) Crouch;
toise;
n^-) (Q.*
(Q- Ni. Hithp.)
m.) Close;
(34)
Ni. Hi.) Conceal; (41)
(48) Sj-l (Q. Pi. Tiph'el)4
(16)
njlD
(21)
(Ni. Pi. Hi.
D'?^
(Q. Ni. Pii.
(Q. Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi.
(Q. Hi. Hithp.)
Dp*?
Hi. Hithp.) Conceal;
Pii.
(Q- Ni. Pi.) Sing;
^Dt
^D'?
(23)
(Q. Ni.)
king; (29) T^CTD (Q- Ni. Pii.) Prolong; (30)
(Q.* Pi. Hi. Hithp.) Strip off; (39)
eous; (40)
(25)
(27)
(Q- Ni.) il/ora;
(Q-*Ni. Pi.
Escape;\Ti) "IpD
Put on;
HI
Z)eaZ ivell or
\n) lyyi
(Pi. Pii.
Cover;
tTp^
(Q-* Pti. Hi. Ho.)
(Q- Pi- Pii-
(20) '^t^'^ (Q. Ni. Pi. Hi. Ho.) Stmnhle;
ture; (24)
pD^
(3)
(Q.* Pi. Pti.
(Q- Ni. Hi.) Secrete;
Be ashamed;
Ho.)
Divide;
(5) ':)-j
Speak;
(Q. Ni. Pi.2 Pii. Hi. Hithp.)
^y (Q. Ni.
and Imperative;
(7) "TIDJ (Q.)
pa. Hithp.) Steal;
(Q. Ni. Pi.
^l^l
Tread, seek; (12)
(Ni- Hi.)
Tear away;
(6) '?_rj (Q. Ni.)
^rert^-
^^2
(2)
'^C'S (Q- Pi- Pu. III.) Boil;
(4)
to; (10)
76.
iptT
(57)
^^^f
Be
Be
bereaved; (56)
l'^^' (Hi. Ho.) Cast, send; (58) IDC-' (Ni. Hi.)
(Q- Ni. Pi. Hitlip.)
fif^C^' (Q. Hi.)
(Q.* Pi. Hi.)
quiet; (62)
Keep;
trGJl
Ordinarily with o in Impf., but with a, Mai.
(60) '7)^' (Q.* Hi.)
(Q. Ni. Pi.) Catch.
2:10.
Generally 12'!, in pause 13^.

The Nithpa'el is a rare stem, passive of Hitbpa'el.
The Tiph'el is a rare stem.
i^mwie
XI. Tlie Têali Verb.

n.
Weak
Verbs.
1.
nr;; (2:24); r\^r\ (3:24); r]"|3 (1:28); tp'-\
2.
rnj
I-T
3.
(1:17);
^'^^
~
(1:3);
;?DJ
^
- T
(2:8);
-T
b'îi (2:16); IC^'^ (4:16)/or
-T
f|W(3:15); niLT'
-T
(3:19);
Hl^
N*VO(2:20); H'?;^ (2:6)/or
Weak
verbs
(3:3);
l'^;?;
-T
"2^
IV^
-T-T
(2:8);
(3:22);
N^^
/or IN")
(1:4)
inN*
-T
^D^
-T
(2:8);
D^tT
HNH
^'H
(2:11);
(1:1);
(3:14).
(4:7).
Nnp(l:5);
HJlp
(4:1)
/o;<
56. 2) maj'^ be classified, according to the character of the
[l
weak consonant
or consonants
which they contain,
as,
Guttural; these are called
1.
Pe
a.
Lamedh
c.
when i\\e first radical is a guttural (? 78.).

when the second radical is a guttural (
Guttural, when the third radical is a guttural [l
('5) Guttural,
h. 'Aj'in CJ/)
Guttural,
('7)
80.).
82.).
Contracted ; these are called
2.
alike
3.
3DD
-T
':)5^ (4:6);
H'?^ (3:22); ;rD^'(3:8).
(1:2);
when the
a.
Pe Xiin
h.
'Ayin Doubled (J/"^), when the second and third radicals are
[V'Q),
first radical is
( 84.).
(? 86.).
Quiescent; these are called
Pe 'Aleph
a.
(}<{"5),
when the
first
radical is
Ji{
and
is
quiescent
(88.).
Pe Waw
Pe Yodli
h.
c.
or
e.
/.
(^"5),
when
when
'Ayin "Waw or 'Ayin
d.
is
(V'fi),
the
first radical
the
first
radical
Yodh (V^
was
originally
was originally
or '"^),
1 {I
*
90.).
( 92.).
when the second
radical
94, 96.).
Lamedh 'Aleph ({^"7), when the tliird radical is }( (? 98.).

Lamedh He (H"'?)? when the third radical, 1 or ^ is supplanted
by the vowel-letter H (? 100.).

Note 1. These technical terms
are derived
which was formerly used as a paradigm-word
from the verb '7^3,
5 = fi^'st,
"^
^ second, 7
'*^^
= third.
Note 2.
A single verb-stem
of two or even three classes.
may, of course, have the peculiarities
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
92
78.
Verbs
'sD
78.
Guttural
[For full inflection, see Paradigm D.]
TABULAR VIEW.
inln>pf.
Perf.
inlmpf.
^^P^^^'
Hiph'il.
Hoph'Sl.
I 79.]
In the Qal Impf. with
1).
^^, in the Niph'al Perf.
the Hiph'il Perf., the preformative vowel
ence of the following guttural, to
1,
93
and
deflected,
is
(i)
Part.,
and in
under the
influ-
e.
Remark 1. A few cases occur of forms like '?DJ^* oi' '7t3j/^

Remark 2. The Jl and H of n\1 and H^H do not afi'ect a preceding
T T
T T
which stands with them in a closed syllable.
3. The guttural prefers compound to simple Swa
;
When
a.
the
radical
first
When
h.
particularly in the case of
or,
the
radical
first
inflection of the strong verb,
and, according to the
initial
would have a simple S^wa
inflection of the strong verb,
takes instead ^r,
would be
J{,
(half- vowel), it
would be medial, and, according
would close a syllable
(i. e.,
to the
have under
it
syllable-divider), it receives, in order to facilitate the pronunciation,
vowel
thus, -^ "î
When,
d.
in inflection, a
a simple S'wa, as
changed
is
formed
e.
is
when
are allowed to close
half-open
26.
to stand before
to a word, the
compound
and the syllable thus
removed
very frequently becomes
when,
in
to a greater distance.
and T\T\ have a syllable-divider ( ),

T T
(above), when medial and vowelless but a half-vowel ( ),
Note. The
initial
made
4).
The combination
according to
compound S^wa would come
vowel-additions are
to its corresponding short vowel,
inflection, the tone is
when
~, tt T" (6).
no compound S'wa being inserted.
syllable,
S'wa
"tt
Very frequently, however, the strong gutturals
c.
S'wa, which always corresponds to the preceding
compound
inserted
an
and
,1
of
n\1
T T
and without
a full vowel.
The Most Common 'D Guttural 1/erbsa
19.
[In the following
list
those with the Qal indicated by Q. have for their Imperfect
a form like hb}l^; Q-* indicates an Imperfect like ha}^\ Q.+, like âp\.Q-**, like
like Vpj^n, but Hi.*, like
Soi''; Q.+t, like hbyj" or VCOJJ"'.; Hi. indicates a Perfect
h'a};T\; Ni., a Perfect like
(1)
(Q*
'72i<
lished.
Bind.
(5)
Tjfin (Q- Ni.* Ho.

Pii. ^Hi.*
(Qt.)
1
In
Ni.
nt*^T
Hithp.)
Hithp.) Join;
Gird;
Ni.*, like hiD}?^']
Hi. Hithp.) 3fourn.
r|pN* (Q-tt
(3)
Ni.* Pu.)
boy:, but
(8)
Pi.
Pii.
(Q.* Pi. Hi. Hithp.)
yfj^
Hithp.)
Gather.
(Q** Ni.* Hi.*) Be

Overturn;
tr'nn
(10) '^lll (Q.** Hi.)
101b will be
(2)
(7)
found the most common
'3
(11)
Pu.) Bind,
prH
estab-
"IDN* (Q-tt
destroy.
guilty,
"iDIl (Q- Pi-
(Q. Q.* Pi-
Vcw;
(4)
Be
with
(6)
ult.
gil^d)
a)
"I^H
(Q.* Pi. (with ult. a)
guttural verbs which are also n"V.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
94
Be
Hi. mthp.)
wise;
tp_n
(13)
out;
Strong;
pSmQ.
(15)
spare; (H)
P/^;/,
Dig;
npH
(19)
(14)
(Q-t Q.**) Delight; (18)
|*5n
Nl*
Seal;
(Q.t Ni.* Pi. Hi.*)
(23) "l^j; (Q.
NT
-151^ (Q. Ni. Pi. (with ult. a) Hi. Hithp.)

-Pix.)
Abandon;
Stand;
(28)
(26) -)r;j (Q.
^ViJ
(16)
Draw
^^H (Q-t)
(Q-t Ni.*Pi. (withult. a)
(Q-t Ni.*) Withhold;
^C^H
(21)
Be
(Q.t Ni.* Pu. Hi.)
3^11
D^'H
Search; (20)
Pi.)
impute;
80
Hitbp.)
Ni. Pi. Hi.)

J^'^H (Q-
Ni.* Pi. Pu. Hi. Hithp.) Distribute;
(Q-t
Thilh
Hithp.)
Chauge;
(Q- Pi- Hi.)
Hi*
Pu.
(Q-** Pi-
DDIl
(12)
[?
Pii.
Qnfl
(22)
Hi. Ho.) Serve;
Pass over;
(25) DrjJ (Q- Ni.
HOj;
Q.t Ni. Hi.*) Assist; (27)
(24)
(Q. Hi. Ho.)
(Q-t Ni.*) Restrain; (29) pC^';^ (Q. Pii.) Oj^press.
Verbs
80.
Guttural.
[For full inflection, see Paradigm E.]
TABULAR VIEW.
Qal
Niph'al. Prel
(1). Pii'al (1).
Hithpa'eL
Pi'el (2). Pii'al (2).
perf.
'îSip
'?Npj
'^Np
'7N*p
Snp
'^np
'^xprirr
Impf.
Hjsfp^
HNp'.
'?Np*
'?N*p*
'^np*
'?np]
'?NpiT
imT.
'^^p
'?N*pn
'?N*p
'^np
Inf. abs.
'^liSp
'?Npn
'?N*p
'^np
'?N*pn
'?N*p
'7np
'^^*p^^^T
'7Np,p
':)nptp
'^^^p^^P
Inf. const. '7j^p
Part. act.
'7}<p
Part. pass. ':)1Np
1-
"lN3;i
'^JStpJ
'1J'7N*J;2
i-
nsnit:
?"'?
(6:7);
^.
c.
3.
"ITO ;i^
'7iV^n
1:^0;-^
lOntr';-^
'?iV^'
^Jlpj/S
;27
;12
;i^
':),v^"l
;28
?|':)na^
IJ/D^
'7,NJJ
,^^
i^''
*l!:np.;22
cf.
;29'
l'?kW
^-)5
;*
^^y5
y^y^<i ^'-^y^_
(28:6); ':]'iy.'
nnc (6:i7); i'::m;8 j^n");^ nnpn;i<>
ri*ii:n;'' '^'\o:;;?-r- "i;^nî'^

2. r^
(4:14);
nC^'^J
n!:n;
(1-2);
':5np,p
':5Np,tp
DriJNp;^'
(1:22); tr'"li*1 (3:24);
'^^*)7r^n
Drnn9(45:]'3); nn.!:Mi8:6').
'?N*^
;^"
'^N*^
^p^V;^^
nn^'fl'
;i
"IlliV (34:19);
5N*|r';24
(6:11);
nj;D^
also the words cited
^jnp;^^
;i3
under
nn^;
Beutrllb.
2 Sara. 7:29.
Mai.
1:7.
<
sisa. 40:1.
i'.
^^NW*^
(18:6)'.
2. 6.
s Lam. 2:7.
3 Ex. 16:28.
Ps. 109:10.
n Deut. 13:6.
sProv. 30:12. loGen. a5:2.
13 IKgs. 14:10.
n Gen. 13:1L
ig Ex. 3:3,
17 Ruth 4:6.
Ruth 4:4.
19 Mai. 3:19.
20 Ex. 12:21.
21 Qen. 4.5:17.
23 Jer. 23:20.
22lsa. 40:1.
26l8a.47:3.
2; Josh. 13:18.
26jer.48:19.
29 Lev. 25:30.
28Ruth4:4.
1
DH'p.i^
Num.
16:30.
Deut. 32:21.
w Deut. 4:33.
24Nah. 3:14.
3oEx.l5:16.
12
BY AX INDUCTIYK METHOD.
81.]
Verbs, whose second radical

iarities ( 42.
While
a.
ing Yowel
in the case of
(a to a.
to
syllable, the doubling being
Note 1.
which retain the
in verbs
Note
2.
a.
Pu al
takes place frequently
is
is
height-
but in other parts retained.
inflection,
heightened on account of the rejection
the guttural or a-class vowels; this is seen
o,
a,
after the guttural, in the Qal Impf.
even in Active verbs
and sometimes
and
in the Pi'el
e.
In the occurrence of
and masc.
plur.
a,
before the guttural, in the Qal Imv. fem.
from -r
this a arising
is in
a half-open syllable.
be noted that
it is to
c.
1. L).
or a of the Pi'el.
Perf., rather than
But
^ (prevailingly), H and
unchangeable.
is
Imv., rather than
It.
42.
to o in the
ii
The vowel which
The guttural prefers
2.
of
viz.,
retained short in a half-open
is
In a few verbs, especially those with X, the vowel
of Daghes-forte
sg.
some parts of the
in
Note 3.
implied
Heightening
(always), the preced-
"1
to o),
e. ii
(almost always), the preceding vowel
ened
and of
(generally),
}<{
In the case of the stronger gutturals,
h.
refuses to he doubled; but
heightened
is
guttural, exhibit the following pecul-
is a
1-3):
The guttural
1.
95
In the Qal Inf. const., the usual o remains unchanged; and like-
wise the ultimate e in the Xiph'al and Pi'el Imperfects.

3.
The guttural
prefers
compound
to
simple S'wa
this is seen in the
almost universal occurrence of ~^ under the second radical instead of
(half- vowel).
Note
1.
No
Pi'el Inf. abs. of
always substituted for

.Note 2.
it
an
'J/
guttural verb occurs
there
is
the form of the Inf. const.
As a matter of fact, the guttural
exerts less' influence on a
following than on a preceding vowel.
The Most Common
81.
[In the following
list
Q.* indicates an
Guttural Verbs.
Imperfect like SnP";
Hithp.* indicate that in these stems Daghes-forte
(1) '?N*J
(3) '7N*:r
-
(Q- Ni. Pi. Pu- Hi. Hithp.)
(Q-
>'i-
Pi*
Hi.)
Ash;
(4)
(5)
nnt:
T
(7) '^'n'D
- It
(Q. Pi.*
Pu- Hithp.*)
(Ni. Hi.)
Congregate;
ShD
~ T
"inS
- t
Pi.*,
Pu.* and
implied.]
Redeem;
Bc dean;
(8)
is
(Xi- Pi-*
(6)
f}^D (PI) Effuse;
(2)
nflD
- T
Pu.
m.ônfound;
(Q. Ni. Pi.*)
(Q. Xi. Pii.*)
Choose;
Hasten;
(9)
-mD
- t
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
[82.
ins (Q. Pi.*Hi.)

Tremble; (12) '^n"] (Q- Ni. Hi.) Be enlarged; (13) DH^ (Pi* Pu*) ^ê
wcrcy; (14) JÎl") (Q. Pii.* Hithp.) FasA; (15) pHl (Q. Pi.* Hi.) 5e
<mpi*
far
(18)
off;
(16)
nW
*Mm.;
Hide;
Hi.)
(20)
pHtT
m)nrh
(Q-
Pi*
(Q. ni.)
Hi.)
Laugh;
(Ni- Pi-'* Hi. Ho.) i>es?ro:?/;
Dj;3 (Q- Pi-* Hi.) Provoke;
(Q. Ni. Pi. Hi.) ^Cry; (23) T]")3 (Q- Ni. Pi.
(Q. Ni. Pi. Pii.)
Drive out;
Ni. Pii.) Tear, ren^;
(27)
(25)
jlID
- T
FigU;
pi?
(19)
(17)
Eejine; (32)
Burn;
(34)
(30)
Îp
m0
Dn:^' (Q-
Ni.) ir<7?;
^^/^(Q. PI* Pii.
(21)
'^^S
Hi.) Co-
(Q-) i>o; (22)
p^^
pa. Hi. Hithp,) Bless; (24) C^l^
(Q.*Pii.) Sprinkle; (26)
fjlD (Q-*
(Q-* Ni. Pii. Hi. Ho.) Cut; (28)
Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi. Hithp.) Sejmrate, divide; (29)
Break forth;
(11)
p5
115T
(Q.
(Q.* Ni. Pii. Hithp.)
tr^lQ (Q.* Ni. Pi.) Spread out; (31)f]lV (Q-*Ni. Pi.)

(Q. Ni. Pi.* Hi.)
Draw
near; (33)
(Pi.) Minister.
82.
Verbs
'"l
Guttural
[For full inflection, see Paradigm F.l
TABULAR VIEW.
Cp^ (Q.
Ni. Pii.)

I 82.]
c.
j;np
[See
nntb;^
);î-}
-_i- T
Verbs whose third radical
The guttural prefers

a.
is
i.l
nrb*2n-''^
--i:
'^n'?::''^ (26:29).
a guttural exhibit, according to 42. 1-3,
the guttural or a-class voioels; this is seen
Imv. (where a was a

h.
ij'?^';*
ri;î (4:9); rinp'? (3:i9).
^n'^'ti''?;''
the following peculiarities
^nyt:::^' (3:io);
o-.t);
^n^^';i^ 'qn^tr';^^
1.
rir\^?
V*:^'-^ I^P^;" n'^tr'N.î
r"ir;'
rro^}' W3trn;i^
^-j-
n;^T;i2
T\nr:h-P
'^ -i-T
- J- T
n:np5n
mris;^
(3:i8);
nbtr'?;^
97
cases cited above, in fourth and fifth lines under
also, tlie
2.
nrpyn
(1:11);
rrbm?
d.
a,
before the guttural, in the Qal Impf.
and
even in active verbs.
collateral form), rather than o,
In the restoration of e to the original stem-vowel a
(?
62. R. 2)
in all Niph., Pi., Hiph., and Hithp. forms except Inf's abs., and Participles.
c.
tural
In the insertion of a Pathah-furtive
when the
latter is
(1)
by a naturally long vowel,
(2)
by a vowel
(3)
by the tone-long
Inf's abs.
d.
42. 2. d) before a final gut-
preceded
*
,
^,
or
"j,
or
essential to the form, as o in the Qal Inf. construct
and
which
e,
Part's,
is
retained in pause and also in the
because they are really nominal forms.
In the insertion of a helping-vowel,
viz.,
Pathah, under the gut-
tural, in the 2/. sg. of the various Perfects.
The guttural prefers compound
2.
ence
is
to
simple S^wa
indicated only before pronominal suf&xes
lable-divider) being retained

inflection the strong verb
Jiote 1.
The
The
guttural verb
Niph'al Inf. abs.
Pi'el Inf. abs.
80.
3.
N.
but this prefer-
under the third radical wherever
would have
and
in ordinary
it.
is flDp.!!
following the analogy of
the Perfect stem, rather than that of the Imperfect

Note 2.
the simple S'wa (syl-
[I
70.
Inf. const, are the
1.
R.
same
1).
(cf.
the '^
except that the former, being treated as a
1),
noun, retains the "^ and takes Pathah-furtive.

Note 3.
are
''7
Verbs with H
guttural,
vowel-letter
(i-
e.,
and are carefully
(?
H with
Mappiq) as their third radical
to be distinguished
from verbs with the
100.).20
2 Num. 19:15.
sEsth. 3:13.
sDeut. 15:8.
IPs. 97:11.
Num. 22:37.
10 Job 28: 10.
iiEx.5:2.
7 Ps. 106:5.
91 Sam. 1:13.
sDeut. 21:4.
6lsa. 45:1.
14 Isa. 17: 10; cf. Jer. 13:25.
13 Ezek. 22: 12; cf. 1 Kgs. 14:3.
12 1 Kgs. 2: 15.
19 Deut. 15:18.
15 Ezek. 27:33.
nJer.28:15.
i8lSam.21:3.
i6Ezek.lG:4.
20 The following is a list of these verbs:
HDJ be high; n"p3 long for; PHO (ia
Hithpalpel) delay; njj shine;
HOn
he astonished.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
98
The Most Common
83.
HDJ (Q- Hi-) Be

Flee; (4m?r (Q. H.)
(1)
Ni.) iôri7iYr/(7)
(9)
rh'^y (Q- xi-
n"13
high;
(Q- Hi.)
(5)
hi.) ê<?;
Hithp.) Cleave; (13) ;?JD (Xi. Hi.)
^:^
the knee; (15)
(Q-
^0
ntotr
(Q-
Be humhlcd;
pi
P^- P^-) '^'/ay;
pi
Pu.
m. Ho.
(14) j;-|3 (Q. Hi.)
Withhold; (16) j;^^ (Q. Hi.)
(Q. Ni.)
(Q. Hi.)
hi.) 7?yoice; (ii)
(Q. Ni.
;;pD
H^D
^lo'"; (6) ll'^p (Q-
HVl (Q- ^-
(8)
{12)
(3)
il/ee?,
Bend
touch; (17)
Transgress; (18) ;;-)[^ (Q. Ni.) Rend; (19) ^^t^^ (Q. Hi.>
>*;:) (Q. Ni.)
Be
(lo)
mthp.) Sioaiiow;
Trust;
Hi.)
HlTD
Flourish;
83, Si.-
Guttural Verbs.
''?
HD^ (Q-
Sacrifice;
K- i^-
;;'?D (Q. Ni. Pi. pa.
(2)
[U
wicked; (20) ^^ntT (Q- Pi- Hi.) Satisfy; (21) ;;5-^' (Q.Ni. Hi.) Swear;
(22) ;?^*^' (Q. Xi. Pi. Hi.)
83b.
Hear;
(23)
^Tpn
i/ERBS Containing
[In the verbs '3 guttural of the following
(Q- Xi.)
-S'^rt'Z;?,
Uow.
Two Gutturals.
list,
Q. indicates a Qal Impf. like VtDi"
Q.*, like ba^',; Q.++, like 'lU;'"..]
(1)
r\n
nix
(Qtt
Lie in ambush;
Pi. Hi.)
(Q. Xi. Pu.) Kill;
(Q.* Xi. Pii. Hi. Ho.)
(4)
Be
D")n
(Q- Q-tt Xi. Pi.)
dried np;
(Hi. Ho.) Z>efoe, cZesfroy;
(8)
(2) T]"IJ<
rjlH
(6)
inrT
(Q-* Hi.) Prolong;
Break doicn;
(Q-* Hi.) I^remWe;
(Q-* Xi. Pi.) Reproach; (9)
Ni. Pi.) Cut, engrave; (10) C^-|n (Q-* Hi. Hitlip.)
Be
silent; (11)
Hithp.) Gîwe security, i>lcdge; (12) T]"i;? (Q- Hi.) Arrange; (13)
Ni. Hi.) Shake;
(14) ^"IJ (Q. Xi. Pii. Hi.)
84.
i/ERBS
Sow.
Pe Nun
(\"ti).
[For full inflection, see Paradigm G.]
TABULAR VIEW.
Q.Iu
(5)
(7)
(3)
TT}
UT}
CHIl
(Q.
y]j;
(Q.
^^71
(Q-
2 S'.,]
1.
;'
nrpj- n;!?:
c(.
nc'},
h.
tr"^;5 IC^'JI (45:-4);
Remark.-S':i;!-)
HB'
2. a.
n^t^'
Remark l.-DHJ*
;^*
Remark 2.-np'7
(2:22);
Remark S.-'Jin^
(1:29);
Verbs whose
1.
The
^nOllJ
(1:17);
"fn
(6:7);
D^DV:
(18:2).
cf IJ^^Jri.''
i^'
np*?
(6:21);
(14:21);
pjlj
i^^
nnp_(4:ll).
(41:43);
J exhibit the following peculiarities
takes place
loss of J
Hp
^Sijjj.ia
DpM4:15); 1^.^22:20).
nHT
;i'5
Hj^^ (2:15);
[n
pj 42
':')11(2:21);
r|,SO*
l^^
first radical is
vowel to sustain
.
l.tDN^
X'^
;ii
-jyj)
(2:7); ;?t|l (2:8); i;;jjn (3:3);
TJn(3:ll); kWn(3:13);
h.
;io
(;*p^); ;;j4 (20:6).
(27:26); "^C^
h^j-)
;0
-j^l^'^
yvi'
^<^f cf.
;'
99
40. 1)
when
and with
initial
(4:12).
onl\' a half-
it,
Generally in the Qal Inf. const, of verbs whose stem-vowel in the
Impf and Imv.

.
is
in this ease the fern, ending jH is taken on and the
form becomes a Segholate.

h.
In the Qal Imv. of verbs which have a
Rem.
The Qal Infinitive and
in the
Imperfect.
Imperative of verbs with o in the Im-
perfect do not often lose the initial J,

2.
The assimilation
sj'llable-divider, it
39. 1) when, having under
(I
In the Qal Imperfect, and Xiph'al Perfect and Part.
h.
Throughout the Hiph'il and Hoph
The
36.
li
appears in the Hoph'al,
6. a).
Care must be taken not to confuse with verbs 7"5,
verbs V'3 which assimilate

a Daghes-forte
al.
original preformative vowel
account of the sharpened syllable

Note 2.
it
closes a preformative sjdlable,
a.
Jfote 1.
on
of J takes place
86.
2.
90. 4);
*1
1);
and
(3)
(2)
the
^"^
those
V'^
(1)
those
forms which have
Niph'al Impf. which also
has Daghes-forte.
Remark
in a
1.
The J remains
n-assimilated in verbs '^ guttural, and
few isolated instances besides.
Remark 2. The verb Hp'?

Hoph'al, but in the Niph'al
Remark 3. The verb

rin
= n^ri)i which
same vowel
dip 7^) the

"ipi^
has as
heightened to
ta^ê
its
e,
is
treats
peculiar
stem-vowel
in the
and
like ^ in the Qiil
retained.
'7 is
(1) in its Inf. const,

1,
(2) in
jin (=
the appearance of the
Imv. (JH) and Impf.
(IT)''),
and
(3)
in
the assimilation of the third radical in inflection.

2 2 Sam. 14:10.
sEccles. 3:2.
Ex. 34:30.
sJsa. 34:4.
9Deut. 23:23.
3:5.
-Ps. 144:5.
isJer. 23:31.
12 Ps. 58:7.
isHos. 10:8.
Hisa. 5:29.
w Deut. 31 :26.
J8 Isa. 58:3.
1
Ex.
Num.
4:5.
Sam.
3:34.
lo
le
Lev. 20:10.
53 Sara.
1:15.
nps.
34:14.
"Jer.
51:44.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
100
{U
85, 86..
The Most Common f'S Verbs.
85.
[In the following list Q. designates those Qal-stems which have for the Impf.,
Imv. and Inf. const, the forms So\ VdJ, Sbj; Q.*, those stems which have ^0\,
Sp, rh\^\ Q.+, those stems which have h&, ho, Sbj; Q.t+, those stems which have
SdJ' or *70J\ i. c., an unassimilated J. More or less variation as to the form of the
Qal Impf., Imv. and Inf. const, will be found in these verbs. It is also to be noted
that in some only the Impf. occurs; in others, the Impf and Imv.; in others, only
the Impf. and Inf. const.]
.
(1)
nX^lQ.ttPi.) Commit adultery;
D5J
(3)
(Pi- Hi.)
Look;
A-noicn; (6) ^^^^(Q.tNi.Pi.

(8)
C'JJ
Drive/
(Q*
Ni- Hi.
-)1J
S^^
(4)
Pii.)
(17)
Ftdl; (19)
preeminent;
Vow;
pC'J
Jim
VD^
(9)
(Ni. Hi.
(25)
^p^
86.
(30)
(16)
(18)
Ho. Hithp.) Stand;
(12)
Pii. Hi..
'7m
TOJ
T^p^ (Q- Ni.
%^
(20)
(Q- Ni.) Define;

(26)
njlj
tjÔ
(Ni. Pi.)
(Q- Q-* Pi- Hi.)
Verbs 'AyTn Doubled {};'y).
[For full inflection, see Paradigm H.]
TABULAR VIEW.
(22)
(Q. Ni. Pi.
Ho.) Give; (29)
(Q. Ni. Pi. Hi. Ho.)
Pi.
Hi.
(Q. Hi. Hithp.
H^j
- T
Dp^
(24)
Ho.)
(Q-tt Pi.
(Q- Ni. Pii.)
Ho. Hithp.) Snatch, deliver;
yt^^ (Hi.) i?racA;
Break down;
W;
Know;
(Q.i Ni.
(Q.t Pi. Hi.) Kiss; (28) }n:i
Pi. Pii. Ho.)
n"ll(Q-tNi.
(Q-t Ni.) Plant; (14)
^^p^ (Qt Ni. Hi.) Depart;
ny^
- T
"1^^ (Hi. Ho.) 3Iake
(5)
(^^} (Q. Ni. Hithp.) Smite;
(Q-tt Pi.)
(Ni. Pi. Hi. Hithp.)
(Q.) Observe, loatch; '(23)
(27)
(11)
(21) ^'^^ (Ni. Pi. Hi.
Hithp.) ^fef7e;
(7)
Ho. Hithp.) Ajîyroach;
(Q.)
out; (15) "ID^
Ho.) Pour out;
J^^{^(Q.ttPi.Hl.Hithp.)/)csi^ê;
Pu. Hi.) Touch;
Hi. Ho. mthixilnherit; (13)
Spread
(2)
(Q. Pi.) Witler;
pj
Draw
out.
Be
^VJ
Ho.
Lend;
(Q. Ni.

^ 86.]
1.
(3:22)
/or n; :iD'^for 3i3D*

-T
T
D.tDHVor DD,tDn
'?mn
101
ni m)for inn:-T
nD^vônDJ;
-;
;
/or ':)Snrr.
(4:26)
a.
'7TVor'7'2T; n.^^'/'ôiQ^ mT/'^'-innn.
i.
'^nn
2. .
(6:1), not
for 220'
2D''
T
s^nn non^,
-iNN(12:3); 30^,2
-
"^pl'
'^'HN*;!!
yon
ô^
(6:l)/or '^'pr^n
IDJ
T T
^nn-r^ 2Dn-p
'^np
':'p*,
2PP
;i^
c.
'7mn(4:26)/oo'?r7n; '^rnni^^ ^3^;-
Remark l.-D-l^-2
Remark 2.-D,p^
;^2
- T
?,q^
(17:14);
pnT
4.-':)'73 (11:9);
DD'^^^ IT J^H
(31:19);
.33
pj^p^
Remark 3.--l!3n;^^ "ISH
Remark
};y
(21:12).i8
rsitD.î
ip^"^ Dr\'-p DDNi^"
Db:;2=^
.34
iî^j^ .35
în
(33:5);
,^'
pin.^^
'^pn-,''
'^nn
;16
t^'^îo
'7nn(9:20);
'.-IT-
;^
h.
o< ':)p\
DH^^^
'^D*;^^ DPl;^^
^^^ .36
fi;inj.37
^"10;^" latDH."!
t>b:ii (29:3);
l'?'?V
-:
-;|T
;*2
also
cf.
ffjl
|T
DOtrH.^
Verbs whose second and third radicals are identical tend to unite
these radicals in a double consonant.
This contraction of the two radi-
cals into one takes place in all forms except those
which already contain
a double radical**^ and those forms of the Qal which have a naturally long
The following
vowel.^'^
1.
The
the strong verb
is
h.
In the Hiph
il
laDeut. 2:24.
i,
Cf. also
21
IKgs.
26
Deut. 9:21.
i3
Num.
10:18.
22
27
34:4.
sPs.
68:3.
Sam. 6:5.
3 Sam.
h Jon. 1:5.
Sam. 5:23.
Job
Dn;, (Deut. 19:6);

Ps. 30:13.
18:16.
28
23
Ex.
nV}";,
Lev.
and
and
Part., e, heightened
1 (
30.
is
lo
5:8.
w
24
Deut. 1:28.
10:21.
2. e).
eJsa. 52:11.
uDeut.
2:25.
njer.
21:4.
leJer. 25:29.
Isa. 44:20.
Gen.
292 Kgs. 22:4.

33lsa. 34:3.
3:11.
41
Ex.
E.y. 30:36.
(Isa. 7:8).
Sam.
sJer. 33:22.
11:7.
22:27.
13:18.
Sam. 15:9. 33Ezek. 26:2. 34 Amos

39 Ex. 5:23.
4olsa. 9:16.
Ruth 1:20.
Mic.6:13.
Ps. 32:11.
46 That is in Pi'el, Pu'al and Hithpa'el.
41 Qal Inf. abs. and Participles.
1
found rather than
anomalously lengthened from
6 1
SpX (16:5);
18
32
radical
Stative verbs have a in the Qal Imperfect.
ilKgs. 7:15.
TSKgs. 16:18.
38
is
Perf., Impf., Inf. const,
found instead of
Note.
first
except that
In the Niph'al Impf. and Imv., a
is
the same as that of the corresponding form of
a.
i,
from the contraction
stem-vowcI, which, after contraction, stands with the
instead of the second,
from
peculiarities result
24:26.
Ex. 23:21.
36 Mai. 2:5.
42 Ex. 15:10.
30
20
25
3i
3i
Jer. 33:21.
Gen. 47:15.
Deut. 1:44.
Jer. 22:23.
Job 11:13.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
102
The preformative vowel,
2.
syllable before the tone,
The
(t.
is
86.
whicli after contraction stands in an open
Here
heightened.
original a, heightened to
appears in the Qal Impf. with
a,
o,
the Niph 'ill Perf. and Part., and the Iliph'il Impf., Iniv. and Inf's.
The attenuated
h.
heightened to
t,
appears in the Hiph'il Perf.,
e,
the Hiph'il Part, (after the analogy of the Perfect), and, for the sake of
dissimilarity, in the Qal Impf. with
The
c.
original u, lengthened after the analogy of verbs
V'5
90.
appears throughout the Hbph'al.
3. c) to u,
Remark
1.
The Aramaic form
common.
There
of the Qal Impf.,
made by doubling
compensation for the loss of the third radical,
first radical, in
the
a.
Aramaic Hiph'il of
also an
is
is
quite
similar character, though
occurring more rarel}^
Remark
with e and
2.
Beside
the stem with
the Niph'al has rarely stems
a,
after the analogy of Qal Statives
o,
with the preformative
Remark
3.
The
and there are some forms
retained.
stem-vowel a frequently occurs in the
original
Hiph'il, even with non-gutturals.
Remark
4.
Uncontracted
forms, especially of
the Qal Perfect,
occur in pause or for emphasis.

3.
13irT
I'^p (8:8);
(8:1);
l-l-
-I
*:Db;*
3Dn;=^
J" T
-I
not stand in a
(41:54);
consonant,
-J-.-
(pf
I^T;^
T
J--
n)f2m-^' mDn;i2 rrr:DDn
),
now
is
the Daghes-forte, which could
inserted, while the preceding vowel
retained, contrary to the analogy of the strong verb, and accented.

4.
Before consonant-terminations a separating-vowel
serve the preceding Daghes-forte.
and
*>___
(after the analogy of the
This vowel
(e
The separating-vowel
Irapei'fects.
Remark
1.
"When,
in
is
is
and
36.
(?
36.
1.
a)
(2)
*\
=a+y) of
(=
is
inserted to pre-
6/o?-a) in Perfects,
verbs H"'?
100.
3. c) in
accented, except before Qjl and
inflection, the tone passes
stem-syllable, (1) the tone-long stem-vowels o
{I
TJ--
nr'^^^fl.!^
final
n^nn}
(19:4);
^l^DJ
-I-
ibn.'^
-IT
Before vowel-termination s
3.
(18:20);
HbD;'' 'rbpi,''
nr'^nm
T
J-.'
is
-I
*mD;8
4. ni'?"i;7
(37:7);
^'pj;^
HT)
TAT
and
e are
7jri,
away from the

shortened to
ii
the tone-long preformative vowels arc volatilized
3).
iJudg. 20:40.
6jo8h.H:2.
i2lKgs. 18:3T.
2lsa. 13:10.
-Josh. 5:9.
is 1
Sam.
Cant. 6:5.
1 Sam.23:22.
3: 11.
jEx.40:3.
4lsa. 23:16.
io3Sam.6:23.
Josh. 10:18.
iiJobl6:7.
^87.]
"ijn: thr\\ '-h'^n\ '?'?5iT;^ ^'^T^}-
5. a.
wm\'
h.
îDD'n;^
c-H\)^p:''
:
AT
The
5. a.
The
'rHjHy,'' ^-^p^rw^^
regular Intensive stems, Pi'el, Pii'al and Hithpa'el, are found

;
but more often there are substituted for them,
and
Po'el, Po'al,
The
^?15P^''
^^:i^j'"^
which the
Hithijo'el, of
lengthening in compensation for the omitted doubling

c.
(25:22); "iinrz^^
quite frequent! J'

b.
"Î^p'-'
i^v'in^
T)r)nr2v
'?'?'iDn'^
103
(=
a) is
or
Pilpel (no Piilpal occurs), and Hithpalpel, formed
by the
reduplieatiou of the contracted biliteral stem.
^'y
The Most Common
87.
Verbs.
list, Q. designates those stems which, in the Qal Imperfect, have

those which have the form Dp'; Q-+, those which have the form
Ni.* designates a Niph'al Perfect like DpJ-]
[In the following
the form
OpV
0p'; Q-*,
lin
Tip
Hithpalp.)
(6)
^^D
(Q.*)
Be
Bow
nnjj
Be
Po'al) Pierce;
nr\
- T
Ni. Po'el, Hi.)
(8)
(20)
(5)
Be
Surround;
(Pi. Hithp.) Praij
(9)
(7)
yy^
(10) ")"1V (Q.t Pti. Hi.) Distress;
(Q.t Ni.i^ Pi. Pil. Hi. Pilpel,
Pu. Hi.i^ Hithpo.) Sing, cry aloud;
Ho.) Destroy; (15) QOuJ^' (Q-
^^r\
Curse;
JJH
- T
(Q.)
(17)
^^T}
Dance;
Q*
Q-t Ni. Po'el,
(Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi.
(Q- Pi- Pu- Hithp. Po'el,
(19) '^'^ll (Q. Pi- Po'el,

-
Ho. Hithpo.) Profane, begin;
Ho. Hithp.) Be gracious;
(23) '2'T^ (Q- Pu-)
Pu.
Be dismayed;
li:
Be dumb, amazed;
(Q.* Po'al, Hi. Ho.15
astonished, laid waste.
(18)
(Q. Ni.23 P6'el,
^^Q
^^T)
(12)
J"! (Q. Pi.
(Q. Ni.22 Pi. Ho.)
Hithpo. Hi.) Praise;
(21)
Po'al, Hi. Hithp6.
(Q- Q-* Ni. Pi. Po'el, Hi.16 Ho.)
head;
the
light; (13)
Ho.21 Hithpo.)
(16)
Ni*
^"^^ (Q.
-
Measure;
Ho. Hithpo.) Break;
(14) -TTiT" (Q- Ni. Pi. Pii.

Hi.2*'
(Q*
(Q. Hi. Ho.i7) Cover, protect;
(Q. Po'el, Pil. Hi.

(11)
WOl
(3)
(Q- Ni. Pi. Po'el, Hithpo.)
Hithpo.) Wander;
T|5p
(2)
Pilpel, Hithpal.) Roll;

(4)
Confound;
(Q. Hithpo.)
^b'2
T
(1)
Be many;
(22)
nnil
~ T
(Q-t Pi- Hi.)
(24) ^Tj;"} (Q.t Hi. Hithpo.)
evil.
1 Gen. 20:7.
alsa. 65:20.
< Ex. .5:7.
2lsa. 1:6.
ioJer.51:25.
'Gen. 49:10.
9Eccl.lO:10.
8lsa.53:5.
13 2 Sam. 6:14.
u Gen. 43:10.
is bpJ.
^' njn.
16 3d; and 3D'..
" ^DH.
ePs. 90:6.
sPs. 131:2.
iil8a.29:4,
" P"'n.
i2Jer.51:58,
20
q^'^ or UVi\.

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
104
Verbs Pi 'Aleph (N"Q).
88.
1.
n!:N^Ml:3); '?pNn(2:16);
2.
'?pNn(2:16),fc<'7pN*r)
Itemark.-:rT'?DN
Of
The
2.
This
it is
Ji{
')
is
is
(from
recedes,
i)
89.)'
and the vowel of
which came from
a,
'i
retained orthographically, except in the
Outside
guttural
Note.
Imperfect
(obscured from
orig. a, is 6
}i{
when the accent
Remark.
verbs
SpxU3:6);lphJMl:3).
for their first radical, there are six (see
dropped after the preformative
':)^^^ (3:12).
The Imperfect stem-vowel
generally a
(3:2), Z.^
(3:2);
radical J< loses its consonantal character,
the preformative,
where
Sp}^^
(3:6);
nPiVni
(3:2);
certain peculiarities in the Qal
first
Note.
HpNJ
^"2^^^ (6:21); "IDN** (10:9).

iON*'? (l:22)=-iDN*'?;
t|-v: |v
T|"
(2:17);
-:
the verbs having
which show
1.
[U 88.-90.
"^r^).^
first sing.,
'^)-
in pause
but elsewhere-
it is e.
of the Qal Imperfect, these verbs are treated as
[I 78.).
A few verbs are treated sometimes
as ^{"5)
sometimes as '^
guttural.
The
89.
(1)
raN^
-IDN* (Q. Pi-(a) Hi.)
willing;
(Q. Ni. Pi.
(3)
rilK (Q- Ni.
IIi.
Pu. Hi.) [^2i<\
^m\ nON-n] Say;
(6)
N*"i
Verbs.
-IDN*^] Perlsli; (2)
n^N
(Q.)
[n5N'] Be
Ho.) [r^^^^ also rJlN^] Seize, hold;
b^m Eat
H^N
(5)
^m
(Q. Ni.) [HfiN^]
(4)
(Q. Ni. Hi. Hithp.)
Bake.
^'2^
H^nI
90.]
1.
;^T (4:l)/or;;n;
2.
o.
XV*
[^>i<;i
Remark l.-rn'?
tr'a^5
;^
Remark
;'
"iD''?
;^
3.
3.
-no))
;''
^-
r'l'IJ
c.
-in')n(39:i);
Verbs whose
the prefix
pNTri.^
,1^*1;^
^T
rn':'.^
T"
HDH (11:3).
t
-it
(45:11);
^01.1
|T
;^-
"I'ÎHS
T
(21:5).
;i'^
Hj'pnin
'?av.i5
(28:18);
p'^'.
radical
rivn;^8 n^^rT;i9 in^vi!)''20
was originally
*)
exhibit the following pecul-
passes over into
[I
44.
the Qal Perf., the Pi'el and Pu'al
44.
1.
;
a)
whenever
would be
it
and frequently also after
1. i).
In the Qal Imperfect, Imperative and Infinitive construct, two treat-
2.
ments
a.
exist, according as the radical
(or
the Imperfect has for
its
(before gutturals)
while the
a,
"),
is
of the preformative,
heightened to e
i),
or
now
.
(2)
(3)
the Infinitive construct, taking on the feminine ending JH (cf.

verbs |"5, 84. 1. a), assumes the form of an a-class Segholate
I
106.
1. a).
In those verbs which retain the radical
stem-vowel
a,
while the \ changed to
preformative and gives

Ps. 13:4.
"Ex.
rejected or retained
the Imperative has the same vowel as the Imperfect
noun n'7p [for fl'pD,
'Josh.
is
stem-vowel e (heightened from
standing in an open syllable,
h.
'')
In those verbs which reject the radical

(1)
19
(3:22).
r\V_J
(21:3); T"?'!,*! (11:27); 'r}'>'i)'r\ (5:4); "I'^V (5:3).
first
original
initial, as in
(4:2);
The
1.
ni'^
(11:31); T)'? (26:16);

(12:4); T]'7n (3:15).
ri"?;!
"l"?'*!^
VT.f
4. ji;^r;i'5
(4:1).
;;T(4:17); ^);y{^:1).
(2i:io);
(3:22);
-imM32:25);
tiHin
T"T
T-
I'^n
n'pbv^"
(8:7);
a. -t':5?|M4:18);
iarities
r\m\
(20:7);
2.-rr:3'7;ii HDtr' (27:19); n"l")(45:9);

T
T
:
Remark
jj;--,^^
ni^l
-J-
r\^"\;^
V JV
(4:2);
.-1.
N^n;
1N7^2
(18:13);
^^l
t]'? (12:1); Dti' (20:15);
(2:21);
fjr''
I'rj^ (4:26).
Dt:'_M4:16);
n'7p(3:16); I'^kX
(24:55);
NV (8:16);
i.
= ye-9e7orNVV;
(4:16)
n^'n
(4:18) /o/- n'r^l;
"l'^^
105
22:25.
2:14.
Jer. 11:16.
HPs.
20
45:16.
Josh. 8:8.
1,
the Impej-fecf has for its
unites with the vowel
(i)
of the
Isa. 37 :3.
i.
Gen. 20 :8.
Isa. 27:11.
*,
is
Deut.
Isa. 51:16.
lo
* Lev. 20 :24.
n
Deut. 9:28.
Isa. 18:7.
is
Isa. 58:5.
1 :29.
Ex. 2 :4.
Num.
22:6.
Isa. 14:11,
12
is
Ps. 2:10.
Isa. 9:17.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREAV
106
>'ote. Onlj' three verbs^ retain
")
in the Imperative,
(*)
91.
[?
and these are
verbs which have lost their third radicah
Remark 1. The Infinitive construct has most frequently the form

pSjJ (= n'?^), before suffixes Jl'^p several cases, however, occur of
;
the JForm rh\2
n7U*
the form '^b*
while
few times,
of
tliat
occurs seldom.
Remark
2.
Seeminglj'
sumes the cohortative
Remark
and
found a
is
3.
for compensation, the Imperative often as-
endins?
(^ '2. 3).
The verb T]7* loalh has forms in
Inf. const.: the
forms of the Perfect,
Qal for the Impf..Imv.
Inf. abs.
and Participle are
taken from
The
3.
first
h.
(1),
appears as a
a. It
the Niph
radical
when medial, remains but

consonant onlj'^ when it would be doubled,
;
Impf., Imv. and Inf. const.
al
(I
44. 5.
It unites with the preformative vowel
in the Xiph'al Perfect
as in
c).
and forms
a,
"j
= 6),
(a+w
and Participle, and throughout the Hiph'il
[I
44.
3. a).
c.
It unites with the preformative vowel u,
the Hoph'al
Note.
[I
44.
The
and forms
throughout
3. c).
(from ^"y he ahle)

form '^DV
T
regarded by some as a
is
regular Hoph'al Impf.; by others, as an anomalous Qal Impf.

4.
In a few verbs V'5i the
( 84.)
{=
"))
is
assimilated, just as J of verbs
The Most Common V'3
91.
7"5
described in
90.
2.
list,
Be dry;
(1) t^'3^ (Q.*2 Pi. Hi.)
m*TT (Q*^ Pi- Hi. Hithp.)
Hi. Ho. Hithp.)

(Ni. Pi. Hi.)
(Q.*5[H6.])
Know;
Wait;
Be
I/erbs.
Q. designates those stems described in

b; Q.t, those described in 90. 4.]
[In the following
(3)
'>
was assimilated.
(5)
ahle; (10)
(Q--*)
90.
2.
a; Q.*, those
HI) Labor,
(Q.* Pi.
^Vl
-T
Cast, give thanks; (4)
^H^
- T
&)'ny
-T
V^
(2)
he
(Q. Ni. Pi. Po. Pii.
(Q. Pi.) Join;

'^rV
~
(7)
Ho. Hithp.) Rei)roveJud(je;
(9)
Give;
(6)
(Ni. Hi.
weary;
^rV
- T
^'y
T
(Q.
'i->^
~
Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi.
Ho. Hithp.) Bring forth;
(11)
Vh^^ (Q. Hi.) Walk;
HT;
>
HT,
Inf. const, C^'t.
K")\
cf. also
(12) "ID; (Q-* Ni- Pi- Pii.
the pausal form
r\Wyx no Imv.
Only in Imv., DH, nin, OH, "3n.
Cf. IjSn, which is found in Q., Ni.,
Ho.) Found; (13)
Hl^y (Deut. 33:23).

No Qal Impf.; Imv.
:i
',
Pi.,
inf. const,
Hithp.
rhy
pi.
Impf.
^y
W_.
^JV
90.
3.
N.
BY AN ixDUCTiVE :method.
92.]
(Q.i
Xl
Hi.)
Add;
(14) -)D* (Q.t- Xi. Pi.
(Q.* Xl. Hi. Ho.) Appoint, assemble;
(16)
(Q.* Xi. Hithp.) Ca-e counsel; (18) HtD*
m.3
107
Xithp.) Chastise; (15)
r|^ (Q.*)
(Q*
Be weary;
Pi- Hithp.)
T T
N^'^ (Q. Hi. Ho.)
Go forth ;
H6.-J) î^reac? fZoR-;?;
Q.t Xi.
Pii.
Ho.)
(22)
Form;
(20) JIV' (Hi.4 Ho.-^) Set,
n^*
HV*
^16-A,t; (26) np*^ (Q. Q.* Hi.)
lay snares;
down;
.S'tL-f,
Pi.)
(30)
(Q-t*' Xi. Hi.^)
Be precious;
(28) kSn* (Q.* Xi. Pi.)

"T
n"l (Q.*^
Xl
possess; (32) y^*^ (Q. Xi. Pi. Hi. Ho.)
92.
Kindle;
(29)
Hi.) Cast, instruct; (31)
Sleep; (34)
^t^l (Xi. Hi.) Deliver; (35)
place; (21) V\; (Hi.*

(23)
(25)
(27) Z*\>1 (Q-^ Xi.
Be afraid;
>S'/^,
IT (Q.
-y
"I":*'*
(Q-**')
Ho.) ^//u/,
Hi. Ho.) Gô
(Q.*8 Xi. Pi. Hi.)
dwell;
(33) ?tr'* (Q.* Xi.
Hi.)
Be
left over.
("}).
[For full inflection, see Paradig-m
I.]
TABULAR VIEW.
Qrd
Perf.
Xipli'al
(Q.*
- t
C^^
nH^ (Xl
Verbs Pe Yodh
(17) T^j;*
beautiful; (19)
Pour out;
It (Q. Q.t^ Hi.4 Ho.)
(24)
Be
"J^
Hiph'il
Hoph'al

ELEMENTS OF HEBREAV
108
Verbs whose
iarities
1.
first radical
was originally
[R
93, 94.
exhibit the following pecul-
In the Qal Imperfect the radical
formative
(i)
and gives
(30.
2. a).
'>
unites with the vowel of the pre-
No
forms of an Imperative or of
Infinitives occur.
2.
(a)
In the Hiph'il the radical
and gives
Note.
No Niph'al or Hoph'al forms occur.

The Pe Yodh
93.
(1)
'2\y (Q. Hi.)
right; (4)
unites with the vowel of the pref ormative
e ( 30. 4. I).
p^J
Be
(Q. Hi.)
good;
Suck;
(2)
(5)
("))
Verbs.
Bewail;
(3)
f^J
y^\ (Q.)
Aicahe;
(6)
^^^^ (Q.
Be straight.
94.
(Hi.)i
(Hi.)
'^'^J
Verbs 'Ayin
Waw
{\y).
Go
to the
Pi. Pii. Hi.)

^ 94.]
c.
yc;
-TT
for
^D^
T
N*3(6:13);
T
"jID
tj'njs /or tr'n:i;

T
Dtrn
NDM4:3)/or
(24:8);
Verbs, whose second radical

1.
The second
a.
is
Dt^'H
1. e),
(38:8).
present the following peculiarities
*),
(original)
and forms
li
= b)p''), Imv., and Inf. const.

the
")
having
first
(^)p
been transposed
and unites with a homogeneous
^,
in the Hiph'il Perf., Impf., Inf. const,
whenever
Is rejected
(1)
D^;m
(50:15); Dpn
(41:32);
3. c).
changed to
b. Is
(34:15,
never appears as a consonant, but
the Qal Impf. ('Îp^
30.
c.
^^â*
throughout the Hoph'al
(2)
44.
pD J
Unites with a preceding or following

(1) in
(?
radical
aitr';
TT
f'n^ (41:33);
\):in;'
Dir^/or
-TT
(18:33) /ornicr';
DIQ^* /orD"ID^'7lM17:12);
':)lQn
- T
17:10);
109
with a or
it
forming
i,
and Part.
would stand with a heterogeneous vowel, as
the Qal Perf and Part., where the contraction
a, in
of a-\-a gives a
(?
44.
So
2. c).
also in the Qal Inf. abs. with
6 (=a).
(2)
with a
the Niph. Perf. and Part., where the a
in
and
in comiênsation to a,
this obscured to 6
also in Niph. Impf., Inf. const,
a+a
(3)
with
=a
e,
44.
(I
is
and Imv., where,
lengthened
44. 2.
h);
being
")
so
lost,
2. c).
and
in the Hiph'il Jussive Impf., Imperative,
Infinitive
absolute.
Note.
(qatal),
2. a.
The form of the Qal
not ^^Qp
y^'r\
(3:19)
p-D; i^Tl
;
h.
107.
(g
for
active Participle of
V'^
verbs
is
'^tDp
1).
2)yn
C^^'lTy for
(4:3) /07- N')-l_
^^'h
tTVl^
(50:15) /r.r
fl^-J (41:32)/or
2)'^^^
n^p-.T z^'- m-pn o^p-p 0:9) for

DVpP ^'iT^^for t^yy (= yibh-was = yibhas = ye-bhos).
NrDn
N*n-r7 (4:4^ for
D^-in (42:28) /or ::t:'ifi/oOitf^'rr; pirr;io npivi

l.np (42:38) /or ni^; HnD (35:18)'; ^TO (19:19) /or ^jinp
c.
E.
HD
(20:3).
^'^-my'Vor^')^;
R.
3.
1
^^y
Ex.
3:4.
-Jlsa. 25:10.
isDeut.
5:30.
'^'l^<
(44:3);
llD i^^
HC^'I?;^*
W'?;^^
(32:9)/or ii)y_; i^/iy^-^for tr'l5^'(l)tri5^Vo''/2jer. 30:18.

sJudg-. 16:30.
HJer.
15:9.
sJsa. 25:10.
sjsa. 20:22.
isJer. 9:18.
4Ps.
21:8.
loJsa. 30:33.
is
Ezek.
32:30.
r,
Ezek.
u Num.
nisa.
D^C^^'I^.^^
iW'a.
38:7.
sDeut.
15:35.
12
29:22.
is
1:13.
Jer. 48:39.
Ezek. 36 :33.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
110
B.
^V^
4.
R.
o.':5\tDJ (17:26; 34:22); ni;;j;^
R.
G.
2.
;?U'
(6:17);
The vowel
'H^^^pf
^1
1,111^1(2:15)5
i"^
Hi'?* (29:34); njN*ri-'
^)\^' (1:9);
of the preformative which, after the change has taken
place in the stem, stands in an open syllable before the tone,
heightened
Impf.
and
36. 2.
Tone-long
a.
94,
(11:28).
nbnt- (5:5); nnn
tjt-
(4:8); n)r2\DP*1
t
)t-it-
[DP*],
It
(active), in
a,
generally
is
Here
a).
heightened from an original
a,
appears in the Qal
the Niph. Perf. and Part., and in the Hiph. Impf., Imv.,
Infinitives.
Tone-long
b.
e,
heightened from an attenuated
i,
appears in the Hiph.
and (after the analogy of the Perf.) in the Hiph. Part.; likewise,
Perf.,
few Qal Imperfects with a
for the sake of dissimilarity, in a
(cf.
R. 3
below).
Naturally long
c.
u,
from the contraction of u with the (transposed)
second radical, appears throughout the Hoph'al.
Note. The Qal

contains
the radicals,
all
is
'^^p) being the simplest
(e. g.
form which
used as the root-form, instead of the Perfect
which the second radical does not appear.
('^p) in
Remark
Part.;
Inf. const,
1.
IMiddle
Wuw
"Ayin
verbs have e in the Perf. and
but in the inflection of the Perf., a appears in the stem before con-
sonant terminations.
Remark
2.
Middle
Waw
'Ayin
which comes from
Part.; this 6,
verbs have 6 in the Perf. and
a-\-u (cf. \^)'^
= ba(w)us = bos),
is re-
tained throughout the inflection of the Perf.
Remark
3.
While the Qal Impf., Imv., and Inf.
VL
for their stem-vowel, there are a
a,
upon the rejection of
Remark
4.
(see
few cases
above
lengthened to
1. c. (2)), is
The Qal Impf. has
const, usually
which a occurs
in
ill
Waw
pause
Consecutive the same form (/p^)
'^b'^T o^^t of
Remark
the
5.
and
Remark
Cf.
Ex.
(=
is
is
employed.
employed, which gives
way-ya-qol).
forms
a short vowel
= 6.
(i. e.,
forms with a Daghes-forte in
under the
i)reforniative) occur in the
and Hiph'il.
G.
Some
verbs with
those which are also H""?
7p''"1
Araraaicized
first radical,
Nii)h'al
pause
have
but this
regularly the form /Ip*; but in the
Jussive the form '^p* (which, under the tone, becomes 7p*)
With
;i
21:19.
H'r
(Deut.
Gen.
3:20).
(?
38:11.
o
as
the middle radical, especially
100.), treat the
Ps. 30:3.
3Zech.3:17.
"
Deut.
12:20.
")
-i
as a strong consonant.
Judg-. 3:1 (cf.
n^JH, Josh.
23:4).
BY AN INDUCTIVE
94.]
3. !1N*D^(6:4);
_1
int:
-I"
1,^3(7:9);
-IT
Ill
INIETHOD.
HDCî
TJT
ni^>(8:3);
T
(7:22);
-<.
(10:18);
l^fO:
-IT
)iir>r\'^
1jbj;-'l'?bM34:24);
-IT
J
-I
4. a.
noH;^ n!DV;^
(21:23);
nn")Ji
^nwy,^ id:;''
T
-i:
onbfpîô
T-i.-^:
rapq (6:i8);
tj.-
Before vowel-tenninations (H
3.
w:r';^
raip.;'
t;-it
T,
^np^D
Di;)"!^;'
(i4:22).
*
)i
t:j--t
the preceding stem-vowel
retained and accented, where in the strong verb
is
volatilized [I 63.
it is
K3).
4.
Before consonant-terminations,
The Qal Perfect shortens a
a.
Perfects take a separating vowel
to a;^^ while the Niph'al
(1)
which
is
and Hiph'il
QH
accented except before
and 7n.
When this inserted
Remark.
the stem
which
for the sake of
i,
in the Xiph'al, is accented, the o of
euphony, changed to
u.
The Qal Imperfect generally takes a separating vowel
h.
is,
is
mination
accented
njT
36.
),
ter-
e.
When
away from the stem-
in inflection the tone passes
and
syllable, the tone-long vowels of the preformative (a

(
no example occurs of a Niph'al form with the
the Hiph'il follows the analogy of the strong verb and has
the stem-vowel
Remark.
e)
are volatilized
3).
Remark l.-D,Vp;i7
tO,v'p;i8 \'\T\'Or\ (3:3);
W^
(8:3);
Dp;i^ Dp.ô
Remark 2.-1 JI^L:';! (44:8); ^l^f^pH;-! Îk^^DD;-- nn^DH^-^
Remark 3.-nbpni;-^
Remark
1.
The
nj^DH
nb"in");-*^
a of the Qal act. Part,
while the u of the Impf., Imv. and Inf.
Remark
2.
Instead
;
(27:12).
rarely written with
is
frequently written with
^;
^.
of ^r under the initial pf of the Hiph'il, there
frequently occurs tt, in the

fixes in the third
is
ÎNDm
(20:9);
W^p.^*
first
and second persons, and before
a full vowel, ^^,
is
also
found
in a
suf-
few cases before
a guttural.
Remark
3.
Instead
of the usual stem-vowel
occur several instances of e

following separating vowel
lEx.
4:T.
7Mal. 3:8.
13 Ezek. 16:55.
2lsa. 43:17.
sisa. .50:5.
i-Hos.
10:14.
232 Chr. 15:16.
in the Hiph'il, there
are quite numerous.
Ex. 16:7.
9Ps. 38:9.
3
nl Sam. 7:14.
original Semitic,
(6)
while the cases of e in the stem without a
Jon.
Ezek.
4:10.
30:43.
sZech.
Sam. 13:31.
u Isa. 54:10.
1:16.
i2lsa. 60:8.
ib This shortening- took place in the

Job 30:10.
and does not come under the laws of vowel-change in Hebrew.
is
isJudg. 4:31. i9 Josh. 7:10. 20 Deut. 33 :.-)0. ;i Ps.

24Deut. 4:36.
25 Ex. 26:30.
26 Num. 31:28.
139:18.
22
Ezek. 37 :36,
ELESIENTS OF
112
Wt^2r\'
p'D
c.
^n'73'?Di(^5:ii); S5'75M47:i2);
The
5. a.
tl5U'^
(1:20);
The
ening
The
;''
ri'?[7ln.8
i'?-)'??
found
is
':'n'7nrin."
i^'
forms of the
In the place of the regular stems are found,
and Hithpolel, of which the 6 (=
Polel, Polal
compensation for the omitted doubling
in
c.
;''
'r'")'??
regular Intensive active stem (Pi'el)
others do not occur.

h.
95.
[?
(2:24); 1^^313
h.
HEBREW
Pilpel, Polpal,
length-
a) is a
or
and Hithpalpel, formed by reduplicating the
contracted stem.
'Am Waw
The Most Common
95.
(V;?) I/erbs.
an
[In the following list Q. designates an Impf., Imv. and Inf. const, with u; Q.*,
Impf., Imv. and Inf. const, with o - a.]
(1) "I'lN
Despise;
(Q*^- Ni. Hi.) Shine;

(4)
2^13
Hithpo.) Sojourn;
Thresh;
(8)
|n
(6)
Ît (Q-) Flow;
Hi. Ho. Hithpo.)
(2) N*1:Q
(Q*
Hi. Ho.) Enter;
(Q.*i2 Polel, Hi.i^ mthiô.)
Be
Judge;
(Q. Ni. Hi.)
tit (Q- Hi.) Boil;
(9)
(10)
SlH (Q.
mjl
(5)
CTI'l (Q- Ni-
(7)
ri^ (Q.)
(3)
Be ashamed;
HI
(Q.
Ho.)
P61el, Polal,
in pain, bring forth;^^ (11) IlID (Q- Hi.i^)
Be good;
Contain;
(13)
p") (Q. Ni. Polel, Polal,
Hithpo. Hi. Ho.) Prepare, establish; (14)
y)^
(Q. Polel, Hi. Hithpo.)
(12) '713 (Q. Hi. Pilpel, Polpal)
Scorn;
Be
(15)
DID
(Q- Ni. P61el, Hithp6.) Melt; (16)
(Q- Ni. Hi. HithpO.)
moved; (17) '7ID (Q- Ni. Hi.) Circumcise; (18) tTIQ (Q. Hi.) Depiart;
(19)
DID
Polel, Hi. Ho.)
(Q-^''
(Q. Hi.) Flee; (22)
Shake,
sift;
Turn aside;
{31)
IIV
(29)
(Q. Ni. Hi.)
j;')^
(26)
n)V
(Q- Pi- Hi.
(Q- Hi.i^ H6.18) Rest; (21)
Move, nod;
(23) f]1J (Q. P61el, Hi.
^D
(25)
(Q- Hi.
Ho. Hithpo.) Testify;
(Q. Ni. Polel, Pilpel, Hi.) Scatter;
J*?l)
(33)
HO
(27)
D1J
Ho.)
Ho. Polel)
C^)^ (Q. Polel,
(28) '^^}; (Q. Ni. Polel, Pi. Pilpel, Hi. Hithpal. Hithpo.)
(Q- Hi.) Press, besiege;
Eise, stand;
(20)
Turn hack;
(24) JlID (Q- Ni.)
Hi. Ho. Hithpo.) Fly;
Awake;
Die;
(32)
Dip
Hi. Hithp6.) Shout; (35)
p")
Ql^
(Q.) /l/s^-
(Q. Pi. Polel, Hi. llo. Hithpo.)
(Q- Polel, Polal, Hi. Ho.)
0)1
(30)
(Q. P61el, Hi.)
Be
Eun;
high;
(34)
p_)1
(Pii.
(36) ÎL^^ (Q- Polel,
Polal, HI. H8.) Turn.

lEsth. 9:31.
7 Ps.
ePs. 9:8.
12 Perf with o.
.
16
2Esth.9:27.
s
37:23.
i3
Perf. no, Part. flD.
Perf.
>'
Job
15:7.
Ps. 119:106.
ojer. 20:9.
lo 1
n Cf.
V^'2^T^.
n'JH or H'^H.
97.
'
(4).
PJ^n
Kgs. 20:27.
lO'pn,
or
Ruth 4:7.
uEsth. 4:4.
D'tp";! /rom 3M\
Ps. 119:28.
pliin.
cf.
f.
96, 97.]
Verbs 'AyTn Yodh [^'yi
96.
1.
vy-}
^yy-r
T
T
n:i^3;=^
T
J*
-!
p;^
I
pT(49:i6);
'?u^^
ii'yf'
J'
T
"T
*
'
*)
94.).
[I
1.
U^^^
-IT-
for their second radical
The Qal Imperfect, Imv. and

There are a few forms with
p^^
fW''^
-IT-
v,^^
(30:40).
'.
but slightly from verbs with
Inf. const,
This arises from yi or iy
(2:8);
diflFer
There may be noted two things
stem-vowel.
2.
*>
r':)^7
(24:23); D^t:^* (30:42); Jl^ti^N (3:15); cf.
Verbs with
113
have
instead of u for their
= Vyj
P? ~
P*?*
retained in the inflection of the Qal
Perfect.
Note
1.
By
some these verbs are regarded
but remnants of
as
Hiph'il forms.
Note 2.
The
of verbs 'Ayin
Niph'al, Hiph'il and Hoph'al are precisely like those
Waw.
The 'AyTn Yodh C'y) Verbs.
97.
[The following
contains the verbs generally classified as
list
the Qal their forms are those of verbs
'"'^.
Outside of
Q-* designates those forms which
V'J7.
have
also V'J? forms in Qal.]

(1)
p3
^^y (Q.*) Exidt;
(Q. Ni. Hi. Polel, Hithpo.) Perceive; (2)
<Q.* Ni.) Judge;
'^^H (Q.* Polel, Polal, Hi. Ho. Hithpo.)
(4)
^^
^n (Q.* Hi.) Strive;
(8) XV''^
Hi. Ho.) Put; (10)
'^'''t^
Lodge;
(Q.* Hithpo.)
he strong, wait-}^ (5)
Be
(6) tJ^>p (Q.*)
(3)
in pain,
Bejyart; (7)
(Q.* Polel) Speak, meditate; (9) Q'tT
(Q.*) Rejoice;
(11) Tti^* (Q-* Polel,
[H
(Q*
Ho.) Sing;
(12) n^tr' (Q. Ho.) Put.

IPs.
1
Ex.
19:13.
33:18.
2Ps.
sps.
28:5.
sJer. 16:16.
Dan.
^Prov.
5:3.
9:2.
lo
Job
33:13.
sPs.
23:1.
Cf.
95.
31:2.
(10).
6Ps.3:ll.
lU
ELEMENTS OF nEBIIEW
98.
Verbs Lamedh 'Aleph (i^"^).

[For full iiiDcction, see Paradigrn M.]
TABULAR VIEW.
[98,

I 99.]
Verbs whose third radical
Final
1.
vowel except
Note.
this does not affect
1);
any preceding
a,
as in the Qal
and Hoph'al Perfects.
The Qal Impf. and Imv. have a for their stem-vowel, after the
Medial
82.
(I
1. a).
treated as a consonant (guttural),
is
a.
Before
b.
Before the S'wa which precedes the suffixes
Medial
3.
43,
in the Niph., Pu'al
analogy of verbs '7 guttural

2.
which, in an open syllable, then becomes
a,
and Imv.; and
Perf., Impf.
exhibit the following peculiarities
is }<
alwaj's quiesces
115
all
vowel-additions.
i^ quiesces
(i. e.,
DD
T],
|2)
loses its consonantal character) before all
-consonant-additions, the preceding vowel becoming
heightened from
a. -^,
h.
the Qal Perfect (active).
a, in
heightened from
-^,
1,
in the Qal Perfect (stative),
and in the
remaining Perfects.
c.
(e),
Remark
heightened from
1.
In
a, in
the Imperfects and Imperatives.
addition to instances indicated under 3 (above), f<
a tendency to become silent in many isolated cases.

Remark 2. ^, losing its con.sonantal character, is frequently dropped.
Remark 3. There are numerous examples of verbs i^"/ with the
shows
H"/
inflection of verbs
many
cases, of the
N")3
T T
Hide;
(3)
an evident confusion, in
100.), there being
The Most Common Lamedh 'Aleph [i^"b) Verbs.
99.
(1)
(^
one class with the other.
(Q- Ni. Pi. [Hi.]) Create;
N*Dn
T T
(Q. Pi- Hi. Hithp.)
Hothp.) Be unclean;
(5) N^ (Q.
(2)
Sin;
Hi. Ho.)
}<an
T T
(4)
Pu- Hi. Ho. Hithp.)
(Ni-
XDD
(Q- Ni- Pi- Pii.
Go forth;
(6)
T T
Be
afraid;
(7) J^'^D (Q- Ni. Pi.) Restrain;

T T
Hithp.) Be full; (9) }<^;0 (Q. Ni. Hi.)
Find;
(8)
(10)
Be
iconderful; (13)
KDi*T
(Q-)
Be
(15) ^{'^p (Q. Ni. Pii.) Call; (16)

t|t
Pi. Hithp.)
Heal;
^m
thirsty;
(14)
"T
(Q- Ni. Hi. Hithp.)
Lift up; (11) N::^ (Ni. Hithp.) Prophesy; (12)

T T
J<n (Q. Ni. Pi.)
i;hr2 (Q- Ni. Pi. Pii.

**
T T
Hithp.
^^Q
T
(Ni. Pi. Hi. Hithp.)
f^JH
(Pi. Hi.)
Be jealous;
tJt
Xnp
t)t
(Q. Ni. Hi.) 3feet; (17) Nfi-) (Q. Ni.
(18) i^^t^ (Q. Ni. Pi.)
Sate.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
116
Verbs V'? or
100.
[For
called H"'?.
"'?,
Paradigm
full inflection, see
100.
L.]
TABULAR VIEW.
Niph'al.
Qrd.
Pi'el.
Pii'al.
Hiph'il.
Hithpael.
nopn
nopnn
ntpp!
^^\>^\
^^\)t^
noprin
HDpn
perf.
nop
r\i2\^^
Huip
rM2\>
impf.
n'Ci^\
npp'.
nqp^
ntpp^^
imv.
npp
nppn
nop
Inf. abs.
riDp
HDpj
liop
ilDp
niop
nvopn
niop
Inf. const,
Hpp
ÔP
Part. act.
Part. pass.
1.
a.
h.
c.
/.
H^pr^P
nppp
HDPJ
H'^JIH-^
(2:6); H'^D (18:33); nJDJ
HPCT
t:t
t:t|t:n\T (1:29); ThT (2-6); H'^DkV (24:45); HJ^k^ (30:3); ^^^3
n^';;(i:ii); nj;'"i(4:2); n'^D.p;* rq^? n^twq (24:2i).
ri^n
i^
(18:18); riiy^-:^
nitrj;j2:3); niNi(2:i9);
nir:i; (6:14); nj;^;i2
Verbs whose third

lowing peculiarities
When
nip; nrinn
;i
niJ^H
nvnn(6:i9); ni'?nrirT"
n^nni^^ rh-^}'
r^'^r^^''
n^nn.ie
Verbs whose third
'>.
radical is
*>
present the fol-
the third radical
(*)
would be
except in the Qal passive Participle.
final, it is
everywhere rejected
Its place is generally supplied
the vowel-letter H, and hence these verbs are
Upon
hdh.^
(i5:i);
radical is T are very few, the ^ in nearly every case
having passed over into
1.
HPp^
rrOpP
,Tn(2:10);
TT
^. ilDin;^
e.
niop nropn niDpnn
commonly termed
the rejection of the ^ the following vowel-changes take place
heightened from a
a. a,
by
H'''^:
[l
36.
2),
appears as the vowel of the second
36.
2),
[l
36.
2),
radical in all Perfects.

h. e,
heightened from a
radical in all Imperfects.

c.
6,
heightened from a
radical in
all
ilKg-s.
6:7.
n Sam. 2:27.
13
Josh. 9:20.
Participles, except the Qal passive.

2Esth.2:C.
sPs. 40:2.
uPs.
59:14.
3 Ex. 21:20.
Deut. 13:10.
Ezek. 6:11.
i".
lo
i-.
Job 9:22.
Ha-. 1:2.
1
Kg-s. 18:1.
Ex.
2
2:11.
Sam.
13:2.
clSam.
12
1:10^
Mic. 6:3,
BY AN INDUCTIVE BIETHOD.
100.]
(obscured from
d. 6
Yowels of
6 (obscured from
e.
appears as the ending of

/. e (written
Imv's
2.
m.
(2
/or
c.
4.
J- -: |-
It
T J"
|-
appears in
(45:i9);
::[:
all
VH
t
n^f^nn.^"
T
T -J"
:
iT^H;"
^nnV(3:17); ^TJp(4:l);
(3:14)-,
.:|v
-I'-
j-
rpt^^fii (19:33); 'HT'^^^Tw''^
~-:|v
j--
nm^^Tw^^
'ny^'^'^-'"''
Hilt:^;; (27:17);
T
|T
r\r\ir\
":
^T
nnJ5n;2i
nnNn:(9:i4);
nnpcr'n
nn'^D;t
t ||t:
T -:
T
:
|T
(24:46).
preceding vowel
it is
Before vowel-additions, the radical

its
ending H)
fern,
VDH;!
?rnN*^2
?V3^;3
t
t
t
(=hayawath+a);
n-nNI
- T
T
|T
(38:14);
|t
nnnv
J"
'.
/or
(1:2)
n"l(l:22); ^5(1:22);
pnn (41:36);
:
2.
DiT\'Tl(3:5); n^CT;^
HiTH
T
with
from the contraction of
nrtD-ij;"
iT\i:;
n'în:^
X _i:
-I"
with the
a)
^'^y[2.:l)fory>'r?y- 11pMl:9) /or V1p;

|t
h.
Hiph. and Hoph.).
(e) in
construct.
all Inf's.
inn^
ni;
:
a.
the usual vowels, appear as the stem-
lengthened from
a,
arising
)>
3.
e,
sg.).
11-)M1: 26) /or

(1:14)
and
a)
absolute (the latter
tlie Inf's.
117
is
usually rejected, together
retained, however, in pausal and emphatic
forms.
3.
Before consonant-additions, the radical
stem-vowel, always
a. e
h.
though
c.
4.
to
(*
a,
in the Perfects of the passive
unites with the preceding
forming the diphthongal ay, which appears as
thinned from
e,
stems (rarely
i (*
),
Pi'el
and Hiph'il stems very frequently have
),
(^
nT
Note.
);
contracted from ay, in Imperfects and Imperatives.
The Perfect 3 sg.fem. of
which
it is
generally in the Perfects of active stems,
is
all
stems has the old feminine ending
added.
This H
iiiay
be merely euphonic
or it
may be
the usual
feminine ending, added after the analogy of other verbs.

^. a.
^r-^ for
Thy. r^-^for'n)%\ a-in-Vornnrr/ornn-irr;
for cpnrr for HiDnn;
"iîr^-'
for
qw
rhyn-
6Deut.8:13.
iDeut.33:37.
4lsa.21:12.
6Ex.l5:5.
2lsa.41:5.
3Tsa.33:7.
n Ex. 17:5. i2Deut.4:19.
lo Ex. 26:30.
sisa. 14:10.
sDeut, 27:9.
'Ezek. 33:2.
lo Ezek. 31:15.
13 Ex. 32:7.
h Ex. 33:1.
lePs. 32:.5.
wDeut. 1:44.
nDeut. 3:21.
"Lev. 4:2. 20 2 Sam. 1:34. 21 Jer. 49:24. 22H08. 11:6. 23 ps. 119:18. 24Deut. 3:28.
25 Judg. 20:38.
acDout. 9:14.
27 Ex. 8:1.
ELEMENTS OF UEUREW
118
h.
':^'\for
(1)
n^')}M
(2)
;itr'n(9:21)/ornnp'n; ^D''l(27:38)/orn5;i'l; ;it^"NM24:46).
nri)n;
ng'f'v
{3)p;i(2:22)/y/-nnn-' 3"}M1:22); ]t^\.^ 1,Ty,4
n^Dni;
(4)
fiDniV"'-
(5)
j;crn(4:4);
(6) '?jin^ ./'

T
(8)
pern
a.
(29:10) /or
Of
Consecutive
(1)
for
^^l^! (9:27)
final radical
and
'^=1^*1(9:21).
or ^"
preceding vowel,
its
in t'he Imperfect
{U
the verbal form
(2) it
(3) it
(4) it
when used
i.e., Jl
may
in Hiph'il
37. 2.
'i
c.
as a Jussive, or with
stand without change
or
may have the vowel of the preformative heightened or

may receive the helping-vowel -r; or
may receive the helping-vowel ^r, and also have the vowel
;
of the preformative heightened
(5) in
guttural forms
is
employed as the helping-vowel
(6) in
the Niph'al there
is
no further change
(7) in
the Pfel and Hithpa'el there
of the characteristic Daghes-forte
frequently employed, in
is
which case the -^ of the prefoi*mative

tone to 6
36.
HD (Q. Ni. Hi.) Despise;
(2)
T T
^^2
Fall away, decay;
(4)
Hithp.) Reveal;
H^'l
T
T
(6)
fornication;
iJob31:27.
is
2).
The Most Common Lamedh He {T\"b) Verbs.
707a.
Ilea. 47:3.
also the necessary rejection
is
(8) in the Hiph'il the helping-vowel
Commit
Waw
H^,
After the loss of the
72. 2, 73. 3).
/-
often inserted, according to
is
fOT^
HJTliD!;
n~ in the Pi'el, Hiph'il and Hithpa'el Imperatives
forms, a helping
h.
Hptr'n;
takes place as follows
Of
(22:12).
tr;;p
a2:7); j^nNi.s
n'7:in; Nn**")
TJ
T
|T
V T
'?:Dn(2:2)>-n'v'Dn;OT(2:l6); fon; 1VN*V''"
(33:19).
fj:);!
(43:34).
C^;ri_(l:7);
(7)
(1
(1)
n'^ni
N*"in:i(3:6);
fspjllj*'
nnnM4:l); in;M4:5);
Apoeopation of the
5.
and
101.
(8)
2Num.21:l.
Ex. 6:3.
niDlS (Q- Pi-) êep;
(Q- Ni.)
BuM;
(Q- Ni. Pi.IIithp.)
HT (Hi. Hithp.)
3Ex.2:13.
9 Jon. 3:1.
(3)
T T
(5)
Be
Vi.)
Tib^ (Q- Ni. Pi. Pu. Ho.

like;
Thauk;
4Ruth2:3.
loDeut.
n'?3(Q.
T T
3:18.
r.
(7)
(9)
Kgs.
HJ?
TT
(Q.
Pu. Hi.)
H")* (Q- Ni- Hi.)

10:1.3.
Dout.
3:1.
iiJudtM5:4.
101, 102.]
Cast, instruct; (10)
HDD
T T
(12)
n^D
T T
(14)
m.
,1^2
T T
(Q. Pi.)
Quench;
119
(Q- Pi- Pu-)
n'?3
T T
(11)
Conceal; (13) Hi'? (Q- Ni. Hi.) Join;
(Q. Ni. Pi. Pii. Hithp.)
T T
(Q. Hi.) Rebel; (15)
Hi.) ^ncZ;
(17)
HIS
(Q. Ni. Hi.) >S'^;T^c^ out; (16)
HDJl
T T
Ho.) Turn about;
Watch, cover;
(21)
HC^P
T )t
(23)
Redeem;
(Q- Ni. Hi. Ho.)
obeisance;
rbrS
T T
(27)
7^.
HID
(Q- Ni. Pi.) Wait;
H^C) (Q.
(18)
P6. Hi.) Meditate;

(Qnnn
T T
Pi.
Wipe
Hi.)
off;
(13)
Answer;
Be
willing;
Ni. Pi. Pii.) Do,
n\1
T T
(2)
(7)
^^
Drink;
(29)
make;
H^H
T T
(Q-)
Be angry;
(Q. Hi.)
(8)
T T
(12)
Go up;
5e
(6)
(10)
nilD
T T
(14)
fruitful;
(20)
(Q- Pi- Hi.) Multiply;
n':'n (Q- Ni.

T T
Encamp;
(Q- Ni. Hi.) itfeef;
HDIl
T T
(Q-)
(Q- N^- Pu- Hi.)
HJl^
(Q- Ni. Pi.
(16) Htf^;^ (Q-
(18)
nSl^
T T
(QHN")
t t
(Q- Pi-
Ni. Pii.
(22) H;^") (Q- Pi.

T T
Hi. Hithp.) Feed; (23) Hfi"! (Q- Ni. Hi.)

T
(3) ,13.1 (Q-
(Q- Pi- Hi.) Live;
HJIl
T T
(9)
TTSQ
T T
(17)
Time,
nDH (Q-) îA;e a noise;
(5)
(Q- Ni. Pi. Pii. Hi. Hithp.) Afflict;
HDI
T T
Be
feeble;
(24)
HV^
T T
(Q- Ni. Pi.
Be pleased.
Verbs Doubly Weak.
102.
In the following
list
there are given synopses, or partial sj^nopses, in
"various stems, of those verbs
2.
n'?J< (Q- Hi.) Swear;
(Q. Ni. Hi. Ho. Hithp.)
Hi. Ho. Hithp.) See; (21)
HDkV
T T
Hithp.) i?o
(26) Plllt:^' (Q-
n")^
t|t
1.
(Q- Pi- Hi.)

H"!"!
T T
(28) nillT' (Q- Ni.)
Be;
(Q. Ni. Hi. Hithp.)
Watch, overlay;
Hi. Hithp.)
(24)
Guttural
(Q- Ni.)
(19)
Pii.)
(Q. Ni. Hi.) Gê^, o6-
T T
(7oceii;e;
rilV
(15)
(Q- Pi- Pu.)
,15^
T T
T T
Pu. Hi. Ho. Hithp.) Be sick;
n"in
T T
H^p
sharp, hard;
(Pu. Hi.) Drink;
(4)
Pu. P6.)
TrMS^- (11)
(20)
Lamedh He {n"b) and, at the same
(N*"Q)
(Q-)
Pi. Hi.
Hang.
I^/?B5
HDN*
T T
Be
(22)
(Q- Ni.) Capture;

tl2l^
T T
'^ OR
(1)
Command;
,11^
T T
npir
|t T
(Q- Ni. Pi.)
70
(Pi- Pu.)
(19)
(25)
(Q-
T T
(Q- Ni. Pi. Hi.)
Have dominion;
HfiD
T
r
T T
tain;
Complete;
be toilling-Q^]
come-Qai
nr\i^
T T
whose
n^N*
T T
inflection presents special difficulties:
(Dil'DN*),
~:
V
(iiiN*),
HfikX
-IT T
T T
vriN, ni-Tij^.-Hiph.: [nnni
HDN*^ CinN'), HDN*.
rnx;),
o^n^*^
nHN*^ (Niin,
|T-.-:|v
T v: Iv
.
.:].
vnn (imv.).
-!
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
120
3.
n.ter-q-x]
N*n
NO. N3:
4.
5.
^^^-Qai
n^n
live-Qai
6.
^1:3,
n\T
.:!
n*n,
T T
NOH, NO!:;
Hoph.:
nvn
'.:
'.
.TH, n*n crn), n'rn'?
{'H'),
v:
I'..
tthd-, Hiph.: n^nn, .Tnn,
nnn,
mv, min, nnm,
T
minn,
n'linv
nrn,
^^'^ (Vn),
.thn), n\n,
"
t
t
(vnv
H^H, .TH*
M/. Hiph.:
ni*
TT
r\'i)r\n,
7.
n'n
n'ti'.
N'n,
1^3DHNS)N*U\
^1X3.
(HNS,
T
T
JT
JT
T JT
NOn.
n\n
T T
rrn,
102.
X^nn, NOV. N*an. NDH,
Hiph.:
N?in. NOV.
N3T
[?
pt'ei
nvnn.
nii!:; Hithpa'ei:
rrînp.
NV^ ^0 forth-Qa] N^;, NV.V NV'
NT:*';.
......
HNV- NV^
Hipli- N^VIH,
N'VV, NVin, NVin, N^Vin, N^VIt:; Hoph.: N*Vin, NVItD.

^
8.
;^T
^T^^^
^ÎT.^
Hithpa'oi
9.
NT
;?T,
/.-^rny-Qrii:
ie
^î^,
^l)p^ ;^T^.
^x
-y
î^y,
Hiph.:
nyij ^ly, ^)y;
n^pIl:
;;nin, j;nv, ;;nin, ;;niD;
;rînv ;;iinn.
a/mic?-Qal
"T
NT,
NT,
N^V
"T
T
t:
N'I*
NIph.:
(HNT);
:
t
NTV
"t*
Nnl:.
T
10.
HT
cas^
TT
tWrc^-Qal: HT, HNT,

HT, HT,T niT, nnV;
'.:*
TT
V
;
mph.: nnin, nnv, nnin,

T
11.
HDJ
T T
^/-eteA-Qal
n^^
HDn,
.Tl?i (D!1),
smite-uivh.:
n;?^; Hoph.:
13.
Ntr:
TT
Uft
npn
HDH, Hî
DH), ni21
...
..
(dh),
C]:^!),
nroi HDJ, ^Dl

^
..
ni^n, np^.
n^H
n^n, non,
(^H),
HDH, ngv n^p.
p-Qal
and Ntr^),
14. ^'p;
HDl HD^
(D^,
.....
T T
Hiph.:
12.
nnin, htd.
i<m
TTT-T
NtTl Nb*V NtT,
Nlt^^l HNt^^
T
HNtT
(also
Nitri
T
'
R-a//o-Qai:
"^'p*,
^S, HD';'
mph.: ^''pin
(rarely
-|yn),
'q^'pr, T]'7in, ^*'7in, 'q^'?!!:.

15.
iG.
T|Hn ;?7c-Qal:
T)"?,*!,
r|'?n!,
np"? â/.e-Qai
Hp'^,
Hpv Hp,
Ntph.:
TJ'?,'!,
^l'?n,
Hip'?,
np'71 np'pv np'^H; Hoph.: np^.
^'?.'l,
nnp.,
"l^H
np'?,
Xiph.:
nip"?
BY AN INDUCTIVE 3IETHOU.
103.]
pi
jn^ g(ve-Qa\:
17.
tn|v
Pin, pj;
ntr;; iaA-e-Qai
18.
pHl Dn,
fnV p,
Hoph.:
p\
H^,
^tr;^^ n'^y,
Hisn see-Qai
HNni
HN"); Niph.:
HTO"
</oic
ô((;
n."!nn*^rn,
a. CJ^"13 he
I.
c.
2)0
HNnp. niNnn.nNni
nxn^;
Hithpaiei
[ni
n w,
HN*")-
nwn,
Hiph.: nxirr,
nNnn, ^ên9.
ninpc'^ (innrn),
Defective and Kindred Verbs.
ashamed, Hiph.
Ji^'^DIl
^y,
hut also tT'^niH from
and Hiph. D*D\1

... from
afraid; but Impf. IIJ^ from
DD^
_ ^
'y\^,
T
(Z.
Hoph.:
niiipir'n,
Niph.:
W-
ni
nir^r^
(NTi, N")ni), HN"),
he good; but Impf. ^D**,

_
ijl ie
pnj;
nnqip^p^n, n"inn:p>p.
705.
1.
HN^T;
nii^n, r\)în,
Hi^"!!,
20.
HNT
HN^-
[ril
n?^^>
îtr;;; Niph.-. ntrjL'*; (nnb'j^^j),

19.
121
t^p* awake, used only in Impf.; the Hiph. Perf.
ppll
(from Tip)
being used as Perfect.

e.
Z;/TA;
pfij
ri51
/.
but Impf. pl), Imv. pIQ, Niph.
Polel pyl), Hithpo. 'pV'iSnn, Hiph.
r\Tyi^ drink, in Qal

T
2.
ui pi'eces, Pi. pfp^?
p5n come from
p*l).
but Hiph. HPtJ^'n from HpC^^'.

|t
It T
:
a. iXO"* udd, used in Qal, but the Inf. const,
and Impf. (fl^piH and
fl^DV) are taken from the Hiph'il.

approach, with
h. Jj/J^
Qiil
Impf., Imv. and Inf. const.
-T
nm\
3.
nnj
d.
rinJ pour
?e^?,
with Qal Perf. and Imv. (,1111, but Hiph. Impf. (,1111).
out,
-T
^^"7 and
11(1 and ilDII

|tt
)|-T
with Qal Impf. (T^H^) and Niph. Perf. ("]ni.
he loarm; Q.tDt^
and on*
D^^n
-T
-T
^y^
T^l'^
mock;
engrave;
and
119
and
3^1
-t
QLJ'^ ?y icaste;
-T
and 113
n3J
- T
-
dm
^^^'îf'';
and DIH
Dt^n
-T
and 115 hreak; ^(l and
(I'll
^''i"<?;
midtiply; 7J31 and 1.31 shout

,121
tt
I-t
tt
and r\y^ ^rr; '^DJ and '^1^ circumcise;
D::1,
- T
tJ^JI^
but Niph'al Perf. (tTJ^.
c.
/<???;
(IJ'JI*,
IDJ
and TIID anoint;
away; fl^ and

'^Di and tl'l^f^de
TT
~T
and ,1!21 ^^ sUent; 1^1. Ill,

|-t|
TT
N01
tt
,10
TT
despise;
and ,1^1 crush;

tt
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
122
nny,
"ly* and
-T-T
and
HDD
'^))^
^^^^ SS^r and Tlbt^

TT
press;
104.
[?
-r-T
draic
off;
-T-T
00^2, Di<t2
riif^f-
T T
In some cases, stems from different (though kindred) roots are used
1.
to
make up the
inflection of the
same verb; such verbs are
In other cases, forms from different stems
2.
(of the
called defective.
same
root) are
used
make up the inflection of the same verb.

3. In many cases, two or more roots exist which have two radicals in
common, and also the same general signification. These are called kindreU
This fact seems to point back to a time when A'erbs were bilitA'erbs.
to
eral, the third radical in
each case being a later addition to modif j' the
fundamental meaning of the original

alitj^ after it
biliteral root, or to
make
I.
/
\
THE QAL perfect AND IMPERFECT.

Impf with
Perfect.
[qatal]
o.
Impf.witha. Impf. withi

[yaqtal]
[jâqtiil]
[yaqtil]
Strong
'5
gut.
';; gut.
'^^\}
'b gut.
'7d:i
-
f"3
rv
Dpp. Op
op;. u^\
A-
r')
b\2'
~ T
bViî?:'
(a)
'?P
yy
'r^pia)
b'T^'
Ntpp
N*pp'
nop
1
Cf. also
Jy gut.
bpp, Sbp
(8 64.2,;j).
Jussive and with
this triliter-
characteristic, universal.
A Comparative View of the Strong and Weak Verbs.
W4.
"^Z
had become
Waw
Or
Hoy]'' also Sui''.
Consec. in pause.
'
Also
Only in verbs
ipjt''.
?")
60nlyin|ri\
and
BY AN INDLX'TIVE MIETHOD.
104.]
2.
THE
Pl'EL
AND pO'Al PERFECTS AND IMPERFECTS.
123
124
4.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
104.
THE NIPH AL AND hVTHPA'EL PERFECTS AND IMPERFECTS.
XII. ilVovms.
705.
The Inflection of Nouns.
Saying, from "I^N*
1- "1!2N*
: A
"OT
T T
Word, from "1^1
flltD />t'^/^
from
V-IT
nit:.
2.
pN*-1iTn(l:24); piy-^^St:
3.
,Tn
T -
(1:24);
iTtiW
...
(14:18);
D*-DrtD^
^
(1:1);
nnN(20:l); HJiDV
(13:14).
niN*-nhiV
(1:14);
(1:22);
u'}::^ (3:6).
4-
j;'pl-rp"|
5.
T-1T
(1:14);
mi-njn
p;r-D:)*r;^
(3:22);
(3:5);
C^X-^^'W*
The inflection of nouns includes,

1. The formation of the noun-stems from
from other nouns
2.
Hebrew
3. The addition
4. The changes
(1:2).
(3:16).
the root (?i 106.
118.), or
119.)
[I
The formation
OOS-^î?
(1:26);
of cases
(?
121.),
a means of inflection almost lost in
of affixes for gender and
number
(? 122, 125.)
of stem and termination in the formation of the con-
[U 123, 125.);
The addition of pronominal
struct state
5.
106.
1.
suffixes (? 124, 125.).
Nouns with One, Originally Short, Formative Vowel.
['7Dp,A^'' qatl]
*^^^ Earth ;
T))^^,,
Evening ; p{< Stone;
p^
Swarm.
Z*.
['^PP/orqiti]; '^^^^Herh; ^^^^ Book ; ^]);HeIp;
c-
['^pb
2. a.
/o?" qiitl]
pr Seed;
(=
"Ip^ J/onim^; "1^^^ Darkness ; *ipX Saying.
fli'^ Perpetuity;
i.
w^Ni
<^.
DN (= D!:iy)
'pÊden.
f]:Nt) (cf. )K
i'/oMe/v
rVi^ Path; 11?: Youth; rW^TS Under.
= *3iv) ^^W;
ph (= r^r^ry)
r;r
(=
^^j;) Gôa^
statute; d*
(= nry)
Sea.
ELEMENTS OF HEBUEW
126
Death;
mt:
d.
V-iT
Mid>it;
nin
|v-iT
Day;
(= DV)
:-
Ql*
{=^^)
Maiden; H^H
T
^fe;
HDH,!:
-
nirJ
T^-:\-
h.
nnnD
t:-
Gladness;
nilDt:^
t:-
c.
rh'2^
C'^^-^''^-
F'X'd;
n^Dfi
--i-
i^'/e;
Hl'^li'
T
^fs^
Saying; nHJ^
HlDi^
t:t:'
(= npprr)
G^'/i^.
>s'î/('.
These nouns, called Segholates, had, originally, one short vowel
1.
or u),
which, generally, stood with the
first radical.
then inserted under the second radical
now standing
to
J-
Ox; p"! (=]n) Judgment;
^visdom; Ty'^T}
106.
House; ^^7
rS'^'Il
Night; rjlD (=-^10) End; IIC^'
4. .
in
(?
37.
2),
(a,
A helping-vowel was
and the formative vowel,
an open tone-syllable, was heightened: a to e
to e
o.
When
2.
the root contains one or more
weak
changes
radicals, certain
occur :
a.
In '^ or
/ guttural stems, a is the helping-vowel, instead of e
and, in '^ guttural n-class stems, the original formative a stands un-
heightened.i
h.
In V'^ stems, j
is
assimilated, represented in the following con-
sonant by Daghes-forte, and then rejected from this consonant whenever

not followed by a vowel.
it is
c.
In 37"3^ stems, the second and third radicals are contracted
the doubling shows itself only
when
a vowel-addition
is
but
made.
and * are sometimes preserved in the

^"J/ stems,
they suffer contraction with the
in
many
nouns,
but,
absolute state;
d.
V'^ and
In
")
preceding vowel.
e.
In n' / stems occur formations ending in
4.
and
u,
Many
under the tone, become
first
and
original
Cf.,
ii
and o
in these, a sufi"ers
;
no helping-vowel
feminine nouns are formed from Segholate stems
ine ending being added to the primarj^
In a small number of nouns, the formative vowel stands under the
3.
second radical, instead of under the
but
is
generally deflected to
however, DPlS
Itrcad,
o.
DPIT womb.
form (7pp, T'pp,
no change
needed.
is
the femin-
7pp)
îit.
an
KY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD.
107.]
1. The
Note
Segholate
Qii\ Infinitive const.
('7bp^
127
= q'tul = qutl) is really a

til^), as
while the Inf. const, of verbs |"5 anJ V'3 (r)'?tP
well as such Infinitive forms as nX*1* and tlVI, are Segholate formations.
Note
2.
Segholates,
"standing at the
first
remove from the
root,
express, as nearly as possible, its simple idea, either abstractly, or as

realized in
ment
a.
Nouns with Two, Originally Short, Formative Mow els.
[Sop
t|t
DTN
tt
^l'^
V T
['^Dp for
[for
HD^)
(= mawith) Dead ; ^J (=
Naked;
D^^tDp) A^/?m7^-
L^DP
T
/(>>
qital]
DD'?
T
Fat ; ^'QV}
pr2^ Deep ;
'?j|j;
(cf.
y^f^^
Deficient
jlD
gawir) Stranger.
tep/o'-qatul];
IpT)
[for
Blood,
Weary;
fj^^;
"1^
T
man; 153 Heavy; f^X Truly;

fj^
f^r Old
qatil];
Shield; 20}^ Heel ;
2.
Wise;
sadhay) Field; Hfi* Beautiful; T\1T\ Pregnant;

T
HT) Hand; Ql
d.
\t
c.
DDH
tt
Word; ^tî
"l^l
tt
tt
Upright; ^'^'2 Flesh; ^f2^ Camel; M*l Corn; DOH Violence.
TT
TT
Itt
tt
Dp f= qawam) Rising ; Q"| { rawam) High.
for qatal];
(=
mt!^
V T
h.
it is
as its embodi-
or representative. "2
107.
1.
some person or object which may be regarded
7?oJu?;
/^''-/
_!}<
'i.'p^
Spotted ;
^H^
Red.
Rlh ; "IDh Bitumen.

^l^^V
T
T
npiyi?'yiêoMS"fss; ^0'^^^ Ground; n^Jl^ Chariot;

[n'?Dp];
)t T
T T
T T -:
t t^-:
)
Possession.
r\*2n'2 CattU; irh-Cpl] r^-^n^
[n'?Dp];
-:
T
t
T
t
I
second class includes nouns which are formed by the employment of
two, originally short, vowels, a
a,
1,
Original a
a.
a,
has been
h.
"1
ii,
or ^ to e
iâ.
These nouns
are, for
heightened to a
in a
a;
"7 stems, the second a
few cases of
in
is
\'^
height-
T\ '^ stems, the final
lost.
Original
1,
in
strong stems, are heightened to a
stems, they contract and give
Cf. Stop, the
This
is
in strong stems, are
stems, they contract and give a;^ in
ened, after the loss of
the most part, adjectives or participles

1.
|:
form before
in
V'^
e.
suffixes.
the participial form of 1 "^ verbs in Qal.
Green's Hebrew Grammar,
p. 208,
ELEMENTS OF HEBllEW
128
c.
back
to
a o
Original ii u are heightened to
the latter
108.
[I
(o),
however, goes
before additions for gender and number, a Daghes-forte being
ii
inserted in the final consonant.

d. Original
2.
a are heightened to e
The feminines
of these stems are
a.
made
the addition of
bj'
,*1
this
addition requiring a change of tone, the vowel of the
first radical is vol-
atilized { 36. 3. h).
Nouns with one Short and one Long Formative Vowel.
108.
1. a.
['^lOp
= b\2\>for qatal]
^T\^ Great; mi'^Holy; '^^^2 Honor;
Ui70 Peace; [HN Lord;

for
['7^DD
|t
h-
qatil]
^yn\^ Pure; plilD Sweet,
Captive; pQ* Right hand;

")^DN
t
t
J<Ji^J
Prince;
TV\y'0 Anointed; }<^3J Prophet; I^Hfl Overseer; "I^VVf Little.

c-
['?1Dp /o'" qatul]

Strong;
top
d.
D11^
or '7')Opfor qital]
l^VP
^^0$
Z^'' ^^^1^
Great
fl^t^^^
'^n?
qiitul] ;''?1DJ|
2^0
(f.);
A third class
Cherub;
Limit;
t^^'l^")
G^tVtZ?e;
Fl"fr;
n'^^HJ
T
:
These nouns
are, for the
neuter adjectives, or passive participles

a.
Original a
a become a
the second, obscured to 6
with
and
Piver.
m^b Dress;
'^']f2^
Benefit;
Property/.
(f.);
nWii
T
H'îm
t
:
Truth.
v:
includes nouns which are formed by the emploj-ment of
originally short vowel in the penult,
1.
TForA-;
^"^' '^*P? ^^^'' ^*V^ Column;
Prophetess; n"n")N C?wcZ

HNÎIJ
-:
T
T
the ultima.
"Ipl'f
Virgin; H^ljin
-:
an
^*\'2Z' Bereaved.
^H^ Writing; T}pWar;
DIV^
Qal pass, part's;
Man; niOll Ass; Dl'^H Dreavi; ^N^
^^
for qitul or
n?;^ Strength;
2. tlb'il}
all
ym Swine.
Idol;
f. ['?'lOp
and
Cunning; )l'^yr;Weeh; ^['2)^ Grain;
ri7i^ God; C^'IJN

e.
^*)1J< Cursed,
0,
described in
h.
Original a
107.
6,
the
and an originally long vowel in
most
part, abstract substantives,
first
vowel being heightened to
this formation is to be distinguished
Here belongs the Qal
1. c.
become a
here belong
Infinitive absolute.
many nouns with
few with an active signification.

u become a u here belong
c. Original a
a,
from that
a ijassive,
ciples.
all
Qal passive parti-
M 109,
110.]
a become a or
'
d. Original i
the second
to
Original
/.
Original
vowel being volatilized,
first
i,
first
radical
vowel being volatilized.
made by
of these stems are generally

first
vowel being volatilized.
first
'
ii
the vowel of the
the addition of
becoming S'wa.
Nouns with one Long and one Short Formative
['?D1p/o^
Ch)V
T ^
qatal];
n::f^ [for
''^12'~\
[^:D^pfor
ntTD'l-l/or
Enemy;
qutal];
^^)^
TS'^VO
/îg'i'^t'ring;
OPt^H
T
Priest;
H^f Going
etc.
Flute, organ; ^};^'\^ Fox.
qital];
^)^'>p Smoke; lIH^Ji^'
-Nile; LT'lO^p
nouns with a naturally long vowel
class includes
\/owel.
Creeping.
jfe
^^2)^^ Pilot;
Creeping; 'T^T^ Walking,
Bemark.i^'im for
A fourth
Eternity; *^^f^^{ Treasury;

T
'osay) Makinrj;
['?pip/orqatil]; y^y^
forth;
3.
'
The feminines
^
2.
the
or u become the
u or u become u, the
e.
109.
1-
6,
being sometimes retained, but more frequently obscured
(a)
6.
2.
'
129
Mttle.
in the pen-
ultima, and an originally short vowel in the ultima.

Original a
1.
all il"'?
Jl
a become 6 a;
here belong, besides
Qal active participles, and also the Qal
The vowels do not change
of strong forms.
many
substantives,
act. part. fern, (in jl
or
before af-^xes of gender
and number.
2.
Original
a i
become
strong Qal participles
6 e
here belong a few substantives, and
also those feminines of the
all
form H'^'lODt
^
li
3.
Original u
Remark.
become
There
u a.
are a few nouns with an originally long vowel in
both penult and ultima
the former, however,
pensation for an omitted Daghes-forte
1.
(2
30.
is
probably long in com-
2. c).
Nouns with the Second Radical Reduplicated.
70.
[bW for
(isitai]
T \-
'7^}<
T-
Hart; n^tl^ Sahbath;

T-
Burden;
^20
T-
niu*y,
TT-
J^ry land; nNtOll Sin; r)Tl5{

Magnificence.
jlt^'3*
: j\- T T .J'.-
Remark. :3::i- Thief;

T
2.
['?Dp for
qittai]
n2D
T ^33
Cook; t^^lH Artificer;

T T
Talent; Jl'ÎN Folly;
KJH
t|-
mikX
Jealous.
Blindness.

ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
130
Shoot, rod;
C"lp
3.
top/o'-qattil];
'7|i30
4.
['?pp/o'-qittil];
d^^ D ami ;'y\}; Blind;
npD
5.
Char-sighted;
['?0p
= qattîl]
?>
['?Dp
c.
frlDp
qitt''il
/''o^ qattal]
= qittol]
6.
['?*pp];
T"TK
7.
['?rOp]
ll^Dj;
8.
DiGp]
under
")3{<
i^'V?'';
1.
R. above.
1.
R. above,
Drunkard; '^15^ Sparrow.
CMldless;
'?'1D^'
pin Mercifid.
Learner; Tlpti^ Abomination;
D^PD^
second radical
doubling intensifies the root-idea, giving
1.
^^S^Deaf; ^^)^ Perverse;
f^p^J *S'<?-oi/;pnVi?fi'A<eo?<s;TpNêerec7.
A fifth class includes nouns whose

ness
To consecrate.
Husbandman;
^^''-o; "113::^'
I'DJ
<^'-e^-
"ll.tD'?
110^
Throne; '^SH Mast.
XDD
see examples
it
is
Consolation.
reduplicated.
This
greater force or greater firm-
Formations like qattal are frequent, but with no special
signific-
ance.
Remark.
It
a question whether nouns of this form indicative of
is
occupation have a or a (see
5.
a below); the corresponding Arabic have
a,
yet some of these shorten the vowel to a in the construct state.

2.
Formations like qittal are few; the femiuines are generally ab-
stract nouns.
qattel are
3.
Formations
4.
Formations like qittel
ities
5.
and
b.
except as Pi'el Infinitives construct.
are, mostly, adjectives designating
but see
1.
qattal
like
deform-
are, properly,
nouns indicative of occu-
R. above.
The form qittal
attenuated to
c.
rare,
faults, physical or moral.
Formations
a.
pation
like
is
the same as qjittal with the penultimate a
is
the same as qittal with a obscured to
i.
The form qittol
6.
6.
Formations
like ([at til are adjectives expressing a personal quality.
7.
Formations
like q a
8.
Formations
like
u 1 arc descriptive epithets of persons or things.
qittul
often used in the plural.
are,
for the
most
part, abstracts,
and are

1?? Ill) 112.
7 7 7.
1-
]y^^
Nouns with the Third Radical Reduplicated.
Tranqxu'l;
Green; m.N*^(=nN*J) Comely;
f^J^^
1)>:}^ Splendor;
2.
131
'^'lîî
Faint;
Dark; ^hr\^Pasture; D^DlSNJ.^f^w^ên-e.s.
^^^7:^11
'ir\'7n$ Full of twists; r[DDt)n
FuU
of tums;
Reddish;
DiPli?
"in")n:r BlacMsh; f]1Dt3DN* RaUle; bTf^'pM. Crooked.

3.
"itl^Wheel;
mm
ip-]^ Crown;
A sixth
1.
Jl'îl'?^ 'S'/v7?;
p)2p2
class, closely related to
Flask.
the fifth class, includes
when the second
A few words in which
radical is doubled.
the second and third radicals are reduplicated,
the signification being that of intensitj', or repetition

adjectives of color, there
3.
i:i']Êuly;
'S'tor;
Noun-formations with the third radical reduplicated, the signification
being, in general, the same as

2.
l^l^ (/or^DDD)
Frightful;
is
in the case of
a diminutive force.
A few ^"^ and V'^ stems, in which the
contracted biliteral stem
is
reduplicated.
7 7.2.
Nouns with
{<,
and
1.
;r3VN* Finger; fjln^lX Fist; fH'N Lasting;
2.
To
DDC^'n
-
rise early;
liverance; Jlfiîl
TT-:
3.
To divide;
^^']2n
Waving;
UnJH
TT-:
Oil;
names
pHVS
^pN*
n^NHT
Violent.
H^^H
T -
To shine;
yy^ Adversary
; cf.
{i{,
1.
}{
merely euphonic and has no

2.
.3.
*:
this {< is
significance.
A larger number are formed by
means of
a prefixed
included Hiph'il Inf's abs., and Inf's const., besides
formed
the proper
HflfiV
A seventh class includes nouns formed by prefixing d or

A few nouns are formed by means of a prosthetic
/
De-
Grant of rest; (113(1 Aspect.

TT-
Dip'?! Pouch; U)T>\ Being;
inV^
Prefixed.
many
here
may be
verbal nouns
after the analogy of the Hiph'il.
Xouns with
as proper names.
a prefixed
occur rarely as appellatives
but frequently

"^
132
ELEMENTS OF ÊBRE^V
1.
['?t:p:: for
^DptD]
-|:-
t|;-
Cover; HN"!.^
2.
["ÔpP
(= *jpp)
ri:^'P'2
3.
HDn'pP
Kingdom; r\b'2^D
nD'7,t:D
tt:vjv ": r
Aiypcarance.
jlîpro
TF7V
^îp i>eser^ D|)^b
Dwelling-place;
f3^P
'^"^'^
Prefixed.
r2
Food;
'?DN!:
t-:|-
(= ^N"l^)
'?Dpp]
/o/-
Judgment;
Nouns with
75.
[ 113-
TTa^c^;
^pD (=35pp)
Circle;
Proi>er^2/.
['?PpP /or '^pppi
nmi*2 Plough;
pnnp
nfiiP
nn^p Zey; :i'?tP Flesh-hook;

Ô (- p;ip) Shield; t^pID (=
^?a?/,;
>Sm?Yi5r;
*S'are.
t:pTP)
nsrp
^?'r;
2D0
(= D5PP)
4.
['?Ppp/o'- '^Ppp]
5.
fepp/o'-yppp]; n'7?i^p^^^- HDopi;^";^)
6.
['71DpP,'?1Dpp/or'7ppp];
nlDHP
i>*'f.
coren(7.
mp'7P
F-^-
ôo^y; D'IpD
Place; "lIDrp Song; /IC^pp Stumhling-hlock.

7.
DIpP)
8.
^^pPP
C^'-i^"^;
eighth class indudes
ment which
is
'?U*JP^?'/ DIDN.p
Nouns formed
bj^
1.
a,
comes 6
the latter of which
in
^"^
a,
2.
3.
e,
is
heightened
the former of which
an original a
is
assimilated
noted
ele-
Feminines
a.
in
HT
V'^ stems, aw be-
in
same
stems, the usual contraction takes place, and the vowel
of the preformative
ened to
So far as concerns
may be
heightened from
is
In 7"5 stems, J
occur.
G^raary/.
prefixing Q, the
used in the formation of participles.
the vowels employed the following combinations
and Jl
D^pP
i?^*f7;
Estahlishing.
['?1Dpp]; t:n3'7P
An
Dividing;
'^n^P
['^^PpP, '?*Ppp];
is
in
H"?
forms, the second a
is
height-
attenuated, the latter heightened from
the usual vowel-changes take place in weak stems.
the latter of which
is
heightened from
the usual vowel-
changes take place in weak stems.
5.
6.
a 6,
4.
of which
e,
the
o,
the o of which
1
0,
the attenuation of a
is
is
of which 6
(cf. 3.).
heightened from an original
is
ob.scured from
a,
while
is
u.
attenuated from a.
114, 115.]
133
used onlj^ in the formation of Hiph'il participles (m.);

latter being used in VJ/ verbs.
a u, not used to anj' great extent.
7.
i,
(i
i,
the
i)
8.
1.
Jl^nC^Q Destroyer; '^^ptj^Q

Sê
2.
The Signification of Nouns with
74.
who
'?DNp Food; nip'pD

tchich
is
A didactic poem (= instructor);
75Q What falls off,
inspires terror;
Prefixed.
Boof7j; Jf)^ Gt/t;
small; T)tl'^*2 That tchich
flDDD
chaff;
^'"1^0
Covering.
^)D^D Psalm; "IJ/VP That
remote.
is
nni2*2 Key; fj^ Shield;
1^70
Goad.
3.
n'^DNp
4.
f3tp'P Dwelling-place; ")3"I,p Desert; r\'2\J2 Altar;
5.
Smiting; TVH'O Sickness; It^''^ Straightness; nDn7/!3

n5J!D
T
T
T T
:>iife;
.'
The
letter f2
from
is
Place.
Qp,^
^tD
or
[icho]
TTar.
n!2
T
and
{ichat),
used in the
is
formation of nouns,
1.
To denote the
Pi'el, Hiph'il
2.
To denote the
use in
3.
subject of an action
Pii'al
object of
and Hoph'al
The instrument by
4.
The 2ilace
5.
The
an action, or the subject of a quality
(or time) in
which an action
is
^gpr^for^JlDpny, -^niDFlm;
3.
&Cpn for '^Lppni

Praise;
4.
['^^ppni
5.
['^lOpri];
ydlPi
"mpn
Remark. n!2lin
T
performed.
yi'Sn Tenant;
m^^n Reproof
yy^^n
n>V5n
Ghry; r\)pnTTope.
checkered cloth;
Hp^^n
Deep
sleep;
Prayer.
n'^^n
T
is
Thanks; n"l'in Law.
r^'i'\r\
2.
performed.
contained in the root.
topn/oryOpni; Dpnni?);
n'^nn
T
is
Nouns Formed by Prefixing n.
115.
]ryr\ South;
cf. its
Participles.
n'hich an action
action or quality which
)(
1.
use denoting agency in
cf. its
and Hithpa'el Participles.
Disciple;
Tinpn
Bitterness;
^<?ep
sêf/*;
Cloak;
Din^n
r\'*b'2T\ completeness.
Consolation;
iiriCTl Deliverance;
T-
p^n
ZTiicZer-
n^lNSH
V
J".'
G^?ory.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
134
A ninth class of
is
nouns includes those with the prefix
the same as that used in the Impf. 3
and
employed
is
fl-
116, 117.
This prefix
It is used in a neuter sense,
fern.
in the formation of abstract nouns,
though rarely of con-
cases cited above exhibit the various forms assumed by
crete nouns.
The
nouns of this
class, as well as the
vowel-changes which take place in
for-
mations from weak stems.

jl prefixed have also, in the majority of
Remark. Nouns with
instances, the feminine ending
2.
" '?t?"l5
Nouns Formed by means of
116.
1-
H
Affixes.
Garden; '^n^/roH; ^"^^^ Cup of afloicer; '?D")p Ankle,
Ladder; D'ÎJ^ Porch; Ob")!! Sacred
DHB Ransom.
scribe;
h.
D'v'D
a.
jnnjs* Last; [V^kV") First; JV^N* Poor; Ijy^^ Most Ugh.
b.
p:p Gain; jrt>0
c.
fnnS
Table;
Interpretation;
Confidence;
fn^t
p^p
pl^D
Offering; ^'l^H Destruction.
Success; \)1)}^ Blindness;
pflpD
Memorial; \^'2^)^ Pain; [IJ^^ Majesty; ]^X2T]
Noise.
d.
j'n^P, 'T\yO Megiddo; t\'6b\^^
A tenth
1.
class of
LXX.
nouns includes those with
Nouns formed by the addition
of
'^
SoAw/^wv,
Solomon.
affixes, '^, t2
and
and j
are few, and have no
special significance.
2.
Nouns formed by the addition

a.
Adjectives formed
either
of J are numerous, including
from a noun-stem
(cf
119.
3),
or
from
a root.
b.
Abstract substantives ending in an.
c.
Abstract substantives ending in on, obscured from an.
d.
Proper names,
1.
77.
which the ^
I9^"ij< Purjiie;
1.
is
often lost.
Nouns Having Four or Five Radicals.

Treasurer; t^rTT) Sickle; '^Qjn Frost;
D-injt^ Scorpion; n^tj)
Flint;
Z'^d^r^
T 2.
in
^^Q
v-iv
Concubine;
n:2^_iy
Nouns with four
Th'QV
"
I
Akind
radicals
are
special classification or signification.
Bat.
of cloth; pnt:*^^< muIc.

comparatively few
they have no

BY AN INDUCTIVE
^ 118, 119.]
2.
Nouns
witli five or
more
INEETHOD.
radicals are
135
fewer, and, for the
still
most
part, of foreign origin.
1-
{'^)
r\')'gb%
Compound Nouns.
75.
Shadoio of death
^y^^^^ Anything ;
^^^j'^'Z Worthless-
ness.
2.
p'lV"^3'7^ King of righteousness; î^)^J2W'* God

1.
Compound words,
as
2.
Compound words,
as proper names, are very
^^p Porter (cf. IJ^Ji^"

Place of
2. [^J^^
nouns, are few and doubtful.
numerous.
Nouns Formed from Other Nouns.
7 7P,
1.
common
hears.
the
Gate);
fountain
D"13 Vine-dresser
(cf.
D"15 Vineyard).
(cf.
Fountain); rsilTS'Q Plnce of feet
1^'>]^_
{ct^T}Foot).
3.
p"lllJ< Last
fnn'7
(cf.
nrrj^
After)-,
fnj;; BUndness
CotYecZ, serpent (cf. PlJ'l'p Tfrea^/t)
bronze)
^X^l^''^
Apple of
the eye (cf
^?inc?).
(cf. n*);;
frit^'D^ ^/aze?i
tT'^X)
Upright (from
p")!!:^'^
(cf. nji-'flj
4. a. ^0'>^\r;
Third
(cf. C^'^tr');
^W^
.
Sixth
(cf.
t^^'C^').
-J.
^-
^DNID
Moahite; ^Q")J^ Aramoian; ''^0'^^ Gershonite.
^J15V Northerner;
^^J
5- nÎi^l^'^
Foreigner;
^HQ
T
Beginning; JIID'^D Kingdom; ri'l^D'7N Widowhood.
Nouns formed from other nouns, and not

termed denominatives.
/
Villager.
directly
The most common formations
from the
are
root, are
1.
Nouns with the form
of the Qal active Participle, indicating agency.
2.
Nouns with the
^, indicating the
3.
Adjectives and nouns formed by the
4.
Adjectives formed by the
5.
prefix
affix
Ordinals formed from cardinals
h.
Gentilics and patronymics
Nouns formed by the
affixes
affix
or
is
found.
(seldom p).
and a few
H^^
where a thing
these are,
a.
pilace
others.
and HI, designating abstract
ideas.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
136
From
f
1.
? 105.
120.
The Formation of Noun-Stems.
119.
it
h.
121.-
has been seen that noun-stems are formed,
from the root:

By means of vowels given
Directly
a.
[U 120,
to the root
(1)
nouns with one, originally
short,
as in the case of
vowel
106.);
(?
(2)
nouns with two
(originally) short vowels (I 107.);
(3)
nouns with one
(originally) short
(4)
nouns with one long and one (originally) short vowel
By
a reduplication of one or
and one long vowel
108.);
(?
(I
109);
more of the consonants of the root
as in the case of
(1)
nouns with the second radical doubled
(2)
nouns with the
contracted stem, doubled

c.
d.
2.
111.);
prefixing vowels and consonants to the root
(1)
nouns with
(2)
nouns with
prefixed
(3)
nouns with
H prefixed
}<{,
or
'>
prefixed
115.);
(?
affixing
(1)
nouns with
(2)
nouns with four or
(3)
nouns compounded of two distinct words
vowels and consonants to the root
7,
or J affixed, with a vowel
as in the case of
116.);
(?
five radicals ( 117.);

(^
118.).
other nouns (and called denominatives), by the various
Remark.
It
is
important to keep in mind two things
form
121. 3) being identical
a,
Hebrew
a short vowel,
and consequently the noun-stem appears
this stem-ending is protected
pN-in;n(l:24);
h.
Cf.inp
(1)
that the
by
suffixes
(cf. I
when
in its full
final,
was
form only
127. below).
The Formation of Cases.
121.
a.
the stem-form and the accusative-
the verb-stem and the Perfect-stem,
(cf.
also are alike); (2) that in
always lost
means
119.).
stem-form of nouns ended in
1.
as in the case of
[U 113, H*.);
original
when
(?
112.);
Hy
From
[I
110.);
By
indicated above
which
second and third, or with the
third, or the
-)^:^
U^
;i
in ':'N?întp (4:18);
iSV
1^?
IDJp^"
i'
0'^
I^ÎfO-^
1J$ in '^NIJiD
'7i<)*2l^
]'
DSTO
'Hi^'lD''
(32:32).
2.
a.
n'7^5
h.
Wp;i
(31:39);
p-i>;-*3'7,^ (14:18);
Num.
Dan.
8:16.
24:3, 15.
i
Num.
Num.
34:23.
UhN*
'^xH^j
23:18.
^J?
;
(49:11);
bmn-;'
Ps. 114:8.
si Sam. 21:2.
bm^mm-, rprz^m.^
O Sam. 1:20.
sjsa. 1:21..

[^121.
^T^nj^
VDK(2:24);
T
l-iT
c.
n*3
T-i"
(4:9);
137
T^^V}
-T
(4:11);
'rb'2
(3:11);
^JJD^
(=[!?).
inyt:'?(l:12); nî}V;^(3:16); IJ!:^:;^ (1:26); 1ini!:"lD
d.
a.nilDV
3.
n9M13:14); DJJJH n>nNM20:l); n'?riN*n
(13:14);
h.
i^r*:'?(i:ii)/o/-*in-jrt:'7; nc^'*NM3:6)/orn-c'\s*;
c.
:r]'7p (3:10);
f?.
0-^11(29:15);
D-DV;*
T
T
:^jm
(3:14);
stem
->^
'rîw
[(3:17).
Hebrew, as
in
Assyrian and Arabic, three cases.
but this has been entirely
lost,
In a few archaic construct forms, in which
a.
u (from wa)
addition of
In the
h.
above, îX2
The
first
part of a few proper
= inian of;
^QtJ^ = name of;
the place of the stem-ending

or.
quent
names
appears as 6 (per-
it
n)\
examples cited
as in the
of i (from ya),
which took
It is seen
(a).
In the archaic ending
^^Q = face of.
was formed by the addition
genitive
to the
except
haps a contraction of the stem-ending a and the case-sign
2.
^Sia;i^3
(3:5);
relics of these remain in Hebrew

The nominative was formed by the
Only
1.
in
(18:6).
/or silsam.
D-1C^''7ir' (31:2)
'
There were originally
DD'7?J<
^jj^îr (3:15);
(1:26).
of the construct state,
which
is
quite fre-
in poetry.
h.
In the
c.
In the
which occurs
in a
few proper names.
XT
which appears in the nouns
construct state and before sufltxes
2Ji{,
likewise in the
fli^
i
and 115 in
thff
'.'
with which certair
particles close.
d.
^J
In the e (heightened from
i)
which stands before the
suffixes
Ir
and sometimes in
The accusative had the ending a and was the same as the noun-stem,
3.
just as the Qal Perf. 3 m. sg.
(?
58. N. 5)
was the same
This, likewise, has almost disappeared, but

a.
In the so-called
(1) is u.sed to
(2) is
He
directive
(H
is
as the verb-stem
seen
which
),
denote direction or motion; but
often used in a weaker sense to designate the place wherCf
and
(3) in
h.
many
cases seems to have entirely lost
In the a which stands before the suffixes
= n_), D
iDeut.
and
1:36.
^H (in
|.
2judg.
5:14.
Ruth
1:9.
Ex.
its original force.
13:21.
= o), H (H-
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
138
In the ~r (volatilized from
c.
D^
(
a)
and 75, which, under the tone,
38.
restored to
suffixes !n,
and heightened
a,
to e
Nj.
1.
d.
which stands before the

is
122.
[?
In the
Kote
It
1.
am and om
sj'llables
which are found
(the latter
by the obscuring of
a),
in certain adverbs.
therefore, be seen that the vowel
will,
between the noun and
which stands
not a connecting-vowel, but the ease-
its suffix is
ending.
Note 2.
clear idea of the Semitic case-endings
from the declension of an Assyrian and an Arabic noun

Assyrian.
tribute.
may be
gained
Arabic,
country.
the book.
book.
Nom.
madattu
matu
al-kitabu
kitabun
Gen.
madatti
madatta
mati
al-kitabi
mata
al-kitiiba
kitabin
kitaban
Ace.
122.
1.
Affixes for Gender and Number.
DV
niN*(l:3); nV0(l:4);
2. a.
iiTH
^p?(l:5); rpn(l:6).
(1:5);
(1:24); ^nDJ"! (31:39);
^nn^N*
(4:23);
m^N (2:24); InmO
(4:5).
r\in (H^r?) (i:25); r\r}

h.
iTpW
(1:1);
(m^)
(i:26);
r\r2m ^'nr2m)
nDlinp
r\'\*y\ (1:26);
(1:2);
n5|)ni7P(3:24); n'?ro,p(i:i6); rsij,
(4:2);
ntTp'l
(2:7).
(1:21).
n;;'i(2:9);nn[^_
(4:11).
c.
3.
rT^"3!(l:9); n,^n3(l:24); ,Tn(l:24);
nAV
4. a.
Z-.
(1:14);
D^n^N*
^J)
5. U\y(if,
nHN!?
(1:1); D*/tD* (1:22);
(1:2);
^j;-i^
whence Ot^'
(3:5);
1.
singular, dual
U'r^' (1:14);
(3:7);
(3:6),
masculine
(3:4).
(2:4).
(1:14); D0tr'(l:14).
''^ (6:4);
but
H^'N*
r\Th^T^
DHyTD
(4:23);
Q^^j;
genders,
and
nijn
^t^'J
(1:16);
The Hebrew has two

numbers,
(1:14);
n^lN (2:5);
^^^^
^NJ
(6:4).
(3:7).
and feminine
and three
plural.
The masculine slnguhtr has no
particular indication, the case-ending,
as well as the final stem-vowel, having been lost, excejit in a few instances
{I
121. 1-3).
The
sign of the feminine singular
with a helping-vowel
three-fold treatment
37.
of
when
it
which
2. h), jl
with the stem-ending, JH--;

H This feminine sign has
Hi
is
or
13&
a.
a. It is retained, in
noun
b.
BY AN INDUCTIVE 3IETnOD.
122.]
2.
accordance with
a part
it is
is
its original use,
in close connection
whenever the
with what follows
a&
(the feminine-sign, JH) stands

(1)
before a case-ending
(2)
before a pronominal suffix
{"],
HT
*>
,
[l
121.
1.
3)
124.)
(3) at
the end of a noun in the construct state
It
in accordance with a later usage, attached to the stem (by
is,
means
of a formative-vowel, or a helping-vowel,
-^), in
the formation and inflection of
(?
123.
4).
^r, or with a guttural,
viz.,
many nouns,
participles
and
infin-
itives.
c.
It is
changed
stem-ending a to
to tl
This
a.
by apocopation of
form
is the
^n^tl
heightening of the
more usual indication of
the fcmiii-
ine gender.
Note.
The
stem-ending,
was
lost (? 36. 8. N.)
3.
is
final short
is
ta,
which, with the
vowel, as always in Hebrew,,
there remained, therefore, at
The feminine plural
which
was
original sign of the feminine
made ata\ but the
= ]!__
indicated by the ending jll {6th for ath),
unchangeable.
Note.
This 6th (=ath), which includes the stem-ending a, perhaps

a-tata = a-(t)a-ta = ata
is
a repetition of ta the feminine singular ending
= at = ath = 6th.
4.
The masculine
D^
l>.
^_
Note.
(e) in
the Construct state
[l
by the endings,
(?
123.
123.
1).
2).
Many masculine nouns have plurals in 6th, and many feminine
nouns have plurals

5.
x^lural is indicated
(im) in the Absolute state
a.
in im.
The dual, used
chiefly of objects
which go
in pairs, is indicated
by
the endings,
a.
D^
h.
Note
(ayim) in the Absolute state.

.
(e) in
1. In
the Construct state.
the inflection of nouns in Hebrew,
use was originally

(2)
made
of certain affixes
u (orig. wa),for the nominative;
There was
for the accusative.
was equivalent
it is
to
(1) in
(1)
(3) i (orig. ya),
di\i\(i\G.
it will
(orig. ta), for
be seen that
the feminine;
for the genitive
also a fifth affix, viz.,
an indefinite
found, however,
(orig.
(4) a,
ma), which
This m. has almost disappeared
a few old accusatives
{I
121.
3. d); (2) in
the
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
140
absolute form of the plural-ending, im

(See Note
dual-ending, ayim.
Note
lier
un (H
2. Just
63.
as (1)
On
and dual
is
the other hand
for a-y,
i.
e.,
the absolute form of the
(3) in
which
is
for an ear-
the nominative-ending u reduplicated, with
m (see above, N.
the genitive-ending
is
same m.
123.
2, below.)
(the plural sign of verbs),
6) = Q)), is
the addition of the indefinite

of nouns)
(3) e
so
1);
im
(2)
(plur.
ending
reduplicated, with the addition of the
(*_) the ending of the construct plural
the stem-ending a, with the genitive-ending
or
in the construct state,

y, the indefinite on having never been emploj'ed
which is made definite by what follows while (4) ayim (D|-^)) the dual;
ending, consists of the stem-ending a, the genitive-affix

definite affix
Note 3.
or y, and the in-
m, with a helping-vowel.
The following
analyses of forms will explain more clearly
remarks :
the foregoing
Form
in use.
Intermediate
Original form.
steps.
= susa-wa
= susii = sus(a)u
= susa-ya
2. Gen. sg.
DID = ?usi = sus(a)i
= susa
3. Ace. sg. (def.)
HDID = susa
= susa-ma
4. Ace. sg. (indef.)
DID "= susam = susa-m
= susa-ta
5. Fern. sg. (1)
HDID = susat(h)
= susa-ta
6. Fem. sg.
PfDID = susa = susat
= susa-ta-ta
7. Fem. pi.
HIDID = susat(h) = susa(t)a-t
= susa-ya-ya-ma
8. Masc.pl.(indef.)D*P"lD su.si-i-m = sus(a)-i-i-ma
9. Dual
D^DID susa-y(i)m = susa-y-y-m = susa-ya-ya-ma
^^'
= susa-ya-ya.
'DID = susa-y = susa-y-y
Dmii coiistf
Note 4. D'D [waters) and D^t2^ [heavens] do not have the usual
J1.
Nom.
DID
sg.
(2)
-J-
plural in im, but take as their plural-ending,
ending, but
is
now
used as the cZwaZ-ending:
D^n'?{<(l:l);
2.
Dinn 03
plural-
D^^tJ^ = sam(ay)-a-y-m.
The Absolute and Construct States.
7.25.
1.
what was once a
e. g.,
DWn(l:l); pKHd-.D;
(1:2)
faccs-of abyss;
D^D^n l^*D'*1-J
(1:1-4)
D*n'?i<
"llNH
Hll
(1:3);
P;pT(l:6).
(1:2) (the) spirit-of
God;
in-[th.e)-expanse-of the heavens.
Of two nouns closely related, the second, in Latin or Greek, is in

The same relation is indicated in Hebrew by pronouncing
genitive.
the
the
4-
? 123.]
second noun in close connection with the
141
The
first.
effort
thus to unite
the two words in pronunciation results invariably in a shortening of the

Jirst word, because the tone hastens on to the second.
1.
noun which
or pronoun
2.
noun
noun which
is
It
the first of two nouns, therefore, and not the second.,
is
suffers change.
3. n;;'-) (4:2), cf.
(42:15), cf.
n^n
4.
03
5.
n;;'n
mjp/t: (i:io),
m.^
cf DJ5;
^
(1:16),
(3:7),
(1:26) instead
co?(s.,
K~)M22:12);
abs.,
cos^.,
^5D
(i-
e.,
e heightened
and the
having united).
cf D^t:n;
^JT"
^
ND1>?
T T
const.,
The
(e),
ahs.,
original a, after the apocopa-
gives place to
(i- e.,
(e) (?
form of the feminine
affix jH
but the Imperative in
original
definite affix
and dual endings D^

Note.
i^y^-^
T
:
a?/,
the original a
100. 1./).
preserved
connection with what follows, appears instead of the later pf

5.
..
Compare with this the fact that in jl"? verbs, the Imperfect
Note.
The
(4:11),
from an
4.
of n:i1.
T T
the Construct state differs from
affixes,
tion of a final radical

final radical
n"?;;;
abs., T)'?.!? (14:17), cohs/., TT'^P (14:1);
the Absolute in the following particulars

Final pf
(3:7), c/.
a&s.,"|VJ (37:2), cos^., "ItTê
(5:1);
So far as concerns endings or
ends in
..
(1:29); ahs.,
XT (32:12),
3.
'Dl
cf Wf2'\
^
")DD,^
n'?i;
cf DO*;^.
n5
const.,
(1:11),
n^pD
cf DOtr'; 0^;^
Ahs.,nQ
r\T\
-
(3:17),
'r2'
..
o/.
ivp
cf.
(1:25) instead of .I^H

-
(1:2),
...
R.
thus dependent on a following substantive or pro-
is
said to be in the construct state.
Note.
which
not thus dependent upon a following substantive
is
said to be in the absolute state.
is
The
[^
bj' its
close
ay) aôpears instead of the ordinary plural
and D^
feminine plural
affix
6th
is
the same in Absolute and
Construct.
Remark.
final a
suffer
Final vowels,
when followed by
J<,
other than those just mentioned, as well as
and Segholates (strong and guttural) do not
change in the Construct
iJosh. 15:8.
Num.
21:20.
state.
Num.
1:3.
^Deut.
4:19.
2Kgs.5:5.
el Sam. 2:13.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
142
Note. The Construct form may best be explained

that
it is
bj'
124.
understanding
really an unaccented word, the tone having passed on to the
Everj' such noun,
next word.
to the following
Conjunctive
together.
it is true,
word by 3Iaqqeph
23.
2. h),
Two words
{'i
has an accent, unless
it is
joined
17. 2); but this accent is usually a
and serves only to bind the words more closely
standing in the Construct relation
may be
said to
have but one principal tone, which must rest upon the second part of the
combination.
124.]
2.
nn!3N* hut ^rr\*2i^

T
T
The
tlie
(4:23);
between a noun and
relation existing
the noun, as affected by the
Tl-.
inpiirn
It
pronominal
its
(4:7).
suffix is really
of the noun before suffixes
Hence the form
is,
in
In this section only the endings of
form of the construct.
general, the
hut >rr\'2n (4:23);
construct relation.
1.
n^DH
T
143
suffix, are treated.
Masculine nouns in the singular take,
The
a.
(1)
original stem-ending a ( 121. 3. ),
form of
in the
a,
before in?
T^,
and
the suffixes of the 3d
7,
person
(2) in
The
h.
(1)
the form of
form of
in the
(2) in
the form of
Remark
1.
^H
ID-
which displaces the stem-ending
?',
H"/
(in
hrotJier,
before
HG
mouth.
Certain
Remark
2.
words
suffixes in the
all
contractions take place,
The t before
to e in pause (? 38.
3}i{ father^
viz.,
^H
to
1,
-IT
Feminine nouns
T],
DD; |D
is
restored to a and heightened
in the singular preserve before suffixes the earlier
The
feminine
followed by the same ease- and stem-
affix is
rPV-^
h.
DnOjr"
c.
in^^n
(3:14);
I
5ni;i
(2:23);
TON*-
J-.-
d.VQii
T-
(2:7);
1^^:;
(2:21);
)yr\)n
(34:9);
-1
^^3T
(3:19);
V^Q
tt
Vnn'l(6:9);
T]nJ3;ii
pa'pn^
(3:5);
r^-Tl;'
tt:
T|*J5;3
r]'y^'-}.^-
DD^rj;
(2:25);
IJJ^ninN*
^'^
'niJ2
(31:26);
(19:12).
cf. also
DiinX;^*
t
DillD::^' (25:16);
T
(17:7).
aJer. 3:33.
Usa. 58:3.
With - written defectively, instead of
sDeut. 33:11.
i3lChron. 4:38.
10
V3J3.
tt:
îh^;^
^nJ5
Orjl't^Y d^^l).
H^JlG.e
(4:6);
(4:5);
1. a, h).
T.5^?''
(4:4);
-IV
and Dn\"inN*;^=^
Remark.-DniaN*^-:
-:
V
T
Diinn
H^;
heightened.
is
endings as those which occur with masculine nouns (see above,
to
T JT
of the feminine affix, which, with the preceding stem-vowel, is
Note.
4.
N.).
1.
but the ^~ standing in an open syllable
3-
a,
stems and a few poetical
(5).
2.
e before
D^,
iTT,
HNT
form
before
%O
forms),
H-
~,
original genitive-ending
Ex. 7:3.
nPs.
74:4.
siSam.
'-.
loPs. 74:9.
4jer. 3:31.
35:&5.
Sain. 1
:18.
uEzek.
16:30.
Dent. 10:13.
12 Ex. 4:5.

ELEMENTS OF HEBIIEW
144
3.
The masculine
plural has before
the ending ay, which, in
all suffixes
the construct, appears under the form of e
125.
[^
30.
But
4).
certain modifi-
cations in the form of this ending take place, due to the character of the
following consonants
The
a.
form ay
original
the 1
(1) in
the
c. sg.
final
the 2
(2) in
appears unchanged
of the suffix having been absorbed
by
of the ending.
f. sg.
being joined by the helping-vowel ^-.
T]*_-, T]
form ay
The
original
The
original fo;-m
h.
(*
^^, the
{''_) is
contracted to e
{">
before
all
plural
suffixes.
c.
30.
ay
(^
is
form ay
(^
loses
contracted to
[c]
before
'7\
and
5. h).
The
d.
original
changed according to
44.
the
4. c. to) ^,
and heightens a
'>
to a before (?in
being generally retained ortho-
graphically.
4.
The feminine
plural with suffixes has (1) Jll, the usual affix of the
masculine plural ending
fern, plur., (2) the
manner just described (see above,

which were used with the masc.
Remark.
is
3.
d);
which
and then
is
(3)
modified in the
the same suffixes
plur.
Verj' frequently the suffix
is
attached directly to
HI
this
done probably in order to obtain a shorter form.

Note.
sign
This strange anomaly,
may be
the ending
viz.,
the occurrence of a double plural
explained by supposing that the real origin and character of
was
lost sight of
Stem-Changes
125.
by those who spoke the language.
tN the-Inflection<>f Nouns.
hut n'?nJi-7 tiJD' hut Q't^^y,^

-J- T
T
Timii hnt
It
2.
ITT
hut n_n'i;^
nni;^
hut nD*!;-^
-ID"!!'
hut
fpp
lut
hut
uu
nm-,''
-t:
r^p\-p
d^'^hj.ô
nym;i2 ^^y.z
tt
I-|:
nnn^"
bm^
"iDtr^^^ hut
tt
nvn-'
hut
nnDtr.^^
tt:
nn^^n.^^
fpp hut ^:p;;24 nvfi-' hut ni")yn.-5

Dnnî;'-" ;pp hut Dy;\\)i:-' ^?'7' ^"'^ iD'?;^'?'''
a Gen. 1:16.
4 Deut. 28:38.
6 l Chron. 28:9.
sDeut. 25:15.
Gen. 15:16.
lo Gen. 1:16.
u Lev. 11:43.
a Gen. 1:31.
v Gen. 15:13.
9E.x. 25:20.
Gen. 1:16.
w Gen. 2:23.
is Gen. 3:21.
Num. 18:3L is Jon. 1:3. n Gen. 18:14.
)2Gen. 3:14.
20 Isa. 24:23.
2iiKgs. 7:8. 22 Josh. 21:12. 23 Gen. 24:30.
is Gen. 10:4.
isGen. 24:33.
2c Gen. 24:52.
27Deut. 39:9.
25 3Kgs. 21:5.
28Nah. 2:8.
24 Gen. 60:7.
1
i'.
BY AN INDUCTIVE
^ 125.]
nDT hutl^lf
.3.
^l^TTV hut
^5^3
hut
]\)f
y^
TO"1;
hut d;)D5'7;i^
f]^r;4
T;io
hut
Z'w^
ntr?^''
= Pbha-bh'khem;
R-
1.
DIDDD'?^-'
R.
3.
HD-iD
T T
(12:2)
n3-)3
(28:4).
from nns;
TT
(1)
The noun-stem,
if it
145
3LETII0D.
DHN^
'2'nfhut
DT^
^<
DV-
D:?")t^3.^
nD"(^"
= di-blrre.
noi3r
T
n'Dna
(2)
(49:25),
(3)
contains changeable vowels
subject to
( 7. 4), is
change,
(1)
when terminations
(2)
when the noun stands
(3)
when pronominal
word
of gender and
Before
D^
which
in
affixes for
and before the
^,
are
added
suffixes are added.
The changes which take

1.
number
in the construct relation with a following
place are due to the shifting of the tone
gender and number [absolute],
light
(^
51.
1.
viz.,
HT
h) suffixes, the tone is shifted
>
iHl)
D*
>
one place;
case,
a.
A penultimate tone-long a or e^" becomes tone-s/tor#,
h.
An
ultimate tone-long a or e
is
i.
e.,
retained, since it stands
Swa
now
directly
before the tone.

.
2.
Before
affixes for
(also the sing. fem.
gender and number in the construct,

),
and before the grave
plural nouns, the tone is shifted two places; in
a.
e to
i,
An
h.
i. e.,
3.
penultimate tone-long
and a
to
a,
but a
is
which
(originallj^ short)
often attenuated to
viz., *
Jl1
when attached
to
case,
vowel
is
shortened, viz.,
ultimate tone-long (originally short) vowel becomes tone-short,
S'wa.
In the case of the construct singular, and before the grave suffixes
(DDi ID) when attached to singular nouns,

in
suffixes
which
a.
short,
i.
the tone is shifted one place;
case,
penultimate tone-long (originally short) a or e becomes tone-
e.,
S'wa, (see above,
1.
a);
s Gen. 2:11.
s Gen. 19:4.
4 Gen. 24:2.
6 Gen. 2:12.
2 Gen. 20:18.
Gen. 18:4.
u Gen. 37:23.
12 Gen. 9:6,
10 Gen. 41:35.
a Gen. 1:20.
V Gen. 1:6.
Gen. 38:28.
h Deut. 10:16. is Gen. 2:21. i Gen. 17:13. n Gen. 24:30. is Gen. 20:6.
13 Deut. 28:28.
21 Gen. 4:14.
22 Gen. 47:22.
23 Ps. 119:162.
so Ps. 21:7.
21 Gen. 14:18.
19 Gen. 40:19.
27 The vowel o, except in u-class Segholates, is gen2s Gen. 18:25.
26 Deut. 16:18.
erally unchangeable.
1
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
146
An
b.
[^
ultimate tone-long (originallj' short) a or o
Remark
1.
shortened to
is
a half-vowel, and the syllable preceding
is
2.
Remark
3.
109.
-t.
and nouns of
Active participles
inflection an ultimate e
4).
it
DDi
like formation
becomes Swa before
all
0)i furnish an important exception to the prin-
The
b above).
1.
26.
principles here given apply also to the formation
Qal
affixes (except T],
ciple stated in
retained before the ^f^,
(a) is
feminine nouns.
whose
in
2),
ahrays
^ is
a half-open sjdlable
it is
the long vowel
DI3
The
inflection of
Remark
(
While
shortened before
and
a.
The S'wa preceding the grave suffixes when attached to a
singular noun, and the S'wa preceding the const, plur. affix
Remark
125^
difference in treatment is due to the fact
that the participial forms have an unchangeable vowel in the penult.
4.
rp^
rp^
b.
3'7,P;3 rij;7_(3:15);
c.
D*D'?!D(14:9); n'O^tD;^ Dn'?M33:l);

T
(14:17) abs.;
-1
lO'^V
(1:27);
-T
IJO'pV
r]W^
5. a.
-J- :)-
r]ln
n*3
-J-
VniO;i
T
b. :3-!
(24:25),
DnbN*;^^
mtr (2:5)
(17:12),
z;../
nitr
Segliolate-stems
a.
[l
^JQ
-iv
nt:^-!p.9
)
/^'o?*?-
t|t
jv
|t
J-
t; |t
n^3
(15:2),
iH'^
fllO
(27:2),.
(12:17).
(21:34);
D{<
D^pf7,2o
(3:20),
'im
[not in use), 0^:13

T
(2:24),
npn.î
n^Q
T
n)i'::^r- n't:;-P
*
(25:11),
(1:2), D.T;!?) (9:23).
106.) deserve particular attention
The form assumed
7Pp' ^tpp
H^D.^
m^,^^ niD
(12:15),
U'T)
(14:7),
Jt
(32:31), :|) (6:13), but
/rowi
(41:48);
iT3
(6:5),
l^j.^
OnnV (43:16).
n^n
(5:1);
Dnp:j.
nmi^
:)t
pn (47:22), Dpn (47:22),
'.
HDin
(1:2),
^^0
'C/lT^;^' D^^Ji^'lp.i^
DÎD;!^
-!T
but D^:i"lp;i4
D*:V=^
J- t):
/.
DDHllio
.:
(1:26);
:)'?0 (17:16);
e.
4,
(14:1) const.;
^^7^30:26);
!:v;r(2:23);
n^D'^D;^
- T
- T^-:
T
T
d.
6.
1$3pi abs.;
a.
in the absolute, viz.,
70p
from 7tpp,
7tDp.
7tpp) remains unchanged in the construct of
words with strong consonants or gutturals.

b.
form
(?
In the singular before all suffixes the noun takes the primary
106.
1).
o Cant. 6:8.
3 2 Sam. 19:44.
4 Ex. 33:33.
6 Ps. 73:14.
2 1 Sam. 2:13.
12 Ezek. 30:40,
8Deut. 13:17. 9 Deut. 12:30. m Deut. 13:6. u Lev. 33:15.
n Josh. 3:13.
le Jud. 10:29.
islsa. 53:9.
iiHab. 3:4.
Dent. 33:11.
20 Deut. 4:5.
21 Ex. 13:10.
22 Neh. 13:29.
23Kuthl:3.
iSKgfS. 5:5.
'Isa.
T:lfi.
"Dan.
isjer.
8:0.
16:3.
i-^

-2
BY AN INDUCTIVE 3IETnOD.
125.]
Before the plural
c.
147
afi^xes (absolute) a pretonic a is inserted,
and
the primary vowel becomes S'wa.

^
d.
In the plural before light suffixes the pretonic a
,.
e.
In the plural const, and before grave suffixes the a becomes 'wa,
and the primary vowel

-
(see
In the dual the form
c),
sometimes that used

'Ayin
5. a.
following
Waw
is
found in the plural
Segholate-stems of the a-class have a (height-
(V'J/)
and gives 6
with the following
manner the
in like
and gives
a of
*"^ Segholates
suffixes, receive
and a preceding tone-long vowel
radical,
Lamedh He
Is
h.
is
affixes of
gender
Daghes-forte in the contracted
shortened
36.
6).
(H"'?) stems ending in pj^ lose this before affixes
suffixes beginning
a. Is
unites
e outside of the abs. sing.
'Ayin Doubled (^"^) Segholate-stems, before
h.
and number, and before
6.
generally that which
is
in the sing, before suffixes (see h).
the abs. sing., but everywhere else this a unites with the
a) in
"I
retained.
restored.
is
/.
ened from
is
with a vowel
retained
when
changed to
it
the tone-long a of the
and
first radical,
would be pretonic, but

and when
S''wa in the construct (sing, or plur.),
it
would be ante-pretonic.^
Classification of Noun-Stems.
126.
1.
pK,
2.
^T\. DIN' "1^?' ipi '5?'
3.
D'îi?, n*iN,
4.
'^nj n^DiX,
5.
DHD, M!Dn, nii,
"iflp,
np3,
1.
ally
DN, iTO, ns,
nW, nW,
Nqi
For purposes of
classes
-ij;i
ni-iiSt,
ni/tD;;,
inflection,
iriri.
î?'?^ n-i.tr,
d'pn*'
niN*9,
dsto,
onj;.
n")pi.
'P^'
did, nit^s fn, on.
nouns may conveniently be divided into
five
The first
had
class includes the so-called Segholates,
nouns which
one foi-mative vowel [I 106.); stems, however, in
origin-
which this
vowel, by contraction with a consonant, has become unchangeable in the

absolute
2.
sg. will
The second
be referred to the
class includes
fifth class.
nouns which have two changeable vowels
here belong stems which had originally the vowels a
a,

i,
a,
u,
etc., (? 108.).
3.
The
third class includes nouns which have an unchangeable vowel,
-whether by nature or position, in the penult, and a changeable vowel in
the ultima.
1
c.
(= rw), 'T but
n\
ELEMENTS OF HEBREAV
148
4.
The fourth
class includes
127.
nouns which have a changeable vowel in
the penult, and an unchangeable vowel in the ultima.

5.
The
fifth class
may, for convenience, include
all
nouns of whatever
origin the vowel, or vowels, of which are unchangeable.
127.
i.
Sg. abs.
Nouns of the First
Class.
strong and guttural stems.-tabular
view.
127.]
In such forms as
h.
N*;2^'l (1:11),
KIB
149
(16:12), the ^< is to
be treated
as a full consonant.
In many forms, the original
c.
ending,
is
attenuated to
stands under the
before suffixes and before
first
tlie
dual
(TTDD-^
radical instead of the primary a
suffixes, e
(^)
(IIJIJJ).^
e.
In a few plurals, like D*J^Dti^ D^^C'ili pre tonic -^ does not appear.
/.
There are a few forms, especially "7 guttural, which make a con-
struct like
;?Dp
instead of
In refei'ence to
I'-class
In a few cases, ^r
a.
^^pP^f- Ît)-^
it may be noted
stems
(e)
stands under the
that,
first
radical instead of the
- {n^};,^ ^^^^^)-
original
3.
a,
In a few a-class stems, especially '^ guttural, before
d.
2.
In reference to -class stems

a.
The heightened
b.
The
writing
-=-
o is
(6)
is
it
may be
noted that,
sometimes retained before
suffixes (IÎKn)-**
sometimes found as a substitute for tt
{")
t||t
_
4.
Segholates with the vowel under the second radical,
In some cases have the usual inflection (nD^t^*/''0"i 3^C^),^but
a.
with vocal S'wa.

h.
In others treat this vowel as unchangeable (^^N?)-^
c.
In
still
others preserve
it
by an
artificial
doubling of the
final
sonant before affixes (D*p^D)-^*'

2.
Sg. abs.
I'X
'''y,
n"'?
AND ^'y STEMS.-TABULAR
VIEW.
con-
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
160
[?
127.
REMARKS.
[For general remarks see
Vy
1.
the
and ^"^ Segholates

and
const.,
sg.
to the
125.
and
5. a, b,
contract
jxenerallj'
contracted form
all
6.
a, b.]
{a-{-io
6,
= e) in
a-\-y
and
affixes
suffixes are
attached.
In ^^5? the
2.
is
a volatilization of the original -^, while
third radical with a helping-vowel
the original
---,
the
while the -^ of DI?*"liD
of
deflection of this
is a
In J/"J? stems, the original vowel, a, i,

but before affixes the second radical
3.
sg.;
vowel restored, though 6
is
rarely found for
ly,
the
in ^^"15 is an attenuation of
ii,
is
i.
heightened in the abs.
is
doubled and the original
ii.
NOTES.
1.
V'^ and
In reference to
"^ stems,
may be
it
Uncontracted forms sometimes occur
a.
before suffixes and
He
and
directive (nn^3)-^
The contraction has already taken
h.
noted that,
in the plural (D**?*!!),^
place in the abs.
= yawm, p^H^ = hayq), i-class

(HII" = ruwh). For convenience,
sg. in
some
stems; a-class (DV^
(P*'!^ = diyn, *1^^^
these are included
sij'r),
-class
under the
fifth class.
Stems K"I^,
c.
lates, the a,
(e.g.,
C^NT =
heightened to
a,
fN*^f^=]kXV) are a-class Segho-
l^'N*),
becoming 6
these also will be included in
the fifth class.

2.
H 7 stems,
^15 become,
In reference to
Forms
a.
like
of the original
it
may be noted
that,
in pause, ^"ID,^*^ the e being a
heightening
a.
Inflected forms like n'^t^^V^ ni'^t^'.^^ |Sj^,i3 fllnN,^''
h.
for DÔV) occur
cf.
forms
also
like
nip3/ îlD
'^^
D'NDV^^
these are some of
the seemingly irregular forms assumed by H''^ stems.

3.
In reference to J/"^ stems, it

While ")n^^ stands even in
a.
^H (=
h.
Forms
c.
-^
d.
Many
e.
|";r forms like
UKgs.
Judg.
is
iJjer. 22:21.
abs., D*^^
that,
stands even in const.
^^H) have const, like ^n.-
often attenuated to
^ {T\T\Q^^ for'7\r\B)-
uncontracted forms are in use.
15:20.
5:12.
n Gen. 1:2.
like
may be noted
-Gen.
w'^{<
(=
Ex. 28:26.
s Gen.
1:2.
n Num.
i8jer.50:6.
11:31.
is
forms (VSN)--^
"anp) are inflected like ^^''^^
Gen.
3:15.
uJudg.
Gen. 14: 3.
1:5.
m
14:5.
20
Gen. 4:2.
Gen.
Kgs. 22
1 Chron.
42: 15.
35.
'"Eccl. 2:5.
21
12:8.
Ruth
2:14.
cDcut.
17:8.
ups.
30:7.
ifa
22
Ezr. 10:1.
Gen. 2:7.
^ 128.]
128.
Nouns of the Second
tabular view.
Class.
151
ELE3IENTS OF
152
3.
In general,
found,
^'^ forms
'71,^ '^p,- in
6. g.,
HEBREW
which the short vowel
classed with
4.
'^y Segholates
Some words
form,
e. g.,
form
in the const.,
In some verbal adjectives the
in the
^.
127.
2.
assume
construct state, e. g., ^511,'^
retained on account of
be
3).
in the construct state a Segholate
e. g.,
e,
is
in inflection these maj^
^^* some of these words have

123, both "iDD^ and 123-^
flilD^ from wlH^. 7|1** from
also the regular

5.
of this class
129.
some contracted forms are
are regular; but
the implied Daghes in the second radical
heightened from
1,
is
retained even
DOC^,^ \^\^
This class includes a number of monosj^llabic nouns, of which the
third radical, with the preceding vowel, has been lost.
n"*? nouns,
e. g.,
T-
D"!. T\. Ij^, \V.-
129.
Nouns of the Third
tabular view.
Class.
These are mostly
130.]
113. 1-4); 'llDpri, '?Lppn,

affixes ( 116.
An
3.
^DpPi
ultimate a
is
before grave suffixes;
many nouns formed by
115. 1-3);
some nouns with four
1, 2);
153
radicals
( 117.).
shortened to a in the
sg. const.,
and
volatilized in the
pi. const.,
and in the
it is
in the sg.
pi.
before grave suffixes.
An
4.
ODi [5
3.
ultimate e
R.
4).
5.
The Qal
was seen
but
8.
shortened to
is
sometimes to
e, in
before affixes
it
is
the
sg.
before
volatilized
vowel
Many nouns
is
of verbs H"'? has the same ending (H

nouns of the second class, like il"!^ (^ 128.
act. participle
in certain
its first
i,
and
before all other suffixes
),
!!,
125.
that
11.
3)
unchangeable.
of this class treat the ultimate changeable vowel in the
manner described
in 128. R. 4,
i.
double the following
artificially
e.,
consonant, and sharpen the vowel

. fllliS (
109. 1); ft:n^-
(I
116.
^JTO
2. b);
(^
113. 2); and
others.
^-
I^Jp'
\?^p
(^
m-
1)
c.
bm, '7D")-)
d.
y}p^, Dbnn, D'inp
(I
116.
1.
D'^PIN
(?
111. 2)
and others.
111.
and others.
a)
(?
117. D; and others.
'7J^J
1)
Nouns of the Fourth and Fifth Classes.
130.
tabular view.
Sg. abs.
ga-dhol
pa-qidh
a-niy
sus
tal-midh
{great)
(overseer)
{poor)
{horse)
{disciple)
'7n;i
T
const.
1.
abs.
const.
1.
DID
y'chrs
np|)
suf.
DDDID
DDT^pS
gr. suf.
PI.
{writing)
'
yip^
'Îl^
ki-thabh
D^'piiJ
on^ps
^"7114
n'-y^Q
'DID
nps
^PID
suf.
gr. suf.
D^n^pD
uy')::.
REMARKS ON NOUNS OF THE FOURTH CLASS.

[For general remarks, see
1.
The fourth
class includes
125.
1.
a, 2. a, 3. a.]
nouns which have a changeable vowel in
the penult and an unchangeaVjle vowel in the ultima.

adjectives like 'T'IlDD ^^'^ '^'lOD
It
|t
(?
1^8.
1.
ab)
Here belong many
passive participles like
154
ELESIENTS OF
'^^Dp
ble,
(?
108.
a pretonic
2.
"?"
formations in which a
in an open syllable
(IIG.
final, in
but when
Daghes-forte
131.
originallj' in a closed sj'lla-
2. c).
the absence of an
affixes of an.y
;
[?
and a few nouns ending in on with
In a few H"'? stems with the form '7*tDp
when
a;
1. c)
has become
HEBREW
C"^}/
affix, is
108.
1. h)
the radical ^
absorbed in the formative vowel
kind are attached,
it
appears in the form of
""ni-yim, (not '"niy-yim).
REMARKS ON NOUNS OF THE FIFTH CLASS.

1.
kind
2.
This class includes those nouns which do not suffer change of any
in inflection.
Here belong nouns of the
first
ciples of the second class, like
ma-with), in which
ed
Dp
which
class, like D*lDi V"!, "llti^r
were Segholates, the unchangeable vowel arising from contraction

(qam
= qa-wam), and H^
parti-
(meth
having been dropped, the vowels have been contract-
formations like '70p, '?lDp, '?^tpp, '?'lDp
(^
108.
1.
df) which
have an unchangeable vowel, with a S'wa volatilized from an original
u; formations
like '^^ppjl,
116.
2);
'ÎDpri
(i
and a few denominatives

757.
119.).
Feminine Nouns.
feminines of the first class,
tabular view.
Sg. abs.
or
'^^Pp^; '^lOp^ ( US. 68); formations

US' 4, 5J some formations with the affix on (i
like 'îDp,^,
i.
131.]
2.
The pretonic
is
found
in the
155
feminine declension as well as in the
masculine.
3.
Examples
(3) nb')};,
of
weak feminine Segholates
w ni%
(10) n,pr, (11)
(s)
nr^,
m hgid-
njpn, of which those numbered
of stem, following the inflection of

4.
are (1)
(t)
Just as Tl'^D
is
npH given
Hl^l
.t^s*,
(2)
(Sj'nn
IIIiIlD,
m niq,
3-6, 8-11 suffer no
change
above.
derived from Tl'^b, so il'^D-?
^^
derived from "l^Jl
by the addition of ri, the insertion of e and the heightening of a to

Before suffixes the original -^ is attenuated to i.
2.
FEMININES OF THE SECOND CLASS.
TABULAR VIEW.
Sg. abs.
const.
e.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
156
132.
NOTES.
1.
Forms
2.
yV
^
like qa-til
forms like
become
n")J!-
TT
result of contraction, retain

3.
when the fem. ending
qa-tal
HDlT
T
it in
jl is added.
HiltD. in wliich the stem-vowel
is
the const.
FEMININES OF THE THIRD AND FOURTH CLASSES.
TABULAR VIEW.
j'o-na(it
the
^ 132.]
mnN {'ahawath ='ahath ='a-h6th, the 6 by obscuration of
4.
ninN*
const..
with suf, \'iinN*
from
OD^mnN
V
from
C^'Jf^)
suff.,
irTilt^N
C'*}< (for ti'J}< attenuated
5.
const..
^!3^{ Maid-sermnt; with
7.
n:i'{< (for ^t^'J^^,
fem. of
with
suff.,
*ri^'N/^ntr>s
with
suff.,
Dn'crjvcri
.:
T T
n*5
House;
f5
(for
\y2
10.
6""^%
plur.,
fi-om D*Ji^JJ<
= ^^5
from
HJD
Z'"?'^)
:]V)5,
>S'o;
const.,
n5
plur.,
on
I
J"
ni:b"
(cf.
being used
;
with
suf.,
"p, "p,
^^
ori'js.
do3 som)-
const..
Fatlie r-iii-laic ; with suf.,
DV
"ist
^J
J3, 'Tj^D; plur., D^J3; const.,
suff.,
(for ri^5, fern, of [3) Daughter; with suf.,
^J3.
const.,
'
from
const.,
const., ri;^*>(
suff.,
12.
rilHt^N
with
^nJD);
11-
plur., D^:^'j{< (three
plur.,
TFomr/ji;
C',3N*)
(Gen. 49:11), S^'2 (Num. 23:18); with

;
iVan;
H^^ P^^r., D^r)3(batim), the Daghes

D^HD part. of J113 const., ^Jl^
const.,
to distinguish this
9.
ViTHN
a) Sister;
also Î'lriK.
TO^<
6.
8.
plur. with suf.,
nnN*.
T T
-:
times D^P'^^J);
^J5
157
^H? (= 'HJ^
niJ3.
Tl^pn
HTtDn
Mother-in-laic ;
cf.
(for
pV) Day;
plur.,
D*PM= \pV);
and n\!:^
const., ^*
<iual,D*QV.
13. *'p3
suff.,'?3,
(from (173 contain) Vessel;
15. n^j; 67^?/; plu.,
^ 121.
17.
122.
5.
N. 4)
DHJL^ [for DH^j;,
(15 (perhaps from an original

2. e);
D^7)
const.,
with
suf., ), T]*!),
t:?Nn (/or \i;^^
^))
const., rp,
from
or
r^r^
"Ij;); const.,
^lonth; const.,
I.Ti? or V2,
= L^J<-)) ZrecZ; plu.,
TO,
18.
with
D*!D'^
Heaven
(f
122.
5.
N. 4)
suff.,
n>;.
*3N, ^H?^,
plu., DD,
nl^S-
D^W(/o/-D*t:\NI1);
const.,
Dp*)
suf., ijtr'Ki-'
(plu.)
with
''Q (cf.
'
^j^\N{n
'73; with
DrT'73.
D^P (plur.) Water

rp^p, Drrrp^p.
14.
16.
plur.,
'^
const, ^r2^-
168
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
755.
Numerals.
general view.
133.
133.]
3.
The numerals from
used
feminine substantives,
three to ten are abstract
noun which they enumerate.

one, and is used with masculine
in appositional construction with the
The feminine form was the

nouns
4.
159
the masculine
The numerals from
ten (or the
original
a shorter form used with feminines.
is
^^^{ and nflNI have
form
<i.
In eleven,
h.
^nSTj/, in the second form of eleven,
Assyrian word
(=
istin
form of
d.
here
it
may
be noted
like that of the construct.

to be
is
connected with an
a contraction of Dî!C^\ find ''^^ a shortened
is
D''^V/, the contraction
nection of the words
one).
In twelve, D^JC^
c.
formed by uniting "IJi^V
eleven to nineteen are
feminine form H^^b^^) with the units
and shortening being due
to the close con-
these forms cannot be called constructs.
The feminines from
thirteen
upward have a shortened, but not a
real construct, form.
The numerals
5.
ending Q^
The
6.
thirty to ninety are
to the units,
but twenty
The
The numerals
in the case of a
9.
10.
The
in the plural
when
after
it,
the tens,
eleven to nineteen take the
is
of
plur.
("itj^j/).
in the earlier
books
^WUrS
when
before
it,
take
in the plural.
few very common nouns
ordinal first
The
means
the plural of ten
books following them.
noun
units take the
the noun in the singular,

8.
(D^*lti^J^) is
units are added to the tens by
l)i"eceding the tens, in later

7.
formed by adding the masc.
noun
in the plural, except
day, man,
like
etc.
(from t^J^h, head).
ordinals from two to ten are formed from the corresponding
cardinals by
means of the termination
another
being inserted
between the second and third consonants.

11.
Above
12.
The feminines
11
ten,
cardinals are used for ordinals.

of the ordinals are used to express fractional parts.
Separate Particles.
!XTTT.
Adverbs.
754.
There;
^V
T
^^ Wlieref;
1. a.
h.
nr Here;
c.
"JNP Very;
d.
nT^ra Much;
e.
?DX
T
,1311 Hither;
pH
ÎD
iîVmZ?/;
Not;
There.
tl^^Z^ Thrice;
Abroad;
DD^n
^^
fl^jP TFMm.
in'p Alone;
D3^n
TTc'??;
Seven times,
]y'2,\^
nn^
^'Vy;
.v^^^^.
Formerly; nlN*'?5J
HJlC^^Nn
T
T
TfeZZ;
|-
lô-
derfully.
f.
2. a.
vy^'o {= ;^nj-nD) whj?;
vh);dir2 (= n'?;^^ with
fn êre
1j;in,
ts;
There
h.
W\
c.
r{< There
I
^ÎH,
^JÎH,
'^pi,
is;
is
not;
3J\S*,
d.
rr\^ Where is?;
e.
nl;;
^s-^^vz
/s;
HD^N*,
^;iil;r,
ITi^,
):
D^rr^ etc.
1"^,
îi;;,
D^JW*,
[
IIUW*,
JV
I"
etc.
DJNijiii;;
Adverbs, and words used adverbiall3',
1.
'p)
DIlLT^V
1jt^'>,
-JV
-J-
D?3<1^
p and
n|il;^,
maj'^
IJll;;,
D"fi;^.
be briefly classified as
follows
a.
Those which maj^ be called primitive, being originally related to
pronominal
roots.
h.
Pronouns and numerals used
c.
Nouns, either alone or with a preposition.
in an adverbial sense.
d. Infinitives absolute, especially of Hiph'il

e.
Adjectives of
/.
Words formed by the composition
2.
and
Pi'el stems.
formations, especially in the feminine.

of two or more distinct words.
Certain adverbial particles, involving a verbal idea and often supply-
ing the place of
most
all
tlic
copula, take suffixes.
cases, the verbal suffixes.
2. c. (3)
and N.
1) is of
The
The
so-called
frequent occurrence.
suffixes attached are, in
Nun
Demonstrative
( 74.
I 135, 136.]
Prepositions.
755,
"iriN* After;
1.
With:
Between; '^);'2Ahout;
p^
^\Q Over
of;
nnn
against;
under, in place
- J-
''th According
.'
to;
^'I'pir
Besides;
113 Before; "I^ During,
nnm from under; fp'7
2.
Ji;_
until;
On
account
^^_ Upon; 0^,
of.
Since; p^-'?^< TiU between; ^Jfj'p Before;
On account
fl^p'7
161
of; ''^'y2 Without;
11^3 During;
^"13 According to measure of

3. a.
h.
c.
IHN After,
-'7K
f'5
^%V
Between; with
suff..
d.
^.
sg. suff., ^^l^^.
^l''o/K7;with
"Ij; Unto, poet.,
Upon,
nnn
nPTN*, IHIINV etc.
D^'^SV p^'?^,
onirn.
V1^3D.. also with
fern.
Vri^^Dp,
etc.
with
suff.,
HJJ, ^n.^. Vl|^.
with sue.,
form with
Nun
î^n, vnnn, on^nnn, onnri
Prepositions were originally, in most cases, nouns
Many
words
cf.
Demonstrative n^rHiri-
erally constructs, governing the following
Note.
etc.
Tj^^. ir*!. (Q'ri VT^); with plur.
suff., ^'^:3':3p,-
^'\^
suff.,
poet., ^'7_;;;with suff., ^'p;;, irj'^jj' V'^JJ^T^'?;;. DH^'?!^,
^^'^?e/v
also the
1.
with
suff., ^'^N, :]'^%\*,
i:o3, DD*:i^3, also irnirn^
y2D
/. '?;;
with
ra'Dp, .Tn"T:iD.
e.
nHX
more often
t'/o, poet.,
in
common
noun
as
if it
they were gen-
were a genitive.
use as prepositions
still
retain
their original force as substantives.

2.
tion
3.
Prepositional phrases, composed of two prepositions or of a preposi-
and a noun, or of a preposition and an adverb, occur
fi'cquentlj'.
Many
and time, are in
prepositions, especially those denoting space
nouns
reality plural
some of them, when standing
of the plural construct, ending in

of
them assume
136.
1
2.
*3 That, hecause, for, tchen;
3. '?{<
That
not; |3
4. "Tlij^n*-'?:;,
have the form
before pronominal suffixes, most
prepositions, see ^47. 1
That
^d-*?;;,
"Iti''?;}
^m nrrn,
I'^
f]{<
51. 3
D^{ When,
Also;
Because,
5.
^3
or.
that.
nnn. nc\v np^,
order that;
if,
etc.
D")pD Before
not, lest;
Because, since; IJi^N \]^*J?
5;
Conjunctions.
(from HlkNI Desire) Or;
1.
1J<
this form.
Xote. For the inseparable
And;
alone,
Ip'XD
d I'p^,
According
as.
Conjunctions
1.
HEBREW
ELE3IENTS OF
162
[?
be classified as to their origin as follows
may
137r^
Certain words used only as conjunctions, the origin of which
is,
in
most cases, doubtful.

2.
Certain words which were originallj- pronouns.
3.
Certain words which were originally substantives, or composed of a
substantive and a preposition.

4.
Prepositions which, by the addition of the conjunction llJ^N or ^3,
become themselves a part of

Note
1.
In general
compound conjunction.
may be
it
may
said that any preposition
be fol-
lowed by "nt^'X ^^ *?? and be used as a conjunction.

Note 2. in many cases the "^t^*^{ or *3 is omitted, and the preposition standing alone used as a conjunction.
757,
1.
2.
n.lN,
nn
IN,
r\'2b
T
mAh!
Woe!
Come on!
HoI aha!
mn
jn.
H'?''?!!
T
Interjections
1.
n^r\,
may be
Interjections.
J-
DPI Hush!
BehoU!
Far
he it!
^3
divided into two classes
Those which were originally
^^ Alas!
riNn Lo!
'n'2'n
beseech!
Come on!
KJT
^ôio!
interjections, "natural sounds called
forth by some impression or sensation."

2.
Those which were originally substantives or verbal forms, and which
have become interjections by usage.
PARADIGMS.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
164
Paradigm
Nominative of the Pronoun or

Separate Pronoun.
Sing.
1.
With Nouns
Singular.
Plur. and Dual.
_ my
viei).
rt
my.
(prop. Gen,
J-
/.
rm.nnx(nj<)
T
JT 2.
With Nouns
pause
IS*
The Personal
Genitive of the Pronoun, or Suffix of

the Noun (possessive Pron.)
com. *^JK, in pause

in
*Di\*; ^:X,
-:
A.
pause
in
HDN
Aou.
pause
(.
t^y
thy.
T.J
fm.XinAe.
in.ii
nKri)
J"
r_, 1_,
AtV.
Ats {ejus
3.^
piur.
1.
/.
i^'nshe.
com.
ijnjx
m.
(ijfi;.),
onx
and ss).
1J;1J_(1J_)or.
n*_
Aer.
'IJ*
our.
your
your..
I5V
m. 0,1,
on D-
n^n
their.
I
T J"
'
10'
p. I^
their^
Pronoun and Pronominal Suffixes.
Accusative of the Pronoun, or Suffix of the Verb
By
itself.
165
ELEMENTS
166
HEBREW
0* '
w.
ARADIGM
Qai
B.
\X.THE
\0
BY
A$"
.0-
Strong
I/erl
INDUCTIVE METHOD.
167
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
168
Paradigm
3 pi. f
C.
Strong Verb
.:
'
r.Y
AX IXDUCTIVE METHOD.
169
WITH Suffixes.
3
3 sg. f
sg-.
in.
2 sg.
f.
Sg.
m.
^^9P
T J- T
sg. c.
':hm
3 m.
^jn^Dp
3 /.
innSop?
nn'^Dp
in'ppp
in\n'7Pp
on'^pp;
^'
vn';'pp
imôp
imn^jp
n^n^Lpp
'^n'?Dp':in'?Dp
T]iSop|
î^pp
7^/.
/.
2 m.
j
iHpp
T\bw
i^pp
n'?PR
nytpp
r^'ppp^
I
n^pp
r^
^'?DP
^^^^
'^'?-Ppi
/S'^.
j':'Dp
in':5DP
3 m.
Middle E
(^
Construct
\t
^^.2m.l|
^g'.
n'ppp'
C.J
in.
Withmn
nii^pp'
'4'?Pp'
ni^Pp'
'î^Pp'
Epenthet.
PI
3 m.
2 /.J
n'^DD
n':'Dnn
tep
l^ppn
i^jp' ^'^pp
|-]'?*ppn':]'7^9pn
^J'ÔD
Sg. 3
*:'?^LDDn
?>i. )
Hiph'il
<SV/.
P4
^^
It*
170
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
Paradigm
Hoph'al.
D.
Verb Pe
('))
Guttural
r
Paradigm
Hithpa'el.
E.
Verb 'Ay7n
('^)
Guttural.
171
ELE3IENTS OF HEBREW
172
Paradigm
Hithpii'el.
F.
Verb Lamedh
(''?)
Guttural.
AZ^^^^î^
g-tr^****
-^
BY AX INDL'CTIVE METHOD.
173
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
174
Paradigm H.
Hithpo'el.
Verb
BY AN rSDTJCTIVE
'i///V
DOUBLED {"^'yi
Hiph'ii.
31ETH0IJ'.
17o
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
176
Paradigm
J.
Mph'al.
Verb Pe 'Aleph
(N"iD).
Verb Pe Yodh ("3).
Para-
BY AN rSTDUCTIVE METHOD.
DiGM
I.
Hoph'al.
Verb Pi
Waw
(V')).
177
ELEÊENTS OF
178
HEBREW
Paradigm
Polal.
K.
Verbs 'Ayin
Waw
(V'^T)
AND 'Ay1n YODH C'y).
Mph'al.
179
180
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
Paradigm
Hithpa'el.
Verb
Lamedh He
Pi'el.
(H"'?)
181
ELEMENTS OF HEBKE"W
182
Paradigm M.
Hithpa'el.
Hiph'il.
Verb Lamedh 'Aleph

Pi'el.
(N"'?).
Niph'al.
Nôpn
nxqpnn
HNîppn
HNpp
nxopn
nNppnn nNDpn
HNtSp
riNDp^
nxop
n^^bp^
îNDpn,
^nxDP
'-n?<pp^
Dnxppnn DHNDpn DHNlDP
nriN*ppj
iNpp.nn
iNDpj
ix*L?pn
friNDpnn [riN^ppn
fn^Pp iDNpp;i
i:ndp
Nbp
wanting
Kbpj
Nonnn
NPpnn
wopnn
N*Ppn
Nppn
Nop
Npp
'N*'Ppn
>*Ppn
'NPp
iNopnn
n:NDpnn
tI-^
iN*'?pn
iN^pprr
*i^<tpp
f^tspn'
N*'Pp!
^<Pp;
Nppnn
Nppnn
N^cppn
Nppri
N*?pn
N^ppn
Npp;n
N*ppn
wppnn
'N'tppn
\NjGp;i
\s*ppn
NôpN
NppN*
Nt?p\v
*|^^'Pp!
INDp^
iNopn'
n:KDpn n^KDp
nJNopinn
iNPp;
n^Nopri n^NDpn
ixppnn
iN**ppn
ixqp;!
nJN*L3pi*pn
njNLDpn
ni\t3p];i
NL3PJ
j<ppr^4
i^'Wn
^NDpn
n:N*Dpn n>*L)pn
^
Nppj
NOPJ
i^Wr2
NtOPJl
*JNDP*
^J^{DP*
ahs.
const.
Sg.
j5
"The happy result of a thorou!?hly scientific study of the language, and

years of experience with the needs of the class-room."^. Y. IndciKudcnt.
ELEMENTS OF HEBREW
By WM.
R.
harper,
Ph. D.,
Professor of Semitic Languages in Yale College; Principal of Schools

of the American Institute of Hebrew.
SEVENTH EDITION.
An Elementary Grammar
of the Hebrew Language,

Comprising systematic statements of the principles of Hebrew

Orthography and Etymology, according to the latest and most
scientific authorities, deduced from examples quoted in the work;
with a practically exhaustive discussion and classification of the
Hebrew Vowel-Sounds.
Cloth. Pp. 183.
8vo.
Price, S2.00, net.
American Publication Society of Hebrew, Chicago.

p. o.
address: jiohgax park, ill.
"It comes nearer to being a satisfactory text-book for teaching Hebrew

to beginners, than probably any other that has ever been published."Boptist
uarlcrly Review.
INTRODUCTORY
HEBREW METHOD AND MANUAL

By WM.
R.
HARPER,
Ph. D.,
Professor of Semitic Langiiages in Yale College; Principal of Schools

of the American Institute of Hebrew.
THIRD EDITION.
Text-Book
for
Beginners in Hebrew,
Containing the Text of Genesis I- VIII
to the author's "
with Notes referring
Elements of Hebrew,"
Exercises for Translation. Grammar-Lessons covering the Principles of Orthography

and Etymology, and Lists of the most frequently occurring Hebrew words.
I'^mo.
Cloth.
Pp.
^6.5.
Price, 3.00, net.

p. o.
address: morgan park,
ill.
FROM THEOLOGICAL SEMINARIES.

[
Obkrlin Theolooical Seminary, Obcriin, O., June 25, 1886.

have used Professor Harper's "Elements" and " IVfctliorl " with the Junior
Classes
oi' tliis
firmed the
doubt
Sciiiinary during the past year. Tlir practical test has only con-
ta\'oralilc
opinion with which the books were introduced. I have no

now before the public
W. O. BALLANTINE.
that, for their purpose, thej' are the best woi'ks
Newton Theological
Institotion, Newton Centre, Mass., July 9, 1886.

have used Professor Harper's books with my classes for the past three
years, and am convinced that, for thoroug-hness and perspicuity of statement,
for simplicity of analysis, and for economy of time, both in and out of the
class-i-oom, they afford just the aid which a teacher desires from the use of
text-books. IJy systematic arranaement and apjiroiiriate reuteration they facilitate an accurate and rapid aeciuaintance with the Hebrew language, while, in
the hands of an independent teacher, they may l>o so used as constantly to
stimulate the pupil's curiosity and power of discovery, and thus greatly to
promote his interest, in the introductory stages of his study.
I
CHARLES RtJFUS BROWN.
Seabury Divinity School, Faribault, Minn., June 26, 1886.

have used Dr. Harper's Hebrew "Elements" and "Method" in the
of the Junior Class during the past year. I do not know of any other
system so well suited for beginners as this is, the treatment of the language
being at once practical and scientific and well calculated to sustain the interest
of the student.
W. H. BAMFORD.
We
work
Pauline Holiness College, College Mound, Mo., July 8, 1886.

We have used Professor W. R. Harper's "Elements of Hebrew" and "Hebrew Method " theTpast year. I do not hesitate to say they are the best textbooks on Hebrew I have seen. To my mind they establish the practicability of
the inductive method as applied to the study of Hebrew.
A. L.
BREWER.
Richmond Theological Seminary, Richmond, Va., July 3, 1886.

* * I have found them both to stand the test of the class-room. The
"Elements" treats all principles thoroughly and exhaustively. The "Method"
is unique and in all respects sui generis,
it secTiis to me to leave nothing undone in helping a student to a knowledge of tlie Hebrew. It is a vast improvement on the old methods. The typography of both books cannot be excelled.
CHAS. H. COREY.
McCoRMiCK Theological Seminary, Chicago, June 24, 1886.

have used Professor Harper's "Method" and "Elements" two years in
the class-room with most gratifying results.

for beginners in Hebrew.
regard them the best text-books

L. CURTIS.
EDWARD
Bangor Theological Seminary, Bangor, Me., June 30, 1886.

have used Professor Harper's books for the beginning of the study of
Hebrew during the past three years. The system is decidedly the best I have
been able to find, for it tides the beginner over the initial ditheulties of the
language more quickly than the ordinary method.
F. B. DENIO.
I
Theol. Sem'y of the Reformed Church, Lancaster,
Pa., July 17, 1886.

a year's trial of Dr. Harper's Hebrew
text-books in the class-room, that tlioy have given entire satisfaction. Of the
fifteen years during which I have taught Hcibrew, this has been in all respects
the most i)leasant and satisfactory, and
cannot but attribute tlie fact to the
use of Harper's method of teaching the language. As a conse(iuenee of its
introduction, the students have exhibited unwonted enthusiasm, and found
great delight in the pursuit of what is commonly regarded as a very dreary
Study.
y. ^. OAST.
It affords
me
i)leasure to say, after
Theolooicai. Seminary, Ncio Bnmswick, N. J., July 16, 1886.

I have used Dr. Harper's Hebrew "Elements" and "Method" for one year.
The results in the class-room have been not only cxcecdinfiiy gratifying-, but
more satisfactory both as to amount and thoroughness tlian in preceding'
I not only expect to continue the use of the "Elements" and "Method,"
but hope for them that which they richly deserve a constantly increasing
years.
demand and
usefulness.
LANSINO.
J. G.
Ref'd Episcopal, Divinity School, Philadelphia, Pa., July 1, 1886.

is the best argument. What the Hebrew Summer Schools under
Dr. Harper have succeeded in doing-, in giving- the average minister and student a i-eal grasp of Hebrew, that exactly the " Method " and "Elements" effect
in the class-room. They are invaluable. What other books give a treatment
so full and scientific, and yet so clearly put, of Hebrew nouns, e. g., and
of the vowel-systein ? It is Davidson and Bickell and Gesenius combined.
Success
The debt instructors owe the Principal of the
Institute of
been fully recognized.
Hebrew has not yet

W. LOVEJOY.
IF.
Southern Baptist Theological, Seminary,

I take pleasure in commending the Hebrew
Louisville, Ky.,
June 29,
text-books of Professor
1886.
W. R.
Harper. They
my judgment practical, convenient and adequate to introduce one to a good working acquaintance with the Hebrew language. We
are using them in this Seminary in the Junior Class, and propose to continue
to do so.
BASIL MANLY.
are in
Union Theol. Seminary, Ham%Klcn Sidney, Va., July 24, 1886.

Actual trial of these exponents of the inductive method has convinced
me that they are the best text-books of elementary Hebrew that have yet appeared. The author has not only adopted the surest method of mastering the
phenomena of the language, but he has also done for beginners what Bickell
and others had done for more advanced students:- he has led them back of the
mere surface facts to the controlling principles, and encouraged that kind of
analytical study which makes Hebrew a permanent acquisition. These two
books are simply indispensable in my class-room.
*
W. W. MOORE.
Garrett Biblical Institute,
Evanitton,
III.,
June
25, 1886.
Dr. W. R. Harper's " Elements of Hebrew." and " Method " have been used
in Garrett Biblical Ijistitvite during the last year, and have given very great
satisfaction. They will continue in use as the elementary text-books tor He-
brew study
in this institution.
M.
S.
TERRY.
AuGUSTANA Theological Seminary, Rock Island, III., July 3, 1886.

have used Dr. Harper's text-books in the class-room during the last year
with the most gratifying results. They are stimulating to teacher and to
pupil. I know of no better books for elementary drill, both for thoroughness
and rapidity of progress.
R. F. WEIDNER.
I
Western Theological Seminary, AUcoheny,

They are
Pa.,
July
14, 1886.
no one can misunderstand what the

are beautifully printed, so as to be in themselves
attractive as mere works of art. The " Method " is full, easy, and progressive;
slnd, above all, is liked and enjoyed by the students; while the matter of the
"Elements" is well chosen bt)th as to quantity andqualit\", and is paragraphed
and arranged in such matchless order as to make it most readj- of acquisition
and convenient for reference.
R. D. WILSON.
*
clearly written, so that
author means to say.
They
"
FROM THE PRESS.

[The Congkeoationalist, Boston,
"*
the book
is
peculiar merit of the "Elements"

not superficial but philosophical."
is
Feb., 1886.]
that,
[New York Independent, Dec,
although elementary,
1885.]
The whole grammar aims to lead the student not only into a practical
knowledge of the language, but also into a rational explanation of its phenomena."
"
[Prof. S. R. Driver, in
"*
Remarkably
Contemporary Review, February,
and
1886.]
and appear well designed to train the

a sound philological method, and to lead him on gradually until he
full
precise,
learner in
acquires a firm grasp of the principles of the language."
[Northwestern Christian Advocate,

"*
"*
Jan., 1886.]
So logically and self-consistently arranged that the student who

goes faithfully through the lessons will, by a very natural process, come into
possession of all the fundamental facts and principles of the Hebrew language.
We are of opinion that for the beginner in the study of Hebrew no better textbooks can be had."
[Reformed Quarterly Review, January,
1886.]
way
the labor of acquiring the language becomes comparatively light and is always pleasant. * * Anyone of moderate capacity can
acquire from Dr. Harper's books a good working knowledge of Hebrew without a teacher. * * The arrangement throughout is clear, and the statement
of principles concise and accurate. * * Will contribute much to the advancement of Hebrew learning."
In this
IProf.
Barnard C. Taylor,
"The plan
in
Baptist Quarterly Review, July,
of the book ('Method')
1886.]
In arrangement it is natural, simple and scientific. It comes nearer to being a satisfactory text-book
for teaching Hebrew to beginners than probably any other that has ever been
published. * * Every teacher must welcome this book ('Elements') as the
best published aid to his teaching. There is certainly no other grammar of
Hebrew so well adapted to the work of the class-room as is this."
[Prof. Francis
" *
is
admirable.
Brown, in Presbyterian Review, April,
1886.]
The Method puts the learner at once face to face with the language
in concrete and connected form, and teaches him to dei-ive its facts and principles from actual observation. * * The 'Notes,' 'Observations,' 'GrammarLessons,' etc., are distributed with great judgment and clear understanding,
born of experience, of what students need. * * His ]ilea for historical explanations of linguistic facts, as not only not foreign to an elementary treatment,
*
'
'
but essential to its intelligent pursuit, is thoroughly sound, and the convenience, as well as accuracy of this course is amply illustrated in the Elements.'
'
[Bibliotheca Sacra,
" *
Two works which seem
April, 1886.]
destined to supersede all the other introductory manuals now in use in our theological seminaries. * * A rigidly scientific
and consecutive presentation of the elements of Hebrew grammar. * * A
unique contrivance of lessons, exercises, vocabularies and explanations, designed to introduce the learner to the grammar and to the Bihle. * * The
combination of an un])recedented amount of help to the beginner with the scientific rigor of a Bickell. Everything is nnide as lucid as skillful explanation
can make it, but nothing is passed over superficially. * * Works which show
U])on every page the evidence of conscientious use of the latest authoritie
upon the Hebrew langiiage, directed by a natural genius for teaching."
AN ARAMAIC METHOD.
By
CHARLES RUFUS BROWN,
Associate Prof, of
Hebrew
in
Newton Theological
Institution.
PARTI. TEXT, NOTES AND VOCABULARY.

A Text-book for the study of the Aramaic, by a metliod at once
comparative and inductive.
Commended by eminent scholars

and teachers. Coxtents: I. Genesis I.-X.. The Hebrew
Text
and Targimi of Onlvclos on parallel pages. II. Xote of References
*o the Biblical Aramaic. III. Targum Pseudo- Jonathan,

Genesis
ch. Mil.
IV. largum of Jonathan Ben Uzziel. Joshua ch
Isaiah ch. VI. V. Targum on the Psalms, Psalm
XX
XXIY Psalm
CL. VI. Targam on the Megilloth, Ruth ch. II. VIl" Xotes
on the Text: Onkelos, Genesis I.-X. Biblical Aramaic. Other
Targums. YIll. Vocabulaiy.
liimo.
Cloth.
Pp. 132.
Prioe,
.'i.75,
net.
PART II. GRAMMAR.

The second
work includes brief statements of the

Aramaic Orthography, Et\mology and Syntax. The
method pursued is comparative and inductive. As in Part I a
knowledge of Hebrew is presupposed, and the agreements or disagi-eements of Aramaic therewith are carefullv noted. Instead
of
part of this
principles of
bringing the principles for
all the dialects under one head

the
gi-ammar of Onkelos is carefully distinguished from that of the
Biblical Aramaic, and. to some extent, from that of the more
corrupt Targums. and all dialectical variations from Onkelos
are
printed in special type.
For the convenience of those using
Harper's Elements of Hebreiv, the arrangement has been adapted as
far as possible, from that work.
13mo.' <"lotli. Pp.96. Price, !1.00. net.
'
c.rm,
The
^'^^<^ J- Bcecher, D. D., Aithurn Tlicidogical Scminai-y.l

T''"iresult of my examination is altogether favorable.
shall use
We
Seminary."
it
^''"'y P- Smith. D. D.. Lane TJieohmcal Seminaii/, CiminnaU

T.
It is well adapted to the purpose which the author had in view."
^"*'" -^^"'W, D. ., So. Bapt. Theol. Sem., iou(sr/e.1
^^'"^.. T X1 have decided to use it in my classes."
^^^'"/,-
in
our
s,
real
IProf. S. Burnham, D. D., in "J7eferaico."]

and, valuable contribution to the study of the so-called Chaldee."
iProf. Geo. H. Sdiodde, Ph. D., in
''
Hehraica."'\
'The Method is a manual of exceptional merit, and richly deserves recognition and success. It is just the kind of a book we need for our Seminaries
our bummer Schools and for private study."
'
["Tlie Independent." New Tork.1

" Excellently adapted for purposes of instruction. A text-book
of this character is very useful."

p. o.
address: mokgan park,
ill.
THE FIRST ARABIC GRAMMAR PRINTED IN AMERICA.
An Arabic Manual
BY
J.
G.
LANSING,
D. D.,
Professor of Old Testament Languages in Theological Seminary of

Reformed (Dutch) Church, New Brunswick, N. J.
an Elementary Arabic Grammar^ the need of which was

actual work in the class-room. Various reasons,
which will be apparent, made the larger and more exhaustive grammars of Wright and Palmer impracticable for such class-room work,
This
is
made evident by
On the other
while they continue still to be the authorities.
hand, other elementary grammars were found impracticable on account of their many deficiencies, the instructor being under the necessity of constantly supplying that which belongs essentially to the
very rudiments of the language. To supply many of these deficiencies has been one of the chief designs of the author.
It has been also a chief object with him to secure not only a
more thorough Elementary Arabic Grammar, but one more clear^
The Arabic language Is
logical and i<i/ste7natic in its treatment.
unique as to the logical character of its structure and should be
studied logically. The three short vowels, constituting as they do
the lirst and most important key to the language, receive especial
treatment botli in a separate preface and in connection with the
various parts of speech. Orderly arrangement, and conciseness of
statement have been sought throughout while ample examples follow each section, illustrating the rules contained therein.
While the Manual is an elementary treatise, it is intended to
be more complete in every part than other elementary grammars
lieretofore published, and to meet as far as possible the demands
that have called it forth. While essential points are noted, the
more special treatment of Arabic Syntax proper has been left for a
future work.
Full paradigms follow in regular order. The Chresiomathy following the paradigms is composed of three parts tlie first contains
;
selections of Arabic text from (ienesis and the Kuran. The second contains specimen translations, transliterations and analyses
of portions of the selected text. The third contains a vocabulary of all the words to be found in the texts selected, besides a few
other words.
Kvo. Cloth. Pp. 10.
Price, $'^.00, net.

V. o.
address: morgan park, ill,
KE ASSYEIM MAFJAL.
By
D. G.
LYON,
Ph. D.
Hollis Professor of Divinity in Divinity School,
Harvard University.
For the use of beginners in the study of the Assyrian language.

This book, designed specially for those who have no access to oral
instruction, contains
of syllabic
and
an
outline of
ideogra'phic
pages of notes on
signs,
Assyrian grammar, twelve pages

sixty-four pages of texts, thirty
with references to the grammar, and

Some of the passages are accompanied
translation, and there are twelve pages of text in the
the texts,
forty-four pages of glossary.
by a
literal
It is believed that this work will greatly lessen the task of beginners in the study of the Assyrian language.
cuneiform character.
8vo.
Cloth.
Pp. xlv, 138.
Prioe, $4 OO.

p. O.
ADDRESS: MORGAN PARK, ILL.
THE ORIGIN AND VARIETIES

OF THE
SEMITIC ALPHABET.
By JOHN
C. C.
CLARKE,
Prof, of Greek in Shurtleff College.
The plates give, from many monuments and authorities, the

various forms of Egyptian, Phoenician, Punic, Libyan, Ilimyrite,
Ethiopic, Moabite, Assyrian, Ilauranitic, Sinaitic, Aramaic, Mendsean, Estranghelo, Peshitto, Syriac, Cuflc, Arabic, Palmyrene,
Samaritan and Hebrew.
Tlie tabular arrangement sliows their
relation to each other and to tlie Phrygian, Roman, Greek and
Indian.
One
Vol.
tai'ge Octavo. Text, 18 Pages; Plates,

Price, 75 Cents, net.
S50
Pages.

p. O.
ADDRESS: MORGAN PARK, ILL.
American Publication Soc'y

oxxxeAGô,
of
Hebrew,
xxsSi,,
HEBREW AND SEMITIC TEXT-BOOKS.

By
Elements of Hebrew.
Prof. William R. Harper, Ph. D.
Price, net
is;}.
8v().
Cloth.
Pp.
.^
$2.00
Introductory HelA-ew Jletftoil and Manual.^. By Prof. Win. U. Harner, Ph. D.

ISmo.^Clotli. Pp.265. Prlfe, net..S.
2.00
Ariiiiiaic
Method. %Bylfr^'. CRarles
^Part
"Part
II.,
Brown.
Cloth.
12iuo.
1.75
Price, net
pp. 96.
By Prof.
Assyrian Manual,
li.
Price, net
pp. 132.
1.,
1.00
D. G. Lyon, Ph. D. 8vo.
Cloth.
Pj). 180.
Price,
net
Arabic Manual.
4.00
By
Prof. J. G. Lansing, D. D.
Price, net
By
Hebrew Manual.
Prof.
Wm.
8vo.
R. Hai-pcr, Ph. D.
Cloth.
Pp.
180.
2.00
12mo.
Cloth.
Pp.
93.
Price, net
1.00
Wm.
By
Hebrew Word-Lists.
Prof.
Price, net
42.
Semitic Alphabets.
By
Prof.
Text, 18 pp.
R.
Harper, Ph. D.
12mo.
Cloth.
Pp.
50
J.
C. C. Clarke,
Plates, 20 pp.
Large 8vo.
M. A.
Cloth.
Price, net
75
MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS.
Notes on the Greek Text of Galatians and Romans. By Prof. Jas. R. Boise,
D. D. 12mo. Cloth. Pp. iS, 131. Price, net
$1.00
A Harmony on a new and vaUiable plan. By Jas. P.

Cadman, A. M. 12mo. Cloth. Introduction by P. S. Hen-
Christ in the Gospels.
son, D. D.
Pp.
S.
382.
Price,
gilt,
$2.00;
plain
1..50
By
Prof. Franz Delitzsch. Translated by Prof.

Ives Curtiss, D. D. Svo. Paper. Pp.16. Price, net
Lectures on the Pentateuch.
TVateh-Beu-Hazael.
By
Prof. Paul Haupt, Ph. D.
Svo.
Paper. Pp.
Price, net
25
16.
25
PERIODICALS.
Hebraica, a quarterly, devoted to the Hebrew and cognate languages. Editor:
Wm. R. Harper, Ph. D.; Associate Editors: Paul Haupt, Ph. D.,
H.
L. Strack, D. D.
9s. 3d.
Price, $2.00 a year, in
advance (Foreign
M.9.50).
The Old Testament Student, a monthly, devoted to Old Testament investigation.

Editor: Wm. R. Harper, Ph. D. Price, $1.00 a year, in advance
(Foreign5s.
Any
6d.
M..5.40).
of the ahovc Publications sent post paid,
oti i-eceipt
of price.
American Publication Society of Hebrew, Chicago,

p. O. ^VDDllESS:
MORGAN PAUK.
Lll,
Ti
/-^vê^
yr
.w<
'
r\r\r\
coc
fÂr\
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY

Los Angeles
This book
is
DUE
on the
last
date stamped below.
DISCnARGE-UR
*APR
4198q
REO'DL) UKL
URL
JUN
25 76
JUL 1 3
KCTJco-jfiJÛLls 1987
77
'JAN
13
fElTD
^
URL
FE|EB:!3??977
Form L9-Series 4939
iô
L 009 535
040
T
ml?ir:i:'^'o,,,
/,
'-\*.
AA
007 246
960

Elements of Hebrew Grammar

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Elements of Hebrew Grammar

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

r

Professor of Semitic Languages in Yale College; Principal of the Schools

American Publicatiox Society of Hebrew

WHO SHALL STUDY

THE INSTITUTE OF HEBREW

PREFACE TO THE SIXTH EDITION.

were printed from one

the Elejients was issued in July, 1881

the third, in February, 1883

All these editions, the

the fourth, in ISTovember,

with only such changes and

peculiar circumstances of publication explained, although they could

not excuse, the incomplete, and often imperfect, treatment accorded in

TVlnle the present edition

error, it will certainly

be found more nearly complete and perfect than preceding editions.

The author can

only regret that regular and special duties of a most

exacting nature, have not permitted

use the book, and to himself, demanded.

which contains nearly one hundred additional

is entirely re-written, differs considerably

from the former

from other grammars now in common

of the distinguishing features of the

deserve, perhaps, special

For the purpose, not of aiding the beginner

sounds, a minute system of transliteration has been employed, by which

the attention of the student

details of the vowel-system.

of the vowel-system, without a correct knowledge of which

merely groping in darkness.

A tolerably exhaustive treatment, more complete perhaps

that has yet appeared in English,

given of the various vowel-sounds.

treated separately, the laws which regulate

and the grammatical forms

appears being carefully noted.

Certain important distinctions, not heretofore generally recognized

by American teachers, are indicated throughout the grammar;

the naturally long e

verbs, the verb

certain Imperfects before

as distinguished from the

retained, with such variation as the particular

Aveak verb under consideration demanded;

^'y verb, "^p

^12^: ^or the ') gutThere can

Many grammarians have adopted

be no objection to this method.

Experience has shown that, in this

the treatment of noun-formation.

That treatment which

with stems having the form which occurs in

is, at the same time, unscientific and

the Perf. 3 m. sg., or Impf. 3 m. sg.,

weak verbs from those

Together with the form in

primary form from which the

This method will furnish a knowledge of the

language, which will be not only

use, the student should learn also the